Issue 8: June - September 2007 Price: $NZ 9.90 $A 7.95 $US 5• 56 Is Angela Merkel Hitler’s Daughter? • 58 Man-made Global Warming “Absurd” • 60 UNCENSORED REPORTER: Clare

UNCENSORED 8: June – September 2007 www.uncensored.co.nz 1

• WHAT YOUR DOCTOR WILL NEVER TELL YOU UNCENSORED HISTORY • SCIENCE • TECHNOLOGY • MEDIA •

HARD NEWS • SUPPRESSED ARCHAEOLOGY • 9/11 TRUTH

Think for yourself

Issue 8: June - September 2007 Price: $NZ 9.90 $A 7.95 $US 5.95

S olved

• Secret Plans to Evacuate 1/2 of Aussie Population

• JFK Murder Plot “Deathbed Confession”

• Ancient Egyptian Hieroglyphics Reveal “Anomalous” Technology

• Cancer from your Diet Soft Drink? – New Evidence

• “Star Wars” Could be Real – Astronomer

• Is German Chancellor Angela Merkel – Hitler’s Daughter?

• Chemtrail Mystery:

... and much moreUncensored No 8

08

BOOKS• Suppressed Inventions & Other Discoveries By Jonathan Eisen

The classic work on the subject, (irst published in NZ!) SUPPRESSED INVENTIONS details the suppression of “free energy” technologies, cures for cancer and other degenerative diseases, suppressed archeology, NASA fabrications, UFOs ... in fact more than 50 stories in all – and all documented fact. ($NZ 35.00)• The Cancer Prevention HandbookBy Katherine Joyce Smith DHSThis is a manual you can’t afford to be without. While orthodox medicine still purports not to know how people get cancer, the facts speak otherwise. This book tells you all about carcinogens you are exposed to every day and how you can avoid them and then detoxify. ($NZ 25.00)

• The Asthma BreakthroughBy Henry Osiecki

Written by one of Australia’s leading nutritional biochemists, this book identiies the triggers that set off asthmatic reac-tions, and tells you how to identify them, and remove them from your environment. In addition he tells you how to repair and strengthen the body’s defences. It works! ($NZ 25.00)

• Fuel Savers that Really WorkEdited by Jonathan EisenThis resource book details the many ways that virtu-ally any car or truck can be made to achieve truly astounding fuel savings. From water injection to fuel vapourisation, this book shows you what the oil com-panies don’t want you to know. (REVISED EDITION) ($NZ 39.95)

• The GE $elloutEdited by Jonathan EisenNow that the people of Switzerland have voted to introduce a 5 year moratorium on GE it’s time to rethink not only the whole insanity of introducing genetically modiied organisms into New Zealand, but also to rethink the whole idea of not giving the people the right to a vote on an issue as important as this. This book is an important contribution to the under-standing of the whole issue ($NZ 5.00)

• Solar Made Easyby Simon Cope and Bob RileyThis is the irst, and still the best, NZ book on every aspect of solar energy for home heating and electrical generation – cooking, too! Why pay the power company when you can have FREE ELECTRICITY all year round? First published by Auckland Institute of Technology Press. ($NZ 30.00)

• Super FoodsEdited by Katherine Joyce SmithThis is the “bible” of books on organic farming and gardening. First published by Auckland Institute of Technology Press in 1994 in association The Soil and Health Association SUPER FOODS is a “perennial” favourite. One of the most useful books you can own for your your health! ($NZ20.00)

DVDs

• Nazi UFOs: The Evidence Now back in production after a 10 year absence, this is the deinitive work on the development of “electrogravitic” (anti-gravity) disk craft built and lown by Nazi Germany in the closing years of World War II. The DVD features origi-nal blueprints, reports and photos of Nazi UFOs, together with detailed analyses of each kind of the several craft actu-

ally built. ($NZ20.00)

• Best UFO Footage EVER

• The latest (and best) documentary on the spectacular and growing Mexican UFO presence. Starting with a huge number of sightings in 1991 when a UFO “parked” over Mexico City during a full eclipse of the sun, Mexico has been the scene for some of the best UFO sightings in the world. This DVD contains some of the best and most astonishing footage ever shot of UFOs, including SUPERB CLOSEUP FOOTAGE of a UFO landing, another one mor-phing (changing shape), UFOs invisible to the eye and yet captured on infrared ilm, and a lotilla of UFOs (thousands of them) travelling in formation. Jaime Maussan is one of the world’s leading UFO investigators. Formerly with 60 Minutes, he is one of the few such people actively working with the military to probe and publicise the issue of alien visitation and what that means. ($NZ20.00)

~ FREE WITH ANY OTHER BOOK OR DVD

• The Cure for Insomnia (Humour)Edited by Jonathan Eisen

OK, this is the funniest book of all time. Really. Why? It’s a collection of the most boring “classics” of all time that is so boring that it’s the only book ever sold with a performance money-back guarantee to put you to sleep within 20 minutes or 20 pages, whichever comes irst!!!! However, we won’t be able to make good on that because the book is ...

FREE!

Please send me the following items:( ) Suppressed Inventions – $35.00( ) Cancer Prevention Handbook – $25.00( ) Asthma Breakthrough – $25.00( ) Fuel Savers – $39.90( ) GE Sellout – $5.00( ) Solar Made Easy – $30.00( ) Super Foods – $20.00( ) Nazi UFOs – $20.00( ) Jaime Maussan UFO DVD – $20.00( ) The Cure for Insomnia – FREE (WITH ANY OTHER BOOK OR DVD)

Clip and mail with full payment to: The Full Court Press, PO Box 44-128, Auckland, NZ. Sorry, no credit card orders. Books and DVDs sold with a MONEYBACK GUARANTEE. TOTAL AMOUNT ENCLOSED:$ ____________

Name .........................................................................................................

Address .....................................................................................................

City/Town .................................................COUNTRY..............................

Email ..............................................................................

Books and DVDs for people who still think for themselves

NOTE: All prices now include p/h. (NZ orders ONLY.) Overseas orders, please add $NZ 15 per book, $NZ 3 per DVD.

DISCLAIMER: All articles in this magazine are for educational purposes ONLY. UNCENSORED is published by UNCENSORED Publications Ltd in the interest of fostering thought and discussion on a wide variety of topics and issues, in the hope that something positive will ensue and make the world a better place for us all to live.We do not endorse any particular medical approach, except those which actually work. We encourage our readers to seek the advice of a health professional when exploring the safety and eficacy of any kind of remedy. Do your homework. Think for yourself.

UNCeNSoRedPO Box 44-128

Pt Chevaler, Auckland 1246, New Zealand

Tel + 64 9 828 2823

Editor: Jonathan Eisen; Assistant Editor: Katherine Smith

Business Manager: Brian Jewell; Contributing Editors: Wilf Brinsbury,

Tom Brown, Gary Cook, David Holden, Catherine Janeway,

Brian O’Leary, Michael Vincent

Email: [email protected] Web: www.uncensored.co.nz

Distribution: • In NZ: Independent Media Distributors Tel: +64 9 527 0500 • In Australia: Gordon and Gotch Tel (02) 9972 8800

www.uncensored.co.nz

ANOMALY DU JOUR: This is a photograph taken

recently by the NASA Cassini space probe of the

north pole of Saturn. It features two inexplicable

hexagons, one inside the other. Nobody knows

what they are, or how they got there. Your guess

is as good as NASA’s. Page 34

contents

(partial list)

• 10 The End of England?• 14 The Ron Paul Rebellion

• 16 THE UNCENSORED NEWS• 16 Australia Prepares to Evacuate Population• 18 Cancer from Your Soft Drink?• 20 Did a US General Stop A War on Iran?• 22 Ancient Egyptian Hieroglyphics Reveal “Anomalous” Technology• 28 GE-caused Food Allergies on the Rise• 34 Bizarre Shape on Saturn• 36 Oil: A “Renewable Resource?!?!• 41 UNCENSORED 9/11 – Who’s in Denial?• 42 New WTC pix Disproves “Pancake Collapse” Official Conspiracy Theory • 44 UNCENSORED ENERGY NEWS• 45 A Funeral for GMs Electric Car• 48 The Chemtrail Riddle: SOLVED

• 56 Is Angela Merkel Hitler’s Daughter?• 58 Man-made Global Warming “Absurd”• 60 UNCENSORED REPORTER: Clare Swinney: Political Prisoner• 66 Straight Talk About Cell Phones• 70 Are There Battles Among The Stars?• 77 How Zionists Rewrote the Christian Bible

• 83 WHAT YOUR DOCTOR WILL NEVER TELL YOU• 83 Can Baking Soda Cure Cancer?• 86 Healing Heart Problems• 86 Chemo/Radiation May Fuel Cancer Spread• 88 Neck Alignment May Lower Blood Pressure • 90 Toxic Psychiatry

• 93 REVIEWS• 99 Chicken McPoison: What’s in it?

... And a whole lot more!

“God created me to be an atheist.”

– Anonymous

4 UNCENSORED 8: June – September 2007 www.uncensored.co.nz

The discomfort zone

Jonathan Eisen

Because rejecting truth “feels good”

“Most of our disgust with the lapdog

nature of the dominant media is focused

on its refusal to simply report the truth.

This perfectly its in with our innate desire to blame anything but ourselves

when things go wrong.

But brain mapping techniques reveal

that “we derive pleasure from irra-

tionally sticking with beliefs against

evidence,” wrote Dr. Drew Weston in a

paper published in January, 2006, after

completing research at Atlanta’s Emory

University.

Dr. Weston’s research showed that,

“there are lares of activity in the brain’s pleasure centers when unwel-

come information is being rejected.”

What this means is, once most people

internalise a system of beliefs, changing

those beliefs in the presence of new and

compelling information may bring pain

(in various psychological and social

forms) while denying the new evidence

to maintain old beliefs brings immedi-

ate biochemical pleasure.

The point of bringing this up now, on

this page, is so we can better under-

stand the full spectrum of issues as-

sociated with individual opinions and

mass-mindedness. The more we know

about how forces outside ourselves are

taking advantage of our human frail-

ties, the more likely we will be able to

frustrate their intentions.”

~With thanks to Barry Zwicker for

dedicating a chapter of his new book

Towers of Deception to the “tricks”

being played to prevent us from seeing

the obvious.

From the September 2006 Idaho Observer

So what does this report mean?

It means that not only is waking up hard to do, but it also tells us a little bit about why it is dificult. We get pleasure from holding on to our beliefs in the face of evidence to the contrary.

It means that we literally embrace our “confort zone”. We get lied to again and again, and still go back for more. Moreover, we not only get pleasure from sticking to our discredited beliefs, but this pleasure is reinforced by our dominant social institutions – family, work, school, church, television and other “news media” – to the point where most of us simply ind it easier (and more pleasurable) simply to “go along”.

And, it says, we experience pain from

confronting “unwelcome” facts.

Nothing new here, except that Dr Weston actually found “lares of activity in the brain’s pleasure centres when unwelcome information is being rejected.” Some-

thing well-known to the controllers.

Mind control is most effective when we are not aware we are being controlled. So millions of people still think they’re living in a “free country” with a “free press”.

And by the time we wake up – if we ever do – it is usually far too late to do anything about it.

So we unconsciously live the lies devised by our controllers – the lies that say that we are not creators of our own destiny; that there is “nothing we can do about it”, whatever “that” it happens to be; the lies that say that life is meaningless, pointless and hopeless.

The system addicts us with its chemicals, its poisoned food and its poisoned media, and then addicts us to “self improve-

ment” movements and groups.


“In contrast to the standard conception of the media as cantankerous, obstinate, and ubiquitous in their search for truth and their independence of authority, we have spelled out and applied a propaganda model that indeed sees the media as serving a “societal purpose,” but not that of enabling the public to assert meaningful control over the political process by providing them with the information needed for the intelligent discharge of political responsibilities. On the contrary, a propaganda model suggests that the “societal purpose” of the media is to inculcate and defend the economic, social, and political agenda of privileged groups that dominate the domestic society and the state. The media serve this purpose in many ways: through selection of topics, distribution of concerns, framing of issues, iltering of information, emphasis and tone, and by keeping debate within the bounds of ac-

ceptable premises. We have sought to show that the expectations of this model are realised, and often considerably surpassed, in the actual practice of the media in a range of crucial cases. We quite agree with Chief Justice Hughes…on “the primary need of a vigilant and courageous press” if democratic processes are to function in a meaningful way. But the evidence we have reviewed indicates that this need is not met or even weakly approximated in actual practice.” (Manufacturing Consent:

The Political Economy of the Mass Media, by Edward S. Herman and Noam Chom-

sky (2nd Ed., Pantheon Books, 2002)MedIAWe then buy the lie that we are not re-

sponsible for our decisions; that “things” are far too complex for us mere mortals to understand We morph into couch pota-

toes, willing, unwilling (or unconscious) participants in our own enslavement and degradation. We become quite comfort-able in accepting the completely absurd – such as the 9/11 lie that them 19 Arab hitch hikers – or was it highjackers? – did the Pentagon and the WTC – because it is painful to wake up. Yes.

But is it our “fault” while our collective slumber is continually reinforced by a compliant (“lap dog”) corporate media that long ago sold out its soul and became one of the biggest parts of the problem, rather than the watchdog it was meant to be?

Welcome to Issue 8.


LettersThe Zero-Point Solution:An Open Letter from Brian O’Leary to Al GoreDecember 2006

Dear Mr. Gore,

I am a former astronaut, Cornell profes-

sor, physics faculty member at Princeton University and visiting faculty member in technology assessment at the Uni-versity of California Berkeley School of Law, Mo Udall’s energy advisor and speechwriter during his 1975 Presiden-

tial campaign, author, AAAS Fellow, World Innovation Foundation Fellow, NASA group achievement award recipient, and founder of the New Energy Movement.

You have asked the public to ad-

dress the important question: “How can we reverse global climate change?” I agree that taking on that task is critical for our collec-

tive survival. You have also stated that we must freeze and drastically reduce our carbon emissions. I totally agree.

The most promising answer to your question is surprisingly sim-

ple and can be summed up in two words: new energy. My experience inds that serious discussion of new energy is still politically incorrect in mainstream circles, which is appall-ing. Delays in implementing life-sav-

ing innovation will be at our collective risk and peril. The urgency for action in these times is unprecedented in human history. Quantum leaps in energy innova-

tion, which some of us in the scientiic community are aware of, can provide the needed solution, hopefully in time to avert global disaster.

Having held professorships in the physi-cal sciences and energy policy at many universities with an impeccable publica-

tion record for 45 years, I join you in not taking these matters lightly. I make no claims that cannot be rigorously backed up and I have no vested interest in which speciic energy options should be implemented. I receive no money for the grassroots work I am doing in as-

sessing these technologies. I can assure you that with proper public support, we will soon have robust solutions without needing many building blocks or wedges. Incremental approaches, as you correctly point out, will not be adequate to solve the problem. But you may not be fully aware of what’s on the horizon, since we have been so blinded by our collective shortsightedness.

By “new energy” I mean innovative tech-

nologies with the potential of providing a quantum leap in our ability to tap cheap,

clean and decentralized energy for pro-

ducing fuels and electricity. These may or may not be recognised by mainstream science. The technologies include:ADVANCED HYDROGEN TECH-

NOLOGIES (1) catalytic water molecule manipulation and dissociation through cheap electrolysis, and (2) manipulation of hydrogen plasmas with catalysts to in-

duce fractional quantum electronic states that yield large energy outputs;

COLD FUSION or low energy nuclear reactions (LENR) by electrochemical means, induced in water and heavy water

solutions catalysed by (1) palladium cathodes, (2) sonocavitation and (3) other processes that can produce large amounts of thermal, radiation-free nuclear energy;VACUUM ENERGY or ZERO-POINT ENERGY, tapping the enormous quan-

tum potential of every point in space-time, through the use of (1) super-motors with super-magnets (cf. Faraday), (2) solid state devices, (3) Tesla coils, and (4) charge clusters; and

THERMAL ENERGY from the environ-

ment.

Any one of the above approaches to new energy promises a quantum leap, i.e., or-ders of magnitude increase, in our ability to tap and have abundant clean, cheap, decentralised energy for all of humanity. In addition, there are many important

transitional technologies which can mitigate emissions in the very near future, as follows:

RECYLING AND SEQUES-

TRATION OF CO2 AND OTHER POLLUTANTS AT THE SOURCE through innova-

tive chemistry; and

REMEDIATION OF RADIO-

ACTIVE NUCLEAR WASTE with innovative technologies.

All of the above concepts have already been demonstrated in laboratories throughout the world (I have seen many such demonstrations) and have been

published in the peer-reviewed litera-

ture, but implementing them has proven dificult because there is no signiicant support.

As you undoubtedly already know, the environmental literature nowadays well expresses the energy problem and other aspects of our national crisis, but has so far fallen short on solutions. Some of the best scientists in the world (John Holdren, Nathan Lewis, Richard Hein-

berg, James Lovelock and Ruggero Santilli, for example) have concluded that conventional renewables such as


solar, wind, hydroelectric, geothermal, tides, biofuels and hydrogen fuel cells are not nearly adequate to meet current, much less projected, energy demands. Each of these “building block” options runs into serious pitfalls environmentally and economically when we talk about supplanting our multi-trillion dollar hydrocarbon energy economy. Nuclear options also have their serious problems, as you undoubtedly know.

You hit on the situation in your recent NYU speech when you said, “I am certain that some of the most power-ful solutions will lie beyond our current categories of building blocks or wedges”. You said that America, and only Ameri-ca, has the “capacity for vision” but that “we have to urgently expand the limits of what is politically possible”. Very well said, and part of any programmeme to implement new energy will involve a very rapid but necessary political educa-

tion and risk-taking that even the liberal and progressive community has ignored. I acknowledge, and I am sure you would agree, that the limits of what is politi-cally possible need to stretch very far to accommodate the reality of new energy. But what is physically and economically possible is surprisingly close at hand.

You also said in your speech that our children “deserve better than the spec-

tacle of censorship of the best scientiic evidence about the truth of our situation and harassment of honest scientists who are trying to warn us about the looming catastrophe.” There’s also a second group of scientists involved in new energy research that has been suppressed even more and need to take their place in our quest for solutions.

New energy would shift the paradigm overnight. We will need public policies in place to:

Do the necessary R&D Apollo-style in secured laboratories, gathering teams of the best and brightest scientists and en-

gineers in the ield. Surprisingly, the cost of such an effort would only be on the order of $2 billion/year for 5-10 years,

the annualised equivalent of one week of ighting in Iraq and three weeks of proits for ExxonMobil. We must leave no stone unturned in this quest because the range of technologies is already broad and far-reaching.

Provide public forums to debate and dis-

cuss how to implement the most viable new energy options to mitigate climate change and pollution; and provide educa-

tion and demonstrations for the public. We need to plan conversion scenarios that can help industry and government make the necessary transition to a new energy economy. The defence and aerospace conversion policies I helped George McGovern, Fritz Mondale and Jesse Jackson draft during their cam-

paigns were minor compared to what we must do here.

While being politically incorrect at the moment, the consideration of new energy needs to be at the forefront of future energy policy discussions. It is too late to deny this, and we certainly don’t want the control of these technologies be in the wrong hands by default. In President Eisenhower’s words, “Only an alert and knowledgeable citizenry can compel the proper meshing of the huge industrial and military machinery of defence with our peaceful methods and goals so that security and liberty may prosper togeth-

er.” New energy needs to be controlled by We the People and so a strong grass-

roots movement will be necessary.

I cannot stress too strongly that an ag-

gressive programmeme to develop new energy is what humanity will need to survive our perilous situation. It may be painful for us to address these issues and may seem a bit far-fetched at irst, but I can assure you these technologies are very real and can be developed as public policy.

One inal word: don’t rely exclusively on those mainstream scientists, journalists and pundits who deny the reality of new energy. They are just as ignorant as those scientists who denied the practicality of aviation even after the Wright brothers

were lying. But to expect the Wrights to immediately deliver a 737 would have been unrealistic.

In the conclusion of your speech, you said, “This is an opportunity for biparti-sanship and transcendence, an opportu-

nity to ind our better selves and in rising to meet this challenge, create a better brighter future – a future worthy of the generations who come after us and who have a right to be able to depend on us.” I couldn’t agree more and we’re on the same team.

The leadership of The New Energy Movement will be introducing draft legislation for an historic new energy bill to members of Congress in January 2007, titled “Energy Innovation Act of 2007”. I and my colleagues look forward to providing you a personal brieing on the background and provisions of this key legislation in the very near future, and trust that you will embrace and support it.

Sincerely,

Brian O’Leary, Ph.D.www.brianoleary.comwww.NewEnergyMovement.orgAuthor of Re-Inheriting the Earth

For brieings on “Energy Innovation Act of 2007”, contact:Joel GarbonPresidentThe New Energy [email protected]

Steve KaplanExecutive DirectorThe New Energy [email protected]: (503)297-7348

To view a continually updated database of new energy concepts and technologies, go to www.NewEnergyCongress.org and click on “Top 100”.

[Brian O’Leary, author and former NASA astronaut, is a Contributing Editor to UNCENSORED. SEE PAGES 44, 45


Letters

Bible Inconsistencies

Dear Jon: This is a response to Dennis Diehl’s”Question Your Pastor Will Hate”

It is easy to understand Dennis Diehl’s scepticism for I too was one

who rejected my Christian roots and became a sceptic. It was a breeze to think up smart ques-

tions to embar-rass “dumb” pas-

tors and “dumber” Christians. Eventually it was a “dumb” Christian that turned my thinking around. I resorted to human-

ism to ind the solutions to the world’s problems such as starvation, disease, and a corrupt banking system which bur-dened the world with an exponential and unrepayable debt. In the course of my investigation my girlfriend and I visited an old man with the object of inding out about the intrigue behind the nation-

alising of the Bank of England in 1945.This was hot stuff for me at that time. During the conversation he produced a Bible and announced that the future of the world was predicted in it. I was dis-

gusted and a little annoyed because in my opinion he was lowering the intellectual level of our conversation. I whispered to my girlfriend from behind my hand that this guy must be a “religious nutter” and I would have to put him in his place with a “smart question”. I gave him what I thought was the unanswerable answer “It all depends on the interpretation.” I sat back and smugly awaited his answer. He handed me the Bible and replied “Show me what you mean?” I had no an-

swer because I had never read the Bible. There was a long embarrassing silence which was only broken when he said “Woe unto him who answereth a matter before he heareth.” He had made a clown out of me that night, and as an offended sceptic I went home determined to read the Bible to prove both it and him wrong.

Thirty years later I am still reading the Bible and inding answers to the impor-

tant questions in life. Sure, I ind a few dificult parts to understand, but I keep reading and eventually most of the once dificult questions become clear. There are still dificult parts which I don’t un-

derstand fully, but I am assured that God does. Because of this assurance, I am not prepared to throw the baby out with the bath water.

Dennis Diehl’s experience with the Bible appears to be similar to the one eyed man who walked through a beautiful lower garden and chose to see only the few plants that in his opinion looked like weeds. Another analogy is the man who drove down the road in his car and deliberately hit every pot-hole he could ind, and then complained that the road was unreliable. Conversely many great men in our English speaking world have walked through the same garden as scep-

tic Dennis Diehl yet they smelt the de-

lightful fragrance, and marveled at the beautiful lowers. Their faith was not shipwrecked by the few weeds which they could not understand at that point in time.

Today as I travel I meet men who were wetting there napkins in their mother’s arms forty years ago but are now telling God how he made Heaven and Earth, and that his Bible is a contradiction. I found that the Bible tells the future very accurately. One end time prediction that Mr. Diehl may be interested in is that it predicted there would be scoffers in the last days. “Knowing this irst, that there shall come in the last days scoffers, walking after their own lusts, And say-

ing, where is the promise of his coming? For since the father fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation.” 2 Peter 3: 3 & 4.

How fair is it to mock the Bible by asking various men what they think the Bible teaches and then mocking the Bible because of their incorrect answers? This is in essence what Mr. Diehl does. He very rarely refers to the actual teachings of the Bible itself but discredits the an-

swers of men. Diehl himself admits that most of the answers he had been given

were just someone’s educated guesses or ideas, but had no basis in fact.

Mr. Diehl’s often presents his own faulty ideas as Bible teaching and then discred-

its his own ideas!

The following addresses the questions Mr. Diehl asks:

Dinosaurs and humans: Bible-believ-

ing Christians accept that dinosaurs did coexist with human beings. Dinosaurs were almost certainly taken onto the ark. Mr Diehl assumes that full-sized adult specimens were taken but this is an as-

sumption and then Mr Diehl mocks his own assumption! Noah may well have taken juvenile or small specimens on-

board. Studies of the basic animal kinds and the capacity of the Ark reveal that it had ample room. (See various Creation-

ist websites showing the weakness of certain geological dating methods www.answersingenesis.com ).

Re Polar bears: Noah took a pair of bears on the ark and all species of bears have arisen from that original kind since the Flood. The specimens Noah took on the ark contained all the genetic possibilities and natural selection has given rise to the various species we see today. This is not evolution just selection of already exist-ing genetic possibilities.

Joshua and the sun: Those who accept that God created the world and formed life from inanimate matter etc. can read-

ily accept that God could have stopped the sun. This was either actually accom-

plished or the sun’s motion in the sky as far as observed by Joshua, was stopped. Had the sun’s motion “stopped” only for those in Joshua’s location then we would not expect others in other locations to have recorded this event. The term stood still may be understood in the same way we say the sun rose or set, that is as

perceived by the observer. How God ac-

complished this is not stated but neither does God explain how he created the universe or life.

The Handicapped: What about my


Letters

handicapped brother? asks Mr Diehl: The handicapped brother who couldn’t hear, speak or see could accept Christ like Hel-len Keller did. Mr Diehl says he was told that his brother was automatically saved but this was the opinion of the person he asked, not a Bible quotation or teaching.The Bible teaches that those who have never heard of Jesus may be saved by living up to the truth they know. This then results in the question, Why take the gospel to them? We do not know who is living up to the truth they have, we simply share the truth with everyone because it will improve the lives of all who accept it. Those who are already liv-

ing up to the truth they have will simply embrace the further truth when it comes. The Bible states in Psalm 87:6.that a long suffering God takes into consideration where a man is born when He judges His people. This should comfort Mr. Diehl’s handicapped brother, and remind those blessed with all their faculties that their responsibilities are greater to check out all the facts in an unbiased way.

Predestination: Mr Diehl mocks the doc-

trine of predestination that his ex-church teaches – something which is altogether different from discrediting the Bible. Mr. Diehl would irst need to prove that his ex-church’s teaching was what the Bible taught before we even need to ad-

dress this point.

The fact that Mr. Diehl went to a Christian college to study these things illustrates that his college either did not or could not answer Mr. Diehl’s ques-

tions. It does not discredit the Bible, but just the doctrinal error of the College he attended.

Vegetable offerings:Why did God not like Cain’s vegetable sacriice? Because God had instituted a sacriicial service in which a lamb representing His Son Jesus was to receive the sinner’s sin and die in their place. Vegetables are not the symbol God chose to represent Jesus.

Who was Cain afraid of: Mr. Diehl asks who was Cain afraid of? Others were born to Adam & Eve (Gen 5:4) and their

children had children also. It was these whom Cain feared might kill him. Cain was afraid of those already alive and those to come.

Who did the sons of Adam marry?Adam’s sons married their sisters. The prohibition against marrying close rela-

tives was not given until around 2000 years after Creation. Genetic purity early on meant that there was little risk of birth defects. However, as the effects of sin increased, God later prohibited close relatives marrying.

Mr. Diehl asks how come the horses in Exodus die twice? Where does the Bible teach this? Mr. Diehl assumes this is taught and then shoots down his own faulty assumptions. This does not discredit the Bible; it only illustrates Mr. Diehl’s assumptions are wrong.

Why does the Apostle Paul never quote Jesus, tell the story of His life and death or discuss a miracle? We ask why should we expect Paul to do all this? Apparently the Bible does not meet Mr. Diehl’s ideas of how it should be, and Diehl interprets this as a fault with the Bible! Paul does

frequently speak of Christ’s death in our place. Paul repeats Christ’s teachings under the inspiration of God and adds information that the eyewitnesses of Jesus’ life do not, thus giving us a better understanding.

“Why does neither Mark nor John know anything about Jesus’ birth?” Where does Mr. Diehl get this information showing that Mark & John didn’t know anything?! He apparently assumes it be-

cause they didn’t write about it. However just because someone doesn’t write about something does not prove they are ig-

norant of it! They were inspired to write on other aspects of Christ’s life. Appar-ently Mr. Diehl assumes that the Bible writers should all write about the exact same things and because they don’t Diehl thinks this shows that the Bible is faulty!

“Why does Paul only say that Jesus was born of a woman like everyone else?” Paul did not say Jesus was “only” born of a woman. Jesus was born of a woman and conceived by God.

Jesus, who is God, came to our world as one of us for several reasons:1. To show that we have no excuses for sin.2. In order to be able to die in our place.3. To give us an example.4. To show that God lives by His own law and does not require anything of usHe is not willing to do Himself.5. To show that God’s law is unchange-

able. Christ died to meet its demandsrather than change it to save us.

“Did Paul ever spend ive minutes with the real human Jesus?” Paul did not meet Jesus during His time on earth. Paul did however meet Jesus on the road to Damascus [reportedly in a vi-

sion – Ed.] but what does this matter? This hardly discredits the Bible! The Bible was written by men who were inspired by God. God opened to their minds the events and teachings He wanted recorded. Most of the Old Tes-

tament writers never met Jesus person-

ally but this does not show the Bible to be faulty or ictitious. Apparently if Mr.

Diehl were God he would have done it differently.“How come Jesus never wrote anything Himself while alive, but then wrote perfect Greek after He died in the form of the Revelation?” Though Mr. Diehl may have been a pastor, sadly he was not taught very well. The Revelation was written by the apostle John who received the visions and messages from Jesus and penned them in the common Greek of his day. The Greek is not perfect by many


standards but conveys the message Jesus wanted to give.

“How come Herod couldn’t follow the star himself to ind Jesus?” I could only offer plausible suggestions as to why Herod did not follow the star such as he was not aware of it etc. The infants killed by Herod at the time of Jesus’ birth was a temporary tragedy. We may one day see some of them in heaven saved eternally.

Nasty Mary? Mr. Diehl suggests that Mary knew many infants would be killed and that she ran off without warning others. Once again this is Mr. Diehl’s unpleasant assumption. The Bible states that Joseph was made aware of Herod’s intent to destroy Jesus but Joseph was not told that other children would perish. As mentioned, the children who died may well live for eternity in heaven.

The Events surrounding Christ’s birth:Mr. Diehl once again reveals that he has distorted and erroneous ideas. He mocks his own twisted ideas of the events surrounding Christ¹s birth and irst few years. A careful reading of the Bible shows that Jesus was born in the manger and that night the shepherds came. Jesus was dedicated at the temple at 40 days of age. The wise men came after the dedica-

tion and gave gifts. After this Jesus’ fam-

ily led to Egypt where the gifts helped to keep them until they returned from Egypt after Herod’s death.

Mr. Diehl suggests that Mary and his brothers considered that Jesus was mad – referring to Mark 3. However Mr. Diehl misrepre-

sents the facts. Mark 3 says that certain “friends” thought he was “beside himself”² but it does not state that Mary considered Jesus “mad” as Mr. Diehl makes out. Mr. Diehl attempts to discredit the Bible by saying that Mat-thew misused the Old Testament. Again Mr. Diehl is mocking his own ideas of how the Bible should be, he is not however showing any fault with the Bible itself.

Jesus was asked if a man blind from birth was blind because of his own sin or the sin of his parents. This question recorded in the Bible does not show the Bible to be ictitious. Obviously some had faulty ideas in Jesus’ day about sin and blind-

ness and Jesus cleared up their misunder-standings.

Mr. Diehl asks, “Is it just me or are these good questions to ask about the text and theology of the Bible?”As shown, most of these questions (and Mr. Diehl’s sup-

plied answers) are not discrediting the theology of the Bible but discrediting the theology of those who gave the answers, Mr. Diehl included.

Mr. Diehl’s words, “You’re ired and have a nice day,” suggests that he lost his pastor-ship and this might be reason for his apparent bitterness. Sadly Mr. Diehl seems to have got rid of the baby with the bathwater. Far from turning me red with anger Mr. Diehl’s questions show that there is a great need for simple an-

swers to these simple questions. People like Mr. Diehl need to be given a solid assurance that the Bible is trustworthy

lest they tragically lose their way.

Questioning is good, but along with it one must have an honest and open mind to accept the truth, rather than a desire to come up with unanswerable arguments in order to justify one’s course.

The inal suggestion that religious funda-

mentalists are the cause of so much hurt in the world today is true. This sad situa-

tion is not however an argument against Christ’s teachings, but an argument against the perverters and the perversion of the teachings of the Prince of Peace.

The Bible admonishes us to prove all things (1st. Thessalonians 5:21.) We do not claim to know everything, but we are convinced by the fragrance and beauty of God’s Word that it is a reliable document which has been protected down through the ages from its many enemies by a Divine Hand. It also claims to tell the future. If some of its enemies stumble on what they perceive to be weeds, well so be it. It is prophesied that in the end time scoffers would come mocking God’s Word. Sir Walter Scott the great British poet spent a life time studying the Bible. He claimed that the deeper he dug the better the gold seams. I respectfully sug-

gest to Dennis Diehl and his fellow trave-

lers to dig a little deeper through the dust on the front cover of their Bibles, and seek for that gold that made the above mentioned men humble before God, but great in the eyes of civilisation, and also candidates for the Heaven to come.

Evan Sadler ([email protected])Martin Simpson ([email protected])

Letters


Letters

A Little Gun HistoryTo the Editor: Whether you agree or not, it’s an interesting lesson in history and something to think about.

In 1929, the Soviet Union established gun control. From 1929 to 1953, about 20 million dissidents, unable to defend themselves, were rounded up and exter-minated.

In 19/11, Turkey established gun control. From 1915 to 1917, 1.5 million Arme-

nians, unable to defend themselves, were rounded up and exterminated.

Germany established gun control in 1938 and from 1939 to 1945. A total of 13 mil-lion Jews and others who were unable to defend Themselves were rounded up and exterminated.

China established gun control in 1935. From 1948 to 1952, 20 million political dissidents, unable to defend themselves, were rounded up and exterminated.

Guatemala established gun control in 1964. From 1964 to 1981. 100,000 May-

an Indians, unable to defend themselves, were rounded up and exterminated.

Uganda established gun control in 1970. From 1971 to 1979. 300,000 Christians, unable to defend themselves, were rounded up and exterminated.

Cambodia established gun control in 1956. From 1975 to 1977, one million ‘educated’ people, unable to defend themselves, were rounded up and exter-minated.

The number of defenceless people rounded up and exterminated in the 20th Century because of gun control is around 56 million.

It has now been 12 months since gun owners in Australia were forced by new law to surrender 640,381 personal irearms to be destroyed by their own government, a programme costing Aus-

tralia taxpayers more than $500 million. The irst year results are now in: Aus-

tralia-wide, homicides are up 3.2 percent Australia-wide, assaults are up 8.6 per-cent. Australia-wide, armed robberies are up 44 percent (yes, 44 percent)!

In the state of Victoria alone, homicides with irearms are now up 300 percent. Note, that while the law-abiding citizens turned them in, the criminals did not, and criminals still possess their guns!)

While igures over the previous 25 years showed a steady decrease in armed robbery with irearms, this has changed drastically upward in the past 12 months, since criminals now are guaranteed that their prey is unarmed. There has also been a dramatic increase in break-ins and assaults of the ELDERLY. Australian politicians are at a loss to explain how public safety has decreased, after such monumental effort, and expense was ex-

pended in successfully ridding Australian society of guns. The Australian experi-ence and the other historical facts above prove it.

You won’t see this data in the evening news or hear our Prime Minister, State Premiers or other politicians disseminat-ing this information. Guns in the hands of honest citizens save lives andproperty and, yes, gun-control laws affect only the law-abiding citizens.

Take note my fellow Australians before it’s too late!

The next time someone talks in favour of gun control, please Remind them of this history lesson.

With guns, we are ‘citizens’. Without them, we are ‘subjects’.

If you value your freedom, Please spread this anti-gun control message to all your friends and family!

– L. Kealy

The End of England?To the Editor: The Chancellor of Germa-

ny, Angela Merkel, has persuaded Presi-dent Barroso of Europe to present her “Declaration of Berlin” for all European Union nations to sign on the 25th March 2007 (now past).

This declaration will commit all nations to sign the sixth and inal EU treaty. This sidesteps a vote of the people - the other ive treaties were signed by the Queen without the consent of the people.

This inal treaty will adopt the EU Con-

stitution. Frau Merkel wants this signed before the European elections in June 2009. Britain will then be sealed inside the nation of the European Union, a dic-

tatorship with the laws of a police state, commanded by 107,000 EU regulations.

The EU Regionalisation Plan will abolish England’s 48 counties and replace them with 9 European regions, each with their own Regional Capital, which reports directly to Brussels, not to Westminster. The EU constitution will effectively obliterate the country of England, the monarchy, common law, and the Con-

servative, Labour and Lib Dem parties (clause I-46-4).

Britain’s 153 embassies around the world will be closed as the ink from the Queen’s signature dries. (As Tony Blair refused to admit this has been agreed to, Jose Zapatero, the Prime Minister of Spain, conirmed it in a February 2005 radio broadcast.)

The EU takes ownership and command of Britain’s Police, Army, Royal Navy, RAF, nuclear weapons, currency re-

serves, North Sea Oil. (David Noakes, The Westminster News).Most Britons won’t want this. But the coup will have been achieved. What will happen after that? Watch carefully. There are some interesting times ahead.

Jonathan Gray


A Very Convenient Lie?Chemtrails & Operation Global SunscreenTO the Editor: This is about “Bush’s plans for a giant sunscreen in space”

“The Bush administration is going to un-

usual lengths to combat climate change, pushing for a giant sunscreen in space.

The idea has emerged on the eve of an international report saying the earth’s temperature is rising, and we have no one to blame but ourselves.

The world’s top climate scientists will release their indings tomorrow, predict-ing higher sea levels, worse droughts and widespread crop failure.

The US is responding with a study to see if millions of relected plates between the earth and sun can delect enough heat to slow global warming.” (From the TV3 Website Fri-02-Feb-2007 [1] http://www.tv3.co.nz/News/InternationalNews/tabid/187/Default.aspx?ArticleID=20097)

Sounds a bit like an excuse for chemtrails to me? Or it could certainly be an excuse to put up millions of refective mirrors, a

star-wars system perhaps? Global warm-

ing propaganda has been stepped up recently. It seems the powers that be are getting ready for something...Could it be another Problem, Reaction, Solution... to fool the masses?

The problem from the perspective of the New World order is overpopulation, and a desire to dumb down the popula-

tion and make us sick by lowering our immune systems, possibly in preperation for a bird lu pandemic that will allow population culling and a move to the global police state. So the manufactured problem sold to the public is global warming as were told by the mainstream media.

The reaction they want from the people is ..hey what are the government (and environmental scientists etc) going to do about it?

Then the solution... is what ever they wanted to do in the irst place (to cull and dumb us down) but needed an excuse to ligitimise it. So the solution? Millions of relective plates, as seen on TV3 news.

Scary. The sheeple are been set up to accept the poisoning of the atmosphere via chemtrails and the excuses and cover stories are in place.

But wait a minute, aren’t we missing something here? Aren’t there already patents issued some years ago for ex-

actly this kind of technology? Hasn’t it already been discussed during the last decade in scientiic circles in terms of “geo-engineering” for the reduction of global warming?See references at bottom for patents is-

sued for various geoengineering tech-

nologies. [9]

A number of speculative articles have started appearing in the mainstream media about this. Those of us who have looked into the “sunscreen” theory in recent years know it’s not a new idea. There are various patents which allude to the science of seeding the atmosphere with various chemicals and particles, like barium for example, or chemicals added to commercial jet fuel as annother example.

And havn’t we as readers of UNCEN-

SORED been informed of the fact that operation sunscreen may have already been in operation for over a decade worldwide? After all we have patents, we have a reason for doing it, or at least a partial truth that yes, there is damage from CO2 emissions but there may be many other factors to consider. For ex-

ample secretive high atmospheric nuclear testing which did occur in the 1980s by

Letters

M I N D C O N T R O L 1 0 1“Man does not have the right to develop his own mind. This kind of liberal orientation has great ap-

peal. We must electrically control the brain. Some day armies and generals will be controlled by electric stimulation of the brain.” - Dr. Jose Delgado -1974 Congressional Record, No. 262E, Vol. 118.“Contemporary neuroscience suggests the existence of fundamental algorithms by which all sensory transduction is trans-

lated into the intrinsic, brain-speciic code. Direct stimulation of these codes within the human temporal or limbic cortices by applied electromagnetic patterns may require energy levels which are within the range of both geomagnetic activity and contemporary communication networks. A process which is coupled to the narrow band of brain temperature could allow all normal human brains to be affected by a sub-harmonic whose frequency range at about 10 Hz would only vary by 0.1 Hz.” - On the Possibility of Directly accessing every human brain by electromagnetic induction of fundamental algorithms - by M.A. Persinger, Laurentian University / Perceptual and Motor Skills, June 1995, 80, 791-799.

http://www.energyields.org/home/gisinformation.html


the Americans is not well known about but could also be a cause of the ozone depletion problem.

This recent mainstream media coverage could be just a way of ligitimising this dangerous and lawed science of seeding the atmosphere with relecting particles to supposedly help reduce the effects (but not ix the cause) of global warming. Or is it just a carefully constucted cover story of technology used for much more sinister means, and that now the global chemtrail story is reaching a threshold of awareness for the general public, its time for the powers that be to feed us this lie of why we need these spray operations?

Many have predicted on the net that eventually chemtrails would have to be expalined to the public in some way. After all, it’s a massive global operation with people photographing and ilm-

ing the activity the world over, with unmarked white tanker planes most com-

monly seen. An operation as huge as this much have a believable cover story, and it seems that global warming is it.

There are many people who don’t believe the global warming scientists... and many scientists who say its simply not true, and that if global warming is happening then it may even be happening to the entire solar system as some evidence would suggest, and that the sun may in fact be the ultimate cause.

It may also be that its part of a natural spike in temperatures. Either way the powers that be are not concerned, they have their reasons. And once you have read the various reports and info com-

ming out you may see why this cover story, if it is that, is a very convienient lie.

When the mainstream media is telling us something this big, you can bet its for reasons that suit those who own the mainstream media and not us the people.

Jason

Banning SupplementsDear Editor

I have just read your May 2007 issue. At irst I was engrossed at the articles par-ticularly your feature article “Vitamins to be outlawed?” I am all for freedom of speech and hearing other viewpoints but if they are not founded on facts they are merely the other side of the coin of sen-

sational journalism. In that light I don’t believe that the article gave a balanced view. I did as you suggested look up the TGA website and found that:

“faulty batches of the tablets were responsible for 19 people being hospital-ised and 68 others experiencing poten-

tially life threatening adverse reactions to Travacalm.

Subsequent TGA testing revealed that one of the active ingredients hyoscine hydrobromide varied in content from 0 – 700%.

The company’s (Pan’s) manufacturing licence was immediately restricted to prevent the manfacture of Travacalm and similar micro dose products.”

Further audits by the TGA revealed seri-ous deiciencies in Pan’s manufacturing and quality control procedures including deliberate manipulation of quality control test data, substitution of ingredients and substandard manufacturing processes. After reading this I felt the TGAs action was justiied. I rely on taking herbs and vitamins myself and I want to be able to rely on what is written on the label. But never let the facts get in the way of a good story!

On the other hand it is interesting to wonder why the TGA hasn’t ordered the withdrawal of bupropion (Zyban SR) de-

spite over 1,000 complaints. That would have been a more intriguing story.

Unfortunately loosely put together articles like this and others scattered throughout your magazine do more damage to “conspiracy theories” than

anything else. Your article on Page 27 regarding Conspiracy theory 101 says that “towering intellects and celebrated American philosophers of note will tell you that they simply don’t believe in “conspiracy theories”. Why should they believe them? Perhaps they don’t because the theories are written in such

a sensational tone of voice (sometimes even hysterical i.e. David Icke). Or, perhaps it is because they are not based on facts nor are they written in a bal-anced and non prejudicial way. A shame really because I think there are many good ideas in your magazine that need to get out there but once a reader discred-

its one article they tend to discredit the whole lot.

I believe as editor you have a responsibil-ity to your readers to check the sources of what is being published and ensure a balanced and fair point of view is put for-ward. Otherwise you are the same as all other sensational journalism and doing it in the name of “freedom of speech” but in fact you are contributing to the misin-

formation of many. Is that your goal?

Regards, D. Kerr

Thanks for your letter and your con-

cern. The TGA removed ALL of Pan’s

nutritional products without doing ANY

testing on ANY of them, subsequent to its

raid on the company, and the NZ MoH

followed suit here in NZ. Pan subse-

quently took the TGA to court and two

weeks ago were totally exonerated. How-

ever, more than 60% of all the nutritional

supplements formerly freely available to

Australians have now been removed from

the marketplace, and there is now serious

doubt as to whether they will ever be

available again. We at UNCENSORED

are as scrupulous about what we print

as we can possibly be, given our staff

and funding limitations, and we welcome

your and others’ comments and criti-

cisms. But please tell us precisely where

you think we have got it wrong before

you call us “sensationalist”.

– Jon Eisen

Letters

1 0 1“Man does not have the right to develop his own mind. This kind of liberal orientation has great appeal. We must electrically control the brain. Some day armies and generals will be controlled by electric stimulation of the brain.” - Dr. Jose Delgado -1974 Congressional Record, No. 262E, Vol. 118.“Contemporary neuroscience suggests the existence of fundamental algorithms by which all sensory transduction is translated into the intrinsic, brain-speciic code. Direct stimulation of these codes within the human temporal or limbic cortices by applied electromagnetic patterns may require energy levels which are within the range of both geomagnetic activity and contemporary communication networks. A process which is coupled to the narrow band of brain temperature could allow all normal human brains to be affected by a sub-harmonic whose frequency range at about 10 Hz would only vary by 0.1 Hz.” - On the Possibility of Directly accessing every human brain by electromagnetic induction of fundamental algorithms - by M.A. Persinger, Laurentian University / Perceptual and Motor Skills, June 1995, 80, 791-799.

http://www.energyields.org/home/gisinformation.html


By Steven YatesMay 21, 2007 NewsWithViews.com

Ron Paul now has national visibility, cour-tesy of last Tuesday’s “debate” down in Columbia—much to the chagrin of main-

stream media and Republican Party elites. His poll numbers are suficiently high that a struggle to suppress them is underway. We are seeing what we might call a Ron Paul rebellion. Whether it will have staying power remains to be seen.

This was the exchange that opened the door. Fox New’s Wendell Goler addressed Paul and asked, “I believe you are the only man on the stage who opposes the war in Iraq, who would bring the troops home as quickly as— almost immediately, sir. Are you out of step with your Party? Is your Party out of step with the rest of the world? If either of those is the case, why are you seeking its nomination?”

Ron Paul articulated, “Well, I think the Party has lost its way, because the conservative wing of the Republican Party always advocated a non-in-

terventionist foreign policy. Senator Robert Taft didn’t even want to be in NATO. George Bush won the election in the year 2000 campaigning on a humble foreign policy—no nation-building, no policing of the world. Republicans were elected to end the Korean War. The Repub-

licans were elected to end the Vietnam War. There’s a strong tradition of being anti-war in the Republican Party. It is the Consti-tutional position. It is the advice of the Founders to follow a non-interventionist foreign policy, stay out of entangling alli-ances, be friends with countries, negotiate and talk with them and trade with them…. [T]here’s a lot of merit to the advice of the Founders and following the Constitution. And my argument is that we shouldn’t go to war so carelessly.”

Goler followed up with, “Congressman, you don’t think that changed with the 9/11 attacks, sir?”

His response: our foreign policy was a “major contributing factor. Have you ever read the reasons they attacked us? They attack us because we’ve been over there; we’ve been bombing Iraq for 10 years. We’ve been in the Middle East—I think Reagan was right. We don’t understand the irrationality of Middle Eastern politics. So right now we’re building an embassy in Iraq that’s bigger than the Vatican. We’ve building 14 permanent bases. What would we say here if China was doing this in our country or in the Gulf of Mexico? We would be objecting. We need to look at what we do from the perspective of what would happen if somebody else did it to us.”

Goler: “Are you suggested we invited the 9/11 attacks, sir?”

“I’m suggesting that we listen to the people who attacked us and the reason they did it, and they are delighted that we’re over there because Osama bin Laden has said, ‘I am glad you’re over on our sand because we can target you so much easier.’ They have already now since that time have killed 3,400 of our men, and I don’t think it was necessary.”

That was when Rudy Giuliani blew his top—giving this writer the best reason I’ve seen not to vote for him and to urge others not to support him. Giuliani jumped in with, “That’s really an extraordinary statement. As someone who lived through the attack of September 11, that we invited the attack because we were attacking Iraq.

I don’t think I’ve heard that before, and I’ve heard some pretty absurd explanations for September 11th. I would ask the Con-

gressman to withdraw that comment and tell us that he

didn’t really mean that.” Delivered with the tone of a true authoritarian. An overwhelm-

ingly neocon audience cheered.

Paul hadn’t said we invited 9/11, of course. He used the phrase contributing factor, which implies there were other contributing factors. When asked to reply, he elaborated:

“I believe very sincerely that the CIA is correct when they teach and talk about blowback. When we went into Iran in 1953 and installed the Shah, yes, there was blowback. A reaction to that was the taking of our hostages and that persists. And if we ignore that, we ignore that at our own

risk. If we think that we can do what we want around the world and not incite hatred, then we have a problem. They don’t come here to attack us because we’re rich and we’re free. They come and they attack us because we’re over there. I mean, what would we think if we were—if other foreign countries were doing that to us?”

We saw, dramatized on national television and in ensuing media discussion, the two worldviews that may battle it out over the next year or so for control of the Republican

Party—and possibly the country itself—with ramiications well beyond Election 2008. The one Rudy Giuliani represents (which is that of the Bush clan, the neo-

cons, and the corporatist elite generally): the U.S. is an empire obliged or destined to rule the world, capable of building “de-

mocracies” in the Middle East and perhaps elsewhere, relying on a value system based on money and power. Power does not necessarily corrupt. We peons should fall in line behind our leaders.

The second, which Ron Paul represents, sees the U.S. as a Constitutional repub-

lic with a limited government, believes that sound economics requires sound money (not our present iat dollar), would distinguish genuine free enterprise from corporatism, and advocate a foreign policy of trade with all but entangling alliances

Letter from America:

The Ron Paul Rebellion


with none—i.e., a foreign policy rooted in respect for other nations’ sovereignty and their right to self-determination. Other nations’ internal affairs are not our business unless we are explicitly invited in.

This is not simply a clash between “left” and “right,” or between “liberal” and “con-

servative.” We may be approaching a major dust-up between those who want freedom and those who want power, between those who believe society must be aggressively centralized and those who wish to see power dispersed. We may see a struggle between those who want policies that allow the common man to live as he sees it if he isn’t bothering anyone else, and a cadre of oligarchs who view the world as theirs, and who see themselves as unaccountable.

The Republican National Committee and its talk-show fellow travelers are all on the side of power. The latter immediately went into attack-dog mode. After the debate, Paul appeared on Fox News’s Hannity & Colmes show. Sean Hannity spluttered incoherently against Paul to the point where Paul had dificulty getting a word in edgewise; to his credit, he did not get lus-

tered and refused to back down. He stood his ground the next day when Wolf Blitzer on CNN asked if he wanted to apologize for his statements. He retorted that Rudy Giuliani ought to apologize to him. He told Blitzer that Americans have the right to disagree with bad policy. Interventionism is bad foreign policy, he said, and ought to be challenged. Fox News anchor John Gibson tried to associate Paul with the 9/11 Truth movement by crediting Paul with saying “the U.S. actually had a hand in the terrorist attacks.” Paul, of course, had said nothing of the sort. Glenn Beck, yet another neocon talk-show host and Rush Limbaugh wannabe, has repeatedly smeared Paul on his show, calling him “crazy” after the irst debate and a “dope” after this one.

Michigan Republican Party Chair Saul Anuzis proposed barring Ron Paul from fu-

ture debates. After the RNC and the Michi-gan GOP received thousands of phone calls and several online petitions totaling over 20,000 signatures, they scrapped that idea. We may thank the growing number of peo-

ple who get their news over the uncensored Internet, where Ron Paul is now practically the frontrunner, for protecting free speech from Republican Party elites.

Ron Paul’s point of view is gaining an audience whether the neocons like it or not. Major CNN contributing writer Roland S. Martin has said that his thinking on U.S. foreign policy should at least be discussed. Paul, after all, is hardly the irst to say that our policies in the Middle East might have contributed to our being attacked. Jacob G. Hornberger, of the Future of Freedom Foundation, in fact has a detailed timeline of our interventions in the region go-

ing back to 1953, the year a CIA-backed coup in Iran ousted democratically elected Mohammed Mosadegh and instilled the Shah. As the Shah proceeded to butcher the Iranian people for the next quarter-century, the Islamic terror underground formed and began to ferment (see Hornberger’s article “Iraq, Iran and September 11: A Chronol-ogy,”

But more generally, the Ron Paul candi-dacy is exposing how the power system in this country is gutting the Constitution. This is very good news! Ron Paul has argu-

ably won two national debates now—won in the sense that he came from the incred-

ible disadvantage of a media blackout and has reached the point of having a mes-

sage that is resonating with that growing segment of the public that is fed up with government lies, whether the topic is Iraq, illegal immigration, the economy, or any number of other front burner issues.

Giuliani looks to be emerging as the elites’ favourite. This guy is pro-choice, favours special rights for gays, and advocates gun control. Have these become oficial Repub-

lican positions, and are they evidence of what has happened to the Republican Party since the neocons took it over? An attorney friend of mine with whom I spoke last Friday probably said it best. To paraphrase how he put it, if the Republicans choose Rudy Giuliani as their nominee after a pro-

tracted hate campaign drives Ron Paul back to “third party” status and the public lets them get away with it, they do not deserve to win next year. It will be fair and just to say that this country deserves a socialist Hillary/Obama presidency which would run Rome on the Potomac straight into the ground.

It might be worth noting as an aside that Giuliani has been linked to the proposed NAFTA Superhighway system. According to the Texas Department of Transportation, his Houston-based law irm, Bracewell &

Guiliani, represents Cintra Concesiones, the Spanish megacorporation that has joined with San Antonio’s Zachry Con-

struction on the Trans-Texas Corridor. This positions Giuliani irmly with the power elite. So again: do Americans really want him in the White House?

And should conservatives trust information from elite-controlled outits like Fox News (owned by News Corporation, globalist Rupert Murdoch’s media empire)? Argu-

ably the exchange between Ron Paul and Rudy Giuliani was a set-up. During debates such as the one last Tuesday, microphones of non-speakers are turned off. Giuliani’s, however, was left on while Ron Paul was speaking. Why? Was someone waiting for something Giuliani could attack? Cliff Kin-

caid of Accuracy in Media has observed, “[Fox News] seems to be emerging as an arm of the Giuliani-for-President campaign. Honest conservatives should demand better coverage.” Fox News Online published a dishonest Dick Morris column declining to mention Paul and portraying the race as “nine-way.”

A growing number of people aren’t buy-

ing it. They are responding to Ron Paul’s message of limited government, bringing America’s troops home from a pointless and increasingly destructive war, abolishing the IRS and the Federal Reserve, getting out of bad trade agreements like NAFTA and CAFTA, getting out of the WTO, restoring the Constitution, and returning to the idea of America as republic, not empire. It would be, as I’ve noted elsewhere, a irst. But those who believe that America is still worth ighting for will get behind Ron Paul’s candidacy, and defend him from the media’s attack dogs. Since Ron Paul shows no signs of caving in, and I don’t see the neocons backing down, the next year promises to be very interesting!

© 2007 Steven Yates - All Rights ReservedSteven Yates is the author of Civil Wrongs: What Went Wrong With Afirmative Action (1994), Worldviews: Christian Theism Versus Modern Materialism (2005), around two dozen philosophi-cal articles and reviews in refereed journals and anthologies, and over a hundred articles on the World Wide Web. He lives in Greenville, South Carolina, where he writes a weekly column for the Times Examiner and is at work on a book length version of his popular series to be entitled The Real Matrix (hopefully!) to be completed this summer. This article irst appeared on NewsWithViews.com

E-Mail: [email protected].


The UNCeNSoRed News ~ AND FASCISM WATCH ~

By: Sorcha FaalApril 29th 2007

Ed Note: This story is at present uncon-

irmed, and we present it in the interest of promoting discussion and further

research. Author Faal presents herself as

being connected to Russian intelligence

circles, but this also is unconirmed. However, we present this report because

we believe that it is plausible.

Shocking reports from the Kremlin today are showing that just under one week from Australian Prime Minister Howard’s urgent plea to his citizens to pray for rain to fall on their drought ravaged nation, the Govern-

ment of Australia has entered into secret negotiations with the United States and their Commonwealth allies for the “proposed” evacuation of upwards of 11 million of its 20 million citizens.

To the tragedy currently unfolding upon the World’s smallest Continent of Australia we can read as reported by Britain’s Independent News Service in their article titled “Australia’s epic drought: The situation is grim”, and which says:

“Australia has warned that it will have to switch off the water supply to the continent’s food bowl unless heavy rains break an epic drought – heralding what could be the irst climate change-driven disaster to strike a developed nation.

The Murray-Darling basin in south-eastern Australia yields 40 per cent of the country’s agricultural produce. But the two rivers that feed the region are so pitifully low that there will soon be only enough water for drinking supplies. Aus-

tralia is in the grip of its worst drought on record, the victim of changing weather patterns attributed to global warming and a government that is only just starting to wake up to the severity of the position.

The Prime Minister, John Howard, a hardened climate-change sceptic, deliv-

ered dire tidings to the nation’s farmers yesterday. Unless there is signiicant rainfall in the next six to eight weeks, irrigation will be banned in the principal agricultural area. Crops such as rice, cot-ton and wine grapes will fail, citrus, olive and almond trees will die, along with livestock.

A ban on irrigation, which would remain in place until May next year, spells pos-

sible ruin for thousands of farmers, already debt-laden and in despair after six straight years of drought.”

FSB sources comment-ing on these reports state that the Australian gov-

ernment request to other Western Nations are for

the establishment of an International “working group” tasked with devising a scheme for the “immediate” evacuation of upwards of 11 million people.

These reports further state that such a scheme is indeed workable due to the accelerated growth of the Western cruise ship industry over the past two decades; and which has seen world-wide capacity reach to over 500,000 passengers…with just two of these industry giants, Carni-val and Norwegian Cruise Lines, having nearly 60,000 capacities alone.

With this giant capacity, and again according to these reports, it is “entirely feasible” for Australia, or any nation, to evacuate up to 10 million of its citizens in just 6 months time, with the main ques-

tion being, of course, where to bring them?

The most likely destination would be the vast wilderness areas of North America, including Alaska and Canada, and which according

to the latest scientiic reports of Global Warming will be one of the only areas on Earth to beneit from the vast climate changes taking place in our World.

What remains an unknown at this time, would be the reaction of other of the world’s nations to the mass resettlement of climate change refugees by the West, but which some of America’s top military oficers have warned the United States

Australia Begins Secret Talks On Evacuating Half Of Continent Due To Epic Drought – Report


UNCeNSoRed News to be prepared for, and as we can read as reported by the Bloomberg News Service in their article titled “Global Warming Equals True Equivalent of War”, and which says:

“You know climate change has become a top priority in Washington when it starts penetrating the thinking of leaders in the U.S. military and intelligence commu-

nity. Eleven retired generals and admi-rals have sent out a warning shot about national-security threats from climate change, calling it a ‘threat-multiplier’ that will make unstable regions shakier through increased drought, extreme weather, migrations and rising extrem-

ism.”

The United Nations has, likewise, warned about these dangers, and as we can read as reported by the Houston Chronicle News Service in their article titled “Weather Wars”, and which says:“In a groundbreaking debate at the United Nations Security Council last week, diplomats raised the chilling specter of large areas of the world torn by armed conlicts among populations beset by lood, drought and other side effects of climate change. Pressing the case that global warming represents a threat to international security, British

Foreign Secretary Margaret Beckett told the council that “an unstable climate will exacerbate some of the core drivers of conlict, such as migratory pressures and competition for resources.”

Most surprising of these world shaking events remains the perplexing attitude of the Americans, and who, seemingly, con-

tinue to ignore the grave implications of this dire threat.

The same cannot be said of their top military leaders who have, literally, gone to war with the entire world based upon the horriic 2004 Pentagon assessment of climate change, and its consequences, and as we can read as reported by Brit-ain’s Guardian Unlimited News Service in their article titled “Now the Pentagon tells Bush: Climate change will destroy us”, and which says:

“Climate change over the next 20 years could result in a global catastrophe cost-ing millions of lives in wars and natural disasters.

A secret report, suppressed by US de-

fence chiefs and obtained by The Observ-

er, warns that major European cities will be sunk beneath rising seas as Britain is plunged into a ‘Siberian’ climate by 2020. Nuclear conlict, mega-droughts, famine and widespread rioting will erupt across the world.

The document predicts that abrupt climate change could bring the planet to the edge of anarchy as countries develop a nuclear threat to defend and secure dwindling food, water and energy sup-

plies. The threat to global stability vastly eclipses that of terrorism, say the few experts privy to its contents.

“Disruption and conlict will be endemic features of life,” concludes the Pentagon analysis. “Once again, warfare would deine human life.”

It would, perhaps, be instructive to the Ameri-can people to follow the examples of their fellow human beings, from all around the World, who in knowing these things, and as the spring sun continues to shine, have ceased all of their ordi-nary activities to begin the planting of crops and vegetables for their own, and their families’ security through the com-

ing year.

By Paul BelienFebruary 28th 2007

Earlier this month, a German teen-ager was forcibly taken from her parents and imprisoned in a psychiatric ward. Her crime? She is being home-schooled.

On Feb. 1, 15 German police oficers forced their way into the home of the Busekros family in the Bavarian town of Erlangen. They hauled off 16-year-old Melissa, the eldest of the six Busekros children, to a psychiatric ward in nearby Nuremberg. Last week, a court afirmed that Melissa has to remain in the Child Psychiatry Unit because she is suffering from “school phobia.”

Home-schooling has been illegal in Ger-many since Adolf Hitler outlawed it in 1938 and ordered all children to be sent to state schools. The home-schooling community in Germany is tiny. As Hitler knew, Germans tend to obey orders unquestioningly. Only some 500 children are being home-schooled in a country of 80 million. Home-schooling families are prosecuted without mercy.

Last March, a judge in Hamburg sen-

tenced a home-schooling father of six to a week in prison and a ine of $2,000. Last September, a Paderborn mother of 12 was locked up in jail for two weeks. The family belongs to a group of seven ethnic German families who emigrated to Paderborn from the former Soviet Union. The Soviets persecuted them because they were Baptists. An initiative of the Paderborn Baptists to establish their own private school was rejected by the German authorities. A court ruled that the Baptists showed “a stubborn contempt both for the state’s educational duty as well as the right of their children to develop their personalities by attending school.”

All German political parties, including the Christian Democrats of Chancellor Angela Merkel, are opposed to home-

Home Schooling – Illegal in Germany

“A really eficient totalitarian state would be one in which the all-powerful executive of political bosses and their army of managers control a popu-

lation of slaves who do not have to be coerced, be-

cause they love their servitude. To make them love it is the task assigned, in present-day totalitarian states, to ministries of propaganda, newspaper edi-tors and schoolteachers.... The greatest triumphs of propaganda have been accomplished, not by doing something, but by refraining from doing.

Great is truth, but still greater, from a practical point of view, is silence about truth.”

-Aldous Huxley: Brave New World (1946 edition)


schooling. They say that “the obligation to attend school is a civil obligation, that cannot be tampered with.” The home-schoolers receive no support from the oficial (state funded) churches, either. These maintain that home-schoolers “isolate themselves from the world” and that “freedom of religion does not justify opposition against the obligation to at-tend school.” Six decades after Hitler, German politicians and church leaders still do not understand true freedom: that raising children is a prerogative of their fathers and mothers and not of the state, which is never a benevolent parent and often an enemy.

Hermann Stucher, a pedagogue who called upon Christians to withdraw their children from the state schools which, he says, have fallen into the hands of “neo-Marxist activists,” has been threatened with prosecution for “Hochverrat und Volksverhetzung” (high treason and incitement of the people against the authorities). The ierceness of the au-

thorities’ reaction is telling. The dispute is about the hearts and minds of the chil-dren. In Germany, schools have become vehicles of indoctrination, where children are brought up to unquestioningly accept the authority of the state in all areas of life. It is no coincidence that people who have escaped Soviet indoctrination dis-

cern what the government is doing in the schools and are suficiently concerned to want to protect their children from it.What is worrying is that most “free-born” Germans accept this assault on their freedom as normal and eye parents who opt out of the state system withsuspicion.

The situation is hardly better at the European level. Last September, the European Court of Human Rights sup-

ported Hitler’s 1938 schooling bill. The Strasburg-based court, whose verdicts apply in the entire European Union, ruled that the right to education “by its very nature calls for regulation by the State.” It upheld the inding of German courts: “Schools represent society, and it is in the children’s interest to become part of that society. The parents’ right to educate does not go so far as to deprive their

children of that experience.”

While it is disquieting that Europeans have not learned the lessons from their dictatorial past — upholding Nazi laws and sending dissidents, including chil-dren, to psychiatric wards, as the Soviets used to do — there is reason for Ameri-cans to worry, too. The United Nations is also restricting the rights of parents. Article 29 of the U.N. Convention on the Rights of the Child stipulates that it is the goal of the state to direct the education of children. In Belgium, the U.N. Conven-

tion is currently being used to limit the constitutional right to home-school. In 1995 Britain was told that it violated the U.N. Convention by allowing parents to remove their children from public school sex-education classes.

Last year, the American Home School Legal Defence Association warned that the U.N. Convention could make home-schooling illegal in America, even though the Senate has never ratiied it. Some lawyers and liberal politicians in the states claim that U.N. conventions are “customary international law” and should be considered part of American jurispru-

dence.

At present, young Melissa Busekros’ ordeal is a German horror story. Could it soon be an American one?

Paul Belien is editor of the Brussels Jour-nal and an adjunct fellow of the Hudson Institute.

April 17, 2007

Dr. Morando Soffritti of the European Ramazzini Foundation will present the results of a new study conirming the car-cinogenicity of Aspartame on April 23, 2007 at the Mount Sinai Medical School of New York, where he also will receive the prestigious Irving J. Selikoff Award.

Aspartame, the artiicial sweetener made by Searle/Monsanto was found to cause cancer in laboratory animals already in the original studies that were submitted to the FDA when approval was asked to put it on the market. The justiied doubts of the FDA’s scientists were overridden when Donald Rumsfeld called in his political markers.

Another study conducted in Spain by Trocho et al came to similar results, iden-

tifying a transformation of parts of the molecule into formaldehyde as a proba-

ble cause. Later, a study of the European Ramazzini Foundation conirmed the sweetener’s carcinogenicity in laboratory rats and seriously questioned its safety. But industry, through the European Food Safety Authority, succeeded in diverting attention from the damaging indings, calling them an artifact of the study’s design.

Now, a new, long-term study on Aspar-tame has been completed giving lower dosages but conirming, once again, the carcinogenicity of the sweetener. See the announcement from the Ramazzini Foundation here:

New aspartame data to be presented at Mount Sinai School of Medicine in NYC, USA

A second study conducted by the Eu-

ropean Ramazzini Foundation (ERF)

Cancer from your diet soft drink?

The UNCeNSoRed News UNCeNSoRed News


By Paul Armentano, AlterNetPosted on February 10, 2007, Printed on February 11, 2007http://www.alternet.org/story/47815/

American taxpayers are now spending more than a billion dollars per year to incarcerate its citizens for pot. That’s according to statistics recently released by the U.S. Department of Justice’s Bureau of Justice Statistics.

According to the new BJS report, “Drug Use and Dependence, State and Federal Prisoners, 2004,” 12.7 percent of state inmates and 12.4 percent of federal inmates incarcerated for drug violations are serving time for marijuana offences. Combining these percentages with sepa-

rate U.S. Department of Justice statis-

tics on the total number of state and fed-

eral drug prisoners suggests that there are now about 33,655 state inmates and 10,785 federal inmates behind bars for marijuana offences. The report failed to include estimates on the percentage of inmates incarcerated in county and/or local jails for pot-related offences.

Multiplying these totals by U.S. DOJ prison expenditure data reveals that taxpayers are spending more than $1 billion annually to imprison pot offend-

ers.

The new report is noteworthy because it undermines the common claim from law enforcement oficers and bureau-

crats, speciically White House drug czar John Walters, that few, if any, Americans are incarcerated for marijua-

na-related offenses. In reality, nearly 1 out of 8 U.S. drug prisoners are locked up for pot.

Of course, several hundred thousand more Americans are arrested each year for violating marijuana laws, costing taxpayers another $8 billion dollars an-

nually in criminal justice costs.

According to the most recent igures available from the FBI, police ar-rested an estimated 786,545 people on marijuana charges in 2005 – more than twice the number of Americans arrested just 12 years ago. Among those arrested, about 88 percent – some 696,074 Americans – were charged with possession only. The remain-

ing 90,471 individuals were charged with “sale/manufacture,” a category that includes all cultivation offenses, even those where the marijuana was being grown for personal or medical use. These totals are the highest ever recorded by the FBI, and make up 42.6 percent of all drug arrests in the United States. Nevertheless, self-reported pot use by adults, as well as the ready availability of marijuana on the black market, remains virtually unchanged.

Marijuana isn’t a harmless substance, and those who argue for a change in the drug’s legal status do not claim it to be. However, pot’s relative risks to the user and society are arguably fewer than those of alcohol and tobacco, and they do not warrant the expenses associated with targeting, arresting and prosecut-ing hundreds of thousands of Ameri-cans every year. According to federal statistics, about 94 million Americans – that’s 40 percent of the U.S. popula-

tion age 12 or older – self-identify as having used cannabis at some point in their lives, and relatively few acknowl-edge having suffered signiicant delete-

rious health effects due to their use.

This article originally appeared in the Washington Examiner. Paul Armen-

tano is the senior policy analyst for the NORML Foundation in Washington, DC. (norml.org, 888-67-NORML).

© 2007 Independent Media Institute

conirms the carcinogenicity of aspar-tame. The results of this study will be presented April 23, 2007 at the Mount Sinai Medical School of New York, where ERF Scientiic Director Morando Soffritti will receive the third Irving J. Selikoff Award.

Aspartame is an artiicial sweetener consumed by hundreds of millions of people worldwide. It is used in over 6,000 diet products including soft drinks, chewing gum, candy, desserts, yoghurt as well as in pharmaceuticals, in particular, syrups and antibiotics for children. In 2005, the European Ramazzini Founda-

tion published important experimental data demonstrating the carcinogenicity of aspartame. These data demonstrated for the irst time that aspartame is a carci-nogenic agent, inducing various types of malignant tumours in rats, even at dose levels currently considered acceptable for humans.

As soon as carcinogenic effects were perceived during this irst study, the ERF began a second long term experiment, administering aspartame at low doses in feed to rats beginning during fetal life.

In a world exclusive, Italian news station TG2 announced on April 13th that the European Ramazzini Foundation will present the results of this second study at the Mount Sinai School of Medicine at the end of April when Scientiic Direc-

tor Dr. Morando Soffritti will receive the third Irving J. Selikoff Award. The news story may be viewed at: http://www.raiclicktv.it/raiclickpc/secure/list_con-

tent_tg.srv?id=1986#

The FDA has long known of the damag-

ing nature of the sweetener. At one time, it published a list of 92 diverse side effects, some of which detailed serious reactions to consumption of aspartame.

Dr. Betty Martini, D.Hum, Founder

Mission Possible International

9270 River Club Parkway

Duluth, Georgia 30097

770 242-2599

UNCeNSoRed News The UNCeNSoRed NewsPot Prisoners Cost

Americans $1 Billion a Year


Let me make an argument about Bush administration Iran policy – about the possibility that a regime-change-style, shock-and-awe air assault might someday be launched on Iranian nuclear facilities and associated targets – based on no insider wknowledge, just the logic of George-and-Dick’s Thelma-and-Louise-style imperialism.

The UNCeNSoRed U.S. News UNCeNSoRed NewsBush Grabs

Dictatorial PowersMay 23, 2007

President Bush, without so much as issu-

ing a press statement, on May 9 signed a directive that granted near dictatorial powers to the ofice of the president in the event of a national emergency declared by the president.

The “National Security and Homeland Security Presidential Directive,” with the dual designation of NSPD-51, as a National Security Presidential Directive, and HSPD-20, as a Homeland Security Presidential Directive, establishes under the ofice of president a new National Continuity Coordinator.

That job, as the document describes, is to make plans for “National Essential Func-

tions” of all federal, state, local, territorial, and tribal governments, as well as private sector organizations to continue function-

ing under the president’s directives in the event of a national emergency.

The directive loosely deines “catastrophic emergency” as “any incident, regardless of location, that results in extraordinary levels of mass casualties, damage, or disruption severely affecting the U.S. population, infrastructure, environment, economy, or government functions.”

When the president determines a cata-

strophic emergency has occurred, the president can take over all government functions and direct all private sector activities to ensure we will emerge from the emergency with an “enduring constitu-

tional government.”

Translated into layman’s terms, when the president determines a national emergency has occurred, the president can declare to the ofice of the presidency powers usually assumed by dictators to direct any and all government and business activities until the emergency is declared over.

Ironically, the directive sees no contra-

diction in the assumption of dictatorial powers by the president with the goal of maintaining constitutional continuity through an emergency.

The directive speciies that the assistant to the president for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism will be designated as the National Continuity Coordinator.Further established is a Continuity Policy Coordination Committee, chaired by a senior director from the Homeland Security Council staff, designated by the National Continuity Coordinator, to be “the main day-to-day forum for such policy coordination.”

Currently, the assistant to the president for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism is Frances Fragos Townsend.Townsend spent 13 years at the Justice Department before moving to the U.S. Coast Guard where she served as assistant commandant for intelligence.

She is a White House staff member in the executive ofice of the president who also chairs the Homeland Security Council, which as a counterpart to the National Security Council reports directly to the president.

The directive issued May 9 makes no attempt to reconcile the powers created there for the National Continuity Co-

ordinator with the National Emergency Act. As speciied by U.S. Code Title 50, Chapter 34, Subchapter II, Section 1621, the National Emergency Act allows that the president may declare a national emer-gency but requires that such proclamation “shall immediately be transmitted to the Congress and published in the Federal Register.”

A Congressional Research Service study notes that under the National Emergency

Act, the president “may seize property, organize and control the means of production, seize com-

modities, assign military forces abroad, institute martial law, seize and con-

trol all transportation and communication, regulate

the operation of private enterprise, restrict travel, and, in a variety of ways, control the lives of United States citizens.”

The CRS study notes that the National Emergency Act sets up congress as a bal-ance empowered to “modify, rescind, or render dormant such delegated emergency authority,” if Congress believes the presi-dent has acted inappropriately.NSPD-51/ HSPD-20 appears to supersede the National Emergency Act by creating the new position of National Continuity Coordinator without any speciic act of Congress authorizing the position.

NSPD-51/ HSPD-20 also makes no reference whatsoever to Congress. The language of the May 9 directive appears to negate any a requirement that the presi-dent submit to Congress a determination that a national emergency exists, suggest-ing instead that the powers of the execu-

tive order can be implemented without any congressional approval or oversight.

Homeland Security spokesperson Russ Knocke afirmed that the Homeland Se-

curity Department will be implementing the requirements of NSPD-51/ HSPD-20 under Townsend’s direction.

The White House had no comment.

Jerome R. Corsi received a Ph.D. from Har-

vard University in political science in 1972 and

has written many books and articles, including

co-authoring with John O’Neill the No. 1 New

York Times best-seller, “Unit for Command: Swift Boat Veterans Speak Out Against John

Kerry.” Corsi’s most recent book was authored

with Michael Evans: “Showdown with Nuclear

Iran.” Dr. Corsi’s other recent books include

“Black Gold Stranglehold: The Myth of

Scarcity and the Politics of Oil,” which he co-

authored with WND columnist Craig. R. Smith,

and “Atomic Iran.”

Will the GOP Destroy Itself Before It Destroys America? May 23, 2007

by Paul Craig Roberts

As everyone except for a dwindling band of Bush supporters now knows, the U.S. is in a terrible situation in Iraq from which it cannot extract itself. For Bush and Cheney, their own pride and delusion are more compelling than U.S. casualties, the destruction of Iraq and its people, and the inlaming of sectarian strife and anti-American violence throughout the Middle East.

Congress is complicit in the great strategic blunder. Republican lag-wavers led Americans like lemmings into the abyss. The Democrats have already abandoned the electorate that gave them control of Congress six months ago in the false hope that the Democrats would corral the White House moron and lead America out of the abyss. Like the Republicans, the Democrats serve the few special interest groups that beneit, or believe that they beneit, from the war. By now we all know who these groups are: the oil industry, the military-security complex, and the Israel Lobby, AIPAC. This contrived war, based on lies and deception, serves no other interest. There is no longer any question whatsoever, not a single sliver of doubt, that Americans were deceived into this disastrous war. The president of the United States lied to the American people, as did the vice president, the national security adviser, the secretary of state, the secretary of defense, the deputy secretary of defense, the undersecretary of defense, and every neoconservative in the Bush administration, think tanks, and media. The fact that the American people were lied to and deceived does not absolve them from blame. The lie was transparent, the logic nonexistent, the true facts available and easy to discover. America failed because the American people failed. The American people failed because their self-righteousness and hubris made them easy saps for deception.Even now after ive years of a disastrous policy, Republicans cannot accept the facts about the U.S. invasion and failed occupation of Iraq. At the recent

“debate” between Republican presidential candidates in South Carolina, Rep. Ron Paul dared to tell the truth. Paul said that our dificulties in the Middle East are “blowback” from our government’s determined attempts to exercise hegemony over the Middle East. Republican presidential candidate Rudy Giuliani, a person who sank so low as to frame innocents while serving as U.S. attorney in order to boost his name recognition, played the self-righteous card to extreme. How dare Ron Paul suggest that U.S. policy toward Muslims has anything whatsoever to do with attacks on the U.S.! With all the outrage he could muster, Giuliani asked Paul “to withdraw that comment and tell us that he didn’t really mean that.”The thunderous applause from the Republican audience to Giuliani’s put-down of the only honest person present underlines that the Republican Party is incapable of leadership to end a futile and lost war that under international standards is a war crime, an unprovoked, naked aggression based entirely on lies, deception, and a secret agenda. At other times, the Republican audience applauded in support of torture and greeted John McCain’s protest against the practice with cold silence. In the opening years of the 21st century the Republicans have made it clear that they are willing to sacriice the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights in order to wage “war

against terrorism.” This willingness makes the Republican Party a more dangerous threat to Americans than Muslim terrorists. Muslim terrorists cannot destroy our country’s reputation, trash our civil liberties, and wreck our system of accountable government, but the Republican Party has done a thorough job of it. The Democratic Party is complicit in the Republican Party’s crimes, but unlike the Republican electorate, the Democratic electorate does not support the occupation, the domestic police-state measures, and the Bush administration’s decision to send more combat troops to Iraq. Although none of the current front-runners for the Democratic presidential nomination are independent of the special interests that beneit from the war, it might still be possible for a Democrat to emerge who will represent the Democratic electorate instead of the special interests. Republican support for Bush’s contrived war against Iraq has diminished the Republican Party. Intelligent and decent people have abandoned the party, which has morphed into a Brownshirt Party with which fewer people are willing to be associated. The diminished Republican ranks will make it dificult for the party to steal any more elections. If we are fortunate, Republicans will complete their self-destruction before they extinguish the Constitution and destroy America.


Let me make an argument about Bush administration Iran policy – about the possibility that a regime-change-style, shock-and-awe air assault might someday be launched on Iranian nuclear facilities and associated targets – based on no insider wknowledge, just the logic of George-and-Dick’s Thelma-and-Louise-style imperialism.

UNCeNSoRed News The UNCeNSoRed U.S. NewsBush Grabs

Dictatorial PowersMay 23, 2007

President Bush, without so much as issuing a press statement, on May 9 signed a directive that granted near dictatorial powers to the ofice of the president in the event of a national emergency declared by the president.

The “National Security and Homeland Security Presidential Directive,” with the dual designation of NSPD-51, as a National Security Presidential Directive, and HSPD-20, as a Homeland Security Presidential Directive, establishes under the ofice of president a new National Continuity Coordinator.

That job, as the document describes, is to make plans for “National Essential Functions” of all federal, state, local, territorial, and tribal governments, as well as private sector organizations to continue functioning under the president’s directives in the event of a national emergency.

The directive loosely deines “catastrophic emergency” as “any incident, regardless of location, that results in extraordinary levels of mass casualties, damage, or disruption severely affecting the U.S. population, infrastructure, environment, economy, or government functions.”

When the president determines a catastrophic emergency has occurred, the president can take over all government functions and direct all private sector activities to ensure we will emerge from the emergency with an “enduring constitutional government.”

Translated into layman’s terms, when the president determines a national emergency has occurred, the president can declare to the ofice of the presidency powers usually assumed by dictators to direct any and all government and business activities until the emergency is declared over.

Ironically, the directive sees no contradiction in the assumption of dictatorial powers by the president with the goal of maintaining constitutional continuity through an emergency.

The directive speciies that the assistant to the president for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism will be designated as the National Continuity Coordinator.Further established is a Continuity Policy Coordination Committee, chaired by a senior director from the Homeland Security Council staff, designated by the National Continuity Coordinator, to be “the main day-to-day forum for such policy coordination.”

Currently, the assistant to the president for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism is Frances Fragos Townsend.Townsend spent 13 years at the Justice Department before moving to the U.S. Coast Guard where she served as assistant commandant for intelligence.

She is a White House staff member in the executive ofice of the president who also chairs the Homeland Security Council, which as a counterpart to the National Security Council reports directly to the president.

The directive issued May 9 makes no attempt to reconcile the powers created there for the National Continuity Coordinator with the National Emergency Act. As speciied by U.S. Code Title 50, Chapter 34, Subchapter II, Section 1621, the National Emergency Act allows that the president may declare a national emergency but requires that such proclamation “shall immediately be transmitted to the Congress and published in the Federal Register.”

A Congressional Research Service study notes that under the National Emergency

Act, the president “may seize property, organize and control the means of production, seize commodities, assign military forces abroad, institute martial law, seize and control all transportation and communication, regulate

the operation of private enterprise, restrict travel, and, in a variety of ways, control the lives of United States citizens.”

The CRS study notes that the National Emergency Act sets up congress as a balance empowered to “modify, rescind, or render dormant such delegated emergency authority,” if Congress believes the president has acted inappropriately.NSPD-51/ HSPD-20 appears to supersede the National Emergency Act by creating the new position of National Continuity Coordinator without any speciic act of Congress authorizing the position.

NSPD-51/ HSPD-20 also makes no reference whatsoever to Congress. The language of the May 9 directive appears to negate any a requirement that the president submit to Congress a determination that a national emergency exists, suggesting instead that the powers of the executive order can be implemented without any congressional approval or oversight.

Homeland Security spokesperson Russ Knocke afirmed that the Homeland Security Department will be implementing the requirements of NSPD-51/ HSPD-20 under Townsend’s direction.

The White House had no comment.

York Times best-seller, “Unit for Command:

Will the GOP Destroy Itself Before It Destroys America? May 23, 2007

by Paul Craig Roberts

As everyone except for a dwindling band of Bush supporters now knows, the U.S. is in a terrible situation in Iraq from which it cannot extract itself. For Bush and Cheney, their own pride and delusion are more com-

pelling than U.S. casualties, the destruction of Iraq and its people, and the inlaming of sectarian strife and anti-American violence throughout the Middle East.

Congress is complicit in the great strategic blunder. Republican lag-wavers led Americans like lemmings into the abyss. The Democrats have already abandoned the electorate that gave them control of Congress six months ago in the false hope that the Democrats would cor-ral the White House moron and lead America out of the abyss. Like the Republicans, the Democrats serve the few special interest groups that beneit, or believe that they beneit, from the war. By now we all know who these groups are: the oil industry, the military-security complex, and the Israel Lobby, AIPAC. This contrived war, based on lies and deception, serves no other interest. There is no longer any question whatsoever, not a single sliver of doubt, that Americans were deceived into this disastrous war. The president of the United States lied to the American people, as did the vice president, the national security adviser, the secretary of state, the secretary of defense, the deputy secretary of defense, the undersecretary of defense, and every neoconservative in the Bush administra-

tion, think tanks, and media. The fact that the American people were lied to and deceived does not absolve them from blame. The lie was transparent, the logic nonexistent, the true facts available and easy to discover. America failed because the American people failed. The American people failed because their self-righteousness and hubris made them easy saps for deception.Even now after ive years of a disastrous policy, Republicans can-

not accept the facts about the U.S. invasion and failed occupation of Iraq. At the recent

“debate” between Republican presidential can-

didates in South Carolina, Rep. Ron Paul dared to tell the truth. Paul said that our dificulties in the Middle East are “blowback” from our government’s determined attempts to exercise hegemony over the Middle East. Republican presidential candidate Rudy Giuliani, a person who sank so low as to frame innocents while serving as U.S. attorney in order to boost his name recognition, played the self-righteous card to extreme. How dare Ron Paul suggest that U.S. policy toward Muslims has anything whatsoever to do with attacks on the U.S.! With all the outrage he could muster, Giuliani asked Paul “to withdraw that comment and tell us that he didn’t really mean that.”The thunderous applause from the Republi-can audience to Giuliani’s put-down of the only honest person present underlines that the Republican Party is incapable of leadership to end a futile and lost war that under interna-

tional standards is a war crime, an unprovoked, naked aggression based entirely on lies, deception, and a secret agenda. At other times, the Republican audience applauded in support of torture and greeted John McCain’s protest against the practice with cold silence. In the opening years of the 21st century the Republicans have made it clear that they are willing to sacriice the U.S. Constitu-

tion and Bill of Rights in order to wage “war

against terrorism.” This willingness makes the Republican Party a more dangerous threat to Americans than Muslim terrorists. Muslim ter-rorists cannot destroy our country’s reputation, trash our civil liberties, and wreck our system of accountable government, but the Republican Party has done a thorough job of it. The Democratic Party is complicit in the Republican Party’s crimes, but unlike the Republican electorate, the Democratic elec-

torate does not support the occupation, the domestic police-state measures, and the Bush administration’s decision to send more combat troops to Iraq. Although none of the current front-runners for the Democratic presidential nomination are independent of the special interests that beneit from the war, it might still be possible for a Democrat to emerge who will represent the Democratic electorate instead of the special interests. Republican support for Bush’s contrived war against Iraq has diminished the Republi-can Party. Intelligent and decent people have abandoned the party, which has morphed into a Brownshirt Party with which fewer people are willing to be associated. The diminished Republican ranks will make it dificult for the party to steal any more elections. If we are fortunate, Republicans will com-

plete their self-destruction before they extin-

guish the Constitution and destroy America.



Whilst we were visiting various Egyp-tology sites we came across this picture that was taken inside the Tomb of Ptah-Hotep, at Saqqara, Egypt, which dates back to the 5th Dynasty. The picture shows servants offering food to the Egyptian sage and Philosopher Ptah-Hotep (who is sat at a table to the left of this part of the picture). Ptah-hotep served during the reign of Izezi as a sage. His maxims are in the Prisse Papyrus which are in the Louvre. Izezi was the eighth king of the 5th Dynasty and ruled Egypt from 2388 till 2356 BC.

We were labbergasted to say the least when we took a closer look at this image and could make out an ‘alien grey’ in the bottom of the picture! Does this prove that the building and placement of the Pyramids were aided by alien intelli-gence?

We have only been able to ind the three images of this picture that you see here and have learned that this particular wall mural does not appear in any oficial guidebooks!... I wonder why? I have found out however that a picture showing this same mural is in an old book called In The Shadow Of The Pyramids - Egypt during the Old Kingdom. The implications of the discovery of this ancient stone picture that includes the alien are absolutely huge! and could be one of the most important clues to alien

intervention into our ancient history ever made!

This picture could explain why the Egyp-tians appeared to be so technically ad-vanced, and how they were able to build the Pyramids with such precision. For instance the cofin in The Great Pyramid was cut so accurately that we could not even recreate a similar cofin out of rock today – even with our laser technology!It also ties in with the Egyptians infatu-ation with Orion. The three Pyramids at Giza have been proven to line up exactly with ‘the belt’ in the constellation of Orion (discovered by Graham Hancock and Robert Bauval). We also have to remember that Betelgeuse, which is a star in the Orion constellation has been suggested in ancient history as the home planet of aliens that have visited Earth.

You may have seen this picture (below) before. These images were found on the ceiling beams of the 3000 year old New Kingdom Temple – speciically dedi-cated to the chief god of the Egyptian pantheon, Osiris. located several hun-dred miles south of Cairo and the Giza Plateau, at Abydos.

As you can see, images of a helicopter, submarine, plane and hovercraft are depicted! Again this piece of ancient art seems to suggest that the Egyptians knew about the latest technology that we are using today.

Six wooden gliders were found in one of the Pyramids at Saqqara. Although ive of them have been destroyed, one does exist in the Late Dynastic Room at the Egyptian museum in Cairo amongst the wooden bird collection. The release of the image on Mars in recent

weeks that shows the image of Nefertiti, the Egyptian Princess also strengthens the link between ancient Egypt and alien civilisations. Lets not forget about the Cydonia region on Mars that include ‘The Face On Mars, The D & M Pyra-mids (that also are placed to line up with Orions belt) and other Mars anomalies that are related to Egyptology!

It seems that Egypt is not the only place that has been visited by Aliens in ancient times. The plate (below), called ‘The Lolladoff plate’ is a 12,000 year old stone dish found in Nepal. It clearly shows a disc shaped UFO (top of pic). There is also a igure on the disc looking remark-ably similar to a Grey.

The above wall mural resides in a temple in the goldmines of Kush. Notice the rocket and igures standing by it!

www.darkstar1.co.uk:cosmicegypt.html

Ancient Egyptian Hieroglyphics Reveal Anomalous Technology


GM, toxic chemicals, chemtrails destroying eco-system, threatening very survival of humanity

By Paul Joseph WatsonPrison PlanetTuesday, April 10, 2007

The alarming decline in bee populations across the United States and Europe rep-

resents a potential ecological apocalypse, an environmental catastrophe that could collapse the food chain and wipe out humanity. Who and what is behind this lagrant abuse of the eco-system?Many people don’t realise the vital role bees play in maintaining a balanced eco-system. According to experts, if bees were to become extinct then humanity would perish after just four years.“If the bee disappeared off the surface of the globe then man would only have four years of life left. No more bees, no more pollination, no more plants, no more animals, no more man,” said Albert Einstein.

Others would say four years is alarm-

ist and that man would ind other food sources, but the fact remains that the disappearance of bees is potentially devastating to agri-culture and most plant life.

Reports that bee populations are declin-

ing at rates of up to 80% in areas of the U.S. and Europe should set alarm bells ringing and demand immediate action on behalf of environmental organisations. Experts are calling the worrying trend “colony collapse disorder” or CCD.“Bee numbers on parts of the east coast and in Texas have fallen by more than 70 percent, while California has seen colo-

nies drop by 30 to 60 percent,” reports AFP.

“Approximately 40 percent of my 2,000 colonies are currently dead and this is the greatest winter colony mortality I have ever experienced in my 30 years of bee-

keeping,” apiarist Gene Brandi, from the Califor-nia State Beekeepers As-

sociation, told Congress recently.

The article states that U.S. bee colonies have been dropping since 1980 and the number of beekeepers have halved.Scientists are thus far stumped as to what is causing the decline, ruling out para-

sites but leaning towards some kind of new toxin or chemical used in agriculture as being responsible. “Experts believe that the large-scale use of genetically modiied plants in the US could be a fac-

tor,” reports Germany’s Spiegal Online.Bee populations throughout Germany have simultaneously dropped 25% and

up to 80% in some areas. Poland, Switzer-land and Spain are reporting similar declines. Studies have shown that bees

are not dying in the hive, some-

thing is causing them to lose their sense of orientation so that they cannot return to the hive. De-

pleted hives are not being raided for their honey by other insects, which normally happens when bees naturally die in the winter, clearly suggesting some kind of poisonous toxin is driving them away.

“In many cases, scientists have found evidence of almost all known bee viruses in the few surviving bees found in the

hives after most have disappeared. Some had ive or six infections at the same time and were infested with fungi – a sign, experts say, that the insects’ immune system may have collapsed.”

A study at the University of Jena from 2001 to 2004 showed that toxins from a genetically modiied maize variant designed to repel insects, when combined with a parasite, resulted in a “signii-

cantly stronger decline in the number of bees” than normal.

“According to Hans-Hinrich Kaatz, a professor at the University of Halle in eastern Germany and the director of

the study, the bacterial toxin in the genetically modiied corn may have “altered the surface of the bee’s intestines, suf-iciently weakening the bees to allow the para-

sites to gain entry – or perhaps it was the other

way around. We don’t know.” Kaatz was desperate to continue his studies but funding was cut off.

While we are lectured by government to change our lifestyle and cough up more taxes for the supposed peril of man-made global warming, an environmental ca-

tastrophe that could eliminate the human race in the igurative blink of an eye is looming.

Why are major environmental groups and lobbyists ignoring this mammoth threat to our very existence? Where is Green-

peace?

The hyperbole surrounding man-made global warming is swallowing up all the attention while real dangers like the rapid die-off of bee populations and its link to GM food is largely shunned by govern-

ments and activist foundations.

Is it a stretch to hypothesise that gov-

ernment mandated spraying of crops with deadly chemicals as well as toxic substances contained in chemtrails could be part of a deliberate programmeme to eliminate the bee population? Or is this just another example of big business la-

grantly abusing the eco-system in order to drive up proits?

Ecological Apocalypse: Why Are All

The Bees Dying?

UNCeNSoRed News The UNCeNSoRed News


JFK Murder Plot “Death-bed Confession” Aired On

US National RadioFormer CIA agent, Watergate conspirator

E. Howard Hunt names the menwho killed Kennedy


Paul Joseph Watson Prison Planet, April 30, 2007

The “deathbed confession” audio tape in which former CIA agent and Water-gate conspirator E. Howard Hunt admits he was approached to be part of a CIA assassination team to kill JFK was aired this weekend – an astounding develop-ment that has gone completely ignored by the establishment media.

Saint John Hunt, son of E. Howard Hunt, appeared on the nationally syndicated Coast to Coast AM radio show on Sat-urday night to discuss the revelations contained in the tape.

Hunt said that his father had mailed cassette the tape to him alone in January 2004 and asked that it be released after his death. The tape was originally 20 minutes long but was edited down to four and a half minutes for the Coast to Coast broadcast. Hunt promises that the wholetape will be uploaded soon at his website.

E. Howard Hunt names numerous individuals with both direct and indirect CIA connections as hav-ing played a role in the assassination of Kennedy, while describ-ing himself as a “bench warmer” in the plot. Saint John Hunt agreed that the use of this term indicates that Huntwas willing to play a larger role in the murder conspiracy had he been required.

Hunt alleges on the tape that then Vice Presi-

dent Lyndon B. Johnson was involved in the planning of the assassination and in the cover-up, stating that LBJ, “Had an almost maniacal urge to become presi-dent, he regarded JFK as an obstacle to achieving that.”

Asked if his father followed the conspir-acy theories into the Kennedy assassina-tion, Saint John said the elder Hunt did follow the work of AJ Weberman, a New York freelance writer, who in the early 70s irst accused Hunt of being one of three bums who were arrested in DealyPlaza. The so-called “bums” were inter-rogated and later released by authorities shortly after the assassination. Weber-man, one of the founders of the Youth In-ternational Party, the Yippies, published photographs of the tramps and found that two of them bore striking similarities to Hunt and Frank Sturgis, also named by Hunt in the tape as having been played a role in the assassination conspiracy.

Asked for his opinion as to whether his father was indeed one of the Dealy Plaza tramps, Saint John, in a stunning revelation, said one of the tramps indeed looked much like his father did in 1963. Saint John Hunt said that shortly before his death, his father had felt “deeply conlicted and deeply remorseful” that he didn’t blow the whistle on the plot at the time and prevent the assassination, but that everyone in the government hated Kennedy and wanted him gone in one way or another. Kennedy’s promise to “shatter the CIA into a thousand pieces and scatter the remnants to the wind” was being carried out and this infuriated almost everyone at the agency.Story continued at:http://www.prisonpl anet.com/ articles/ april2007/ 300407deathbedco nfession. htm

The elite have publicly stated their desire to signiicantly reduce world population on numerous occasions. Just yesterday we featured a story about a British Government Ministry of Defence report that postulated on the future use of bio-weapons to thin the human population in under 30 years.

Making bees all but extinct would be a swift and plausibly deniable method of enacting global population reduc-

tion long dreamed of by the maniacal sociopaths that control the world.

Either way, this issue represents an overwhelming threat to the food chain and an environmental crime of the highest order, for which the perpetra-

tors need to be brought up on charges of accessories to genocide, should a deliberate effort to endanger the food chain be proven, and the chemicals responsible immediately banned.

Please circulate this article to envi-ronmental groups and demand they investigate who and what is killing our bees!

© 2007 Crusador Enterprises

CRUSADOR ENTERPRISESP.O. Box 618205Orlando, FL 32861-8205Toll Free #: 800-593-6273

Email: [email protected]

Hilary Clinton. Make up your own caption.


Was John Howard’s Father a Fascist?

Ed note: Was John Howard’s father a fascist? The New Citizen seems to think so. Are they biased? Probably. Is the story true? Probably. At least as of this writing they have not been sued for libel – at least as far as we know.

This report, if true, dovetails perfectly with conirmed reports of the Bush family connections to the German Nazi regime, and must serve as a warning to the people of Australia and New Zealand about the Bush/Blair/Howard (and Clark?) agendas for a “new world order”.

We are appalled to witness the take down of the world’s former great democra-

cies, lawed though they have been, by the merging of the right wing corporate and military sectors, under the guise of the “war on terorism”.

... But, of course, you knew that already.

UNCeNSoRed News The UNCeNSoRed News


The UNCeNSoRed News UNCeNSoRed Science News

April 27, 2007, Washington Timeshttp://washingtontimes.com/nation-

al/20070427-124842-1706r.htm

The Senate’s No. 2 Democrat says he knew that the American public was being misled into the Iraq war but remained silent because he was sworn to se-

crecy as a member of the intel-ligence committee. “The information we had in the intel-ligence committee was not the same information being given to the American people. I couldn’t believe it,” Majority Whip Richard J. Durbin, Illinois Demo-

crat, said Wednesday when talking on the Senate loor about the run-up to the Iraq war in 2002.

“I was angry about it. [But] frankly, I couldn’t do much about it because, in the intelligence committee, we are sworn to secrecy. We can’t walk outside the door and say the statement made yesterday by the White House is in direct contradic-

tion to classiied information that is being given to this Congress.”

Mr. Durbin yesterday said there was no “ethical” way to notify the public of speciic misleading information be-

ing touted by the Bush administration because it would have required revealing top-secret information being provided to the intelligence committee. Mr. Durbin, whose loor comments were part of the debate before yesterday’s passage of an emergency war-funding bill, said he and half the Democrats on the intelligence committee voted against the war over concerns of the White House’s “very

limsy case, but it was given to the American people as a proven fact.” Con-

gress authorised the 2003 use of armed force against Iraq by votes of 296-133 in the House and 77-23 in the Senate. Five of nine Democrats on the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence voted for the measure as did all eight Republicans.

Note: Why wasn’t this key information reported in other major media? And if it is clear that the public is being blatantly lied to by politicians with hidden agen-

das, doesn’t that justify the breaking of secrecy oaths?

US troops should get out of the country, a former British army commander has said.

Gen Rose also told the BBC’s Newsnight programmeme that the US and the UK must “admit defeat” and stop ighting “a hopeless war” in Iraq.

Iraqi insurgents would not give in, he said. “I don’t excuse them for some of the terrible things they do, but I do understand why they are resist-

ing.”

The total number of UK troops killed in op-

erations in Iraq stands at 147.

‘Admit defeat’Sir Michael has writ-ten a book drawing similarities between

the tactics of insurgents and George Washington’s men in America’s War of Independence.

He told Newsnight: “As Lord Chatham said, when he was speaking on the Brit-ish presence in North America, he said ‘if I was an American, as I am an English-

man, as long as one Englishman re-

mained on American native soil, I would never, never, never lay down my arms’.”

“It is the soldiers who have been telling me from the frontline that the war they have been ighting is a hopeless war. The Iraqi insurgents feel exactly the same way.”

He said it was time to bring troops home.

“It is the soldiers who have been tell-ing me from the frontline that the war they have been ighting is a hopeless war, that they cannot possibly win it and the sooner we start talking politics and not military solutions, the sooner they will come home and their lives will be preserved.”

This meant the UK government would have to admit defeat, he added.

“The British admitted defeat in North America and the catastrophes that were predicted at the time never happened,” the ex-Bosnia UN chief said.

“The catastrophes that were predicted after Vietnam never happened.

“The same thing will occur after we leave Iraq.”

Iraqi Insurgents Are ‘Right to Take on

the US’– UK Gen. Michael Rose

Durbin kept silent on pre-war knowledge

Did Anyone Say “Ethics”?


UNCeNSoRed News UNCeNSoRed Science News

The Sun Is Dimming !

7 Mar 07

British scientists have embarked on a mission to study a gigantic hole in the Atlantic seabed – an enigma that de-

ies traditional geophysical theory and will give researchers an unprecedented look into the centre of the Earth.

The hole is about 5,000m under the surface of the Atlantic and located half way between Tenerife and Barbados. It has a diameter of 3,000 to 4,000m. Its depth is unknown.

The mysterious hole is in an undersea mountain range, the kind of structure believed to form when Atlantic tec-

tonic plates separate and volcanic lava surges upward to ill the gap. But that did not happen this time. Instead, the hole exposes the mantle, the material that makes up Earth’s interior, said British geophysicist Roger Searle of Durham University, one of the re-

searchers.

“We do not know why that is,” Searle said before setting sail on the RRS James Cook for the six-week mis-

sion. “Because of this gap we can see directly into the Earth’s mantle.”

http://www.int.iol.co.za/index.php?art_id=vn20070307054241213C603917&set_id=1&click_id=143&sf=

Thanks to Icewoman for this link

Mysterious hole may be Earth’s core

(Could this be heating

the oceans?)

The Earth is Getting Dimmer!We are all seeing rather less of the Sun. Scientists looking at ive decades of sunlight measurements have reached the disturbing conclu-

sion that the amount of solar energy reaching the Earth’s surface has been gradually falling. Paradoxically, the decline in sunlight may mean that global warming is a far greater threat to society than previously thought.

The effect was irst spotted by Gerry Stanhill, an English scientist working in Israel. Comparing Israeli sunlight records from the 1950s with current ones, Stanhill was astonished to ind a large fall in solar radiation. “There was a staggering 22% drop in the sunlight, and that really amazed me,”he says.

Intrigued, he searched out records from all around the world, and found the same story almost everywhere he looked, with sunlight falling by 10% over the USA, nearly 30% in parts of the former Soviet Union, and even by 16% in parts of the British Isles. Al-though the effect varied greatly from place to place, overall the decline amounted to 1-2% globally per dec-

ade between the 1950s and the 1990s.

Gerry called the phenomenon global dimming, but his research, published in 2001, met with a sceptical re-

sponse from other scientists. It was only recently, when his conclusions

were conirmed by Australian sci-entists using a completely different method to estimate solar radiation, that climate scientists at last woke up to the reality of global dimming.

http://www.mondovista.com/globaldim-

ming.html


UNCeNSoRed Science News UNCeNSoRed Science News

Ed Note: While this article originally appeared in 2000, there is scant evidence that the governments of the world are paying attention. Allergic (food-borne) reactions have reportedly increased 400% in GE vs non-GE countries.

Modiied Crop Genes ‘Jump the Species Barrier’. Is This The

Beginning of The End for GE Crops?

By Anthony Barnett - Public Affairs Editor5-28-00

http://www.observer.co.uk/uk_news/sto-

ry/0,6903,319418,00.html

A leading zoologist has found evidence that genes used to modify crops can jump the species barrier and cause bacteria to mutate, prompting fears that GM tech-

nology could pose serious health risks.

A four-year study by Professor Hans-Hinrich Kaatz, a respected German zoologist, found that the alien gene used to modify oilseed rape had transferred to bacteria living inside the guts of honey bees.

The research – which has yet to be published and has not been reviewed by fellow scientists – is highly signii-

cant because it suggests that all types of bacteria could become contaminated by genes used in genetically modiied technology, including those that live inside the human digestive system. If this

happened, it could have an impact on the bacteria’s vital role in helping the human body ight disease, aid digestion and facilitate blood clotting.

Agriculture Minister Nick Brown, who was yesterday advising farmers who have accidentally grown contaminated GM oilseed rape in Britain to rip up their crops, conirmed the potential signii-

cance of Kaatz’s research. He said: ‘If this is true, then it would be very seri-ous.’

The 47-year-old Kaatz has been reluctant to talk about his research until it has been

published in a scientiic journal, because he fears a backlash from the scientiic community similar to that faced by Dr Arpad Pustzai, who claimed that genetically modiied potatoes damaged the stomach lining of rats. Pustzai was sacked and had his work discred-

ited.

But in his irst newspaper interview, Kaatz told The Observer: ‘It is true, I have found the herbicide-resist-ant genes in the rapeseed transferred across to the bacteria and yeast inside the intestines of young bees. This happened rarely, but it did happen.’ Although Kaatz realised the potential ‘signiicance’ of his indings, he said he ‘was not surprised’ at the results. Asked if this had implications for the bacteria inside the human gut, he said: ‘Maybe, but I am not an expert on this.’ Dr Mae-Wan Ho, geneticist at Open University and a critic of GM technol-ogy, has no doubts about the dangers. She said: ‘These indings are very wor-rying and provide the irst real evidence of what many have feared. Everybody

is keen to exploit GM technology, but nobody is looking at the risk of horizon-

tal gene transfer.

‘We are playing about with genetic struc-

tures that existed for millions of years and the experiment is running out of control.’ One of the biggest concerns is if the antibiotic resistant gene used in some GM crops crossed over to bacteria. ‘If this happened it would leave us unable to treat major illnesses like meningitis and E coli .’

Kaatz, who works at the respected Institute for Bee Research at the Univer-sity of Jena in Germany, built nets in a ield planted with genetically modiied rapeseed produced by AgrEvo. He let the bees ly freely within the net. At the bee-

hives, he installed pollen traps in order to sample the pollen from the bees’ hindlegs when entering the hive. This pollen was fed to young honey bees in the labora-

tory. Pollen is the natural diet of young bees, which need a high protein diet.

Kaatz then extracted the intestine of the young bees and discovered that the gene from the GM rape-seed had been transferred in the bee gut to the microbes.

Professor Robert Pickard, direc-

tor-general of the Institute of the British Nutrition Foundation, is a bee expert as well as being a biologist and has visited the insti-tute where Kaatz works. He said: ‘There is no doubt that, if Kaatz’s

research is substantiated, then it poses very interesting questions and will need to be looked at very closely. ‘But it must be remembered that the human body has been coping perfectly well with strange DNA for millions of years. And we also know many people have been eating GM products for years without showing any signs of ill health.’

http://www.rense.com/general/barrierss.htm http://www.voila.co.uk/News/afp/uk/000528085900.15e4xfxz.htmlhttp://www.suringtheapocalypse.net/cgi-bin/forum.cgi?read=177785

Genes In GM Crops Jump The

Species Barrier



Part 1: Genetically Engineered SoybeansThe huge jump in childhood food aller-gies in the US is in the news often[1], but

most reports fail to consider a link to a recent radical change in America’s diet. Beginning in 1996, bacteria, virus and other genes have been artiicially inserted to the DNA of soy, corn, cottonseed and canola plants. These unlabeled geneti-cally modiied (GM) foods carry a risk of triggering life-threatening allergic reac-

tions, and evidence collected over the past decade now suggests that they are contributing to higher allergy rates.

Food safety tests are inade-quate to protect public healthScientists have long known that GM crops might cause allergies. But there are no tests to prove in advance that a GM crop is safe.[2] That’s because people aren’t usually allergic to a food until they have eaten it several times. “The only deinitive test for allergies,” according to former FDA microbiologist Louis Pribyl, “is human consumption by affected peo-

ples, which can have ethical considera-

tions.”[3] And it is the ethical considera-

tions of feeding unlabeled, high-risk GM crops to unknowing consumers that has many people up in arms.

The UK is one of the few countries that conducts a yearly evaluation of food allergies. In March 1999, researchers at the York Laboratory were alarmed to discover that reactions to soy had sky-

rocketed by 50% over the previous year. Genetically modiied soy had recently entered the UK from US imports and the soy used in the study was largely GM. John Graham, spokesman for the York laboratory, said, “We believe this raises

serious new questions about the safety of GM foods.”[4]

Critics of GM foods often say that the US population is being used as guinea pigs in an experiment. But experiments have the beneit of controls and measure-

ment. In this case, there is neither. GM food safety experts point out that even if a someone tried to collect data about al-lergic reactions to GM foods, they would not likely be successful. “The potential allergen is rarely identiied. The number of allergy-related medical visits is not tabulated. Even repeated visits due to well-known allergens are not counted as part of any established surveillance system.”[5] Indeed, after the Canadian government announced in 2002 that they would “keep a careful eye on the health of Canadians”[6] to see if GM foods had any adverse reactions, they abandoned their plans within a year, saying that such a study was too dificult.

Genetic engineeringmay provoke increased allergies to soyThe classical understanding of why a GM crop might create new allergies is that the imported genes produce a new protein, which has never before been present. The novel protein may trigger reactions. This was demonstrated in the mid 1990s when soybeans were outitted with a gene from the Brazil nut. While the scientists had attempted to produce a healthier soybean, they ended up with a potentially deadly one. Blood tests from people who were allergic to Brazil nuts showed reactions to the beans.[7] It was

fortunately never put on the market.

The GM variety that is planted in 89% of US soy acres gets its foreign gene from bacteria (with parts of virus and petunia

DNA as well). We don’t know in advance if the protein produced by bacteria, which has never been part of the human food supply, will provoke a reaction. As a precaution, scientists compare this new protein with a database of proteins known to cause allergies. The database lists the protein’s amino acid sequences that have been shown to trigger immune responses. If the new GM protein is found to contain sequences that are found in the allergen database, according to cri-teria recommended by the World Health Organisation (WHO) and others, the GM crop should either not be commercial-ized or additional testing should be done. Sections of the protein produced in GM soy are identical to known allergens, but

the soybean was introduced before the

WHO criteria were established and the

recommended additional tests were not

conducted.

If this protein in GM soybeans is caus-

ing allergies, then the situation may be made much worse by something called horizontal gene transfer (HGT). That’s when genes spontaneously transfer DNA from one species to another. While this happens often among bacteria, it is rare in plants and mammals. However, the method used to construct and insert foreign genes into GM crops eliminates many of the natural barriers that stop HGT from occurring. Indeed, the only published human feeding study on GM foods ever conducted veriied that por-tions of the gene inserted into GM soy ended up transferring into the DNA of human gut bacteria.

Furthermore, the gene was stably inte-

grated and it appeared to be producing

its potentially allergenic protein. This

means that years after people stop eating

GM soy, they may still be exposed to its

risky protein, which is being continuously

produced within their intestines.

GE-damaged soy DNA, cre-ates new (or more) allergensAlthough biotech advocates describe the process of genetic engineering as precise, in which genes-like Legos-cleanly snap into place, this is false. The process of

Genetically Engineered Foods May Cause Rising

Food Allergies


creating a GM crop can produce mas-

sive changes in the natural functioning of the plant’s DNA. Native genes can be mutated, deleted, permanently turned on or off, and hundreds may change their levels of protein expression. This col-lateral damage may result in increasing the levels of an existing allergen, or even producing a completely new, unknown allergen within the crop. Both appear to

have happened in GM soy.

Levels of one known soy allergen, called “trypsin inhibitor”, were up to 27% high-

er in raw GM soy. In addition, although cooking soybeans normally reduces the amount of this protein, the trypsin inhibi-tor in GM varieties appears to be more heat resistant. Levels in cooked GM soy were nearly as high as those found in raw soy, and up to seven times higher when compared to cooked non-GM soy.[8] This

suggests that this allergen in GM soy may be more likely to provoke reactions than when consumed in natural varieties.Another study veriied that GM soybeans contain a unique, unexpected protein, not found in non-GM soy controls. Moreover, scientist tested the protein and determined that it reacted with the anti-body called IgE. This antibody in human blood plays a key role in a large propor-tion of allergic reactions, including those that involve life-threatening anaphylactic shock. The fact that the unique protein created by GM soy interacted with IgE suggests that it might also trigger aller-gies.

The same researchers measured the immune response of human subjects to soybeans using a skin-prick test – an evaluation used often by allergy doctors. Eight subjects showed a reaction to GM soy; but one of these did not also react to non-GM soy. Although the sample size is small, the implication that certain people react only to GM soy is huge, and might account for the increase in soy allergies in the UK.

Increased herbicides on GM crops may cause reactionsBy 2004, farmers used an estimated 86% more herbicide on GM soy ields compared to non-GM.[9] The higher levels

of herbicide residue in GM soy might cause health problems. In fact, many of the symptoms identiied in the UK soy allergy study are among those related to glyphosate exposure. [The allergy study identiied irritable bowel syndrome, digestion problems, chronic fatigue, headaches, lethargy, and skin complaints, including acne and eczema, all related to soy consumption. Symptoms of glypho-

sate exposure include nausea, headaches, lethargy, skin rashes, and burning or itchy skin. It is also possible that glypho-

sate’s breakdown product AMPA, which accumulates in GM soybeans after each spray, might contribute to allergies.]

GM soy might impede diges-tion, leading to allergiesIf proteins survive longer in the digestive tract, they have more time to provoke an allergic reaction. Mice fed GM soy showed dramatically reduced levels of pancreatic enzymes. If protein-digesting enzymes are less available, then food proteins may last longer in the gut, al-lowing more time for an allergic reaction to take place. Such a reduction in protein digestion due to GM soy consumption could therefore promote allergic reac-

tions to a wide range of proteins, not just to the soy. No human studies of protein

digestion related to GM soy have been

conducted.

Soy linked to peanut allergiesThere is at least one protein in natural soybeans that has cross-reactivity with peanut allergies.[10] That means that for some people who are allergic to peanuts, consuming soybeans may trigger a reac-

tion. While it is certainly possible that the unpredicted side effects from genetic engineering soybeans might increase the incidence of this cross-reactivity, it is unlikely that any research has been

conducted to investigate this. GM soy was introduced into the US food supply in late 1996. We are left only to wonder whether this had an inluence on the doubling of US peanut allergies from 1997 to 2002.

Eating GM foods is gambling with our health

The introduction of genetically engi-neered foods into our diet was done quietly and without the mandatory labeling that is required in most other industrialised countries. Without know-

ing that GM foods might increase the risk of allergies, and without knowing which foods contain GM ingredients, the biotech industry is gambling with our health for their proit. This risk is not lost on everyone. In fact, millions of shoppers are now seeking foods that are free from any GM ingredients. Ohio-based allergy specialist John Boyles, MD, says, “I used to test for soy allergies all the time, but now that soy is genetically engineered, it is so dangerous that I tell people never to eat it-unless it says organic.”[11]

Organic foods are not allowed to contain GM ingredients. Buying products that are certiied organic or that say non-GMO are two ways to limit your family’s risk from GM foods. Another is to avoid products containing any ingredients from the seven food crops that have been genetically engineered: soy, corn, cottonseed, canola, Hawaiian papaya and a little bit of zucchini and crook neck squash. This means avoiding soy lecithin in chocolate, corn syrup in candies, and cottonseed or canola oil in snack foods.

Fortunately, the Campaign for Healthier Eating in America will soon make your shopping easier. This Consumer Non-GMO Education Campaign is orchestrat-ing the clean out of GM ingredients from foods and the natural products industry. The campaign will circulate helpful non-GMO shopping guides to organic and natural food stores nationwide. The Campaign will provide consumers with regular GM food safety updates that explain the latest discoveries about why, Healthy Eating Means No GMOs.

Safe eating.This article is limited to the discussion of allergic reactions from GM soybeans. The evidence that GM corn is triggering allergies is far more extensive and will be



covered in part 2 of this series.

Jeffrey M. Smith is the author of the new publication Genetic Roulette: The Docu-

mented Health Risks of Genetically Engi-

neered Foods, which presents 65 risks in easy-to-read two-page spreads. His irst book, Seeds of Deception, is the top rated and #1 selling book on GM foods in the world. He is the Executive Director of the Institute for Responsible Technology, which is spearheading the Campaign for Healthier Eating in America. Go to www.seedsofdeception.com to learn more about how to avoid GM foods.

Notes[1] See for example, Charles Sheehan, “Scientists see spike in kids’ food allergies,” Chicago Tribune, 9 June 2006, http://www.montereyherald.com/mld/montereyherald/living/health/[2] See for example, Carl B. Johnson, Memo on the “draft statement of policy 12/12/91,” January 8, 1992. Johnson wrote: “Are we asking the crop developer to prove that food from his crop is non-allergenic? This seems like an impossible task.”[3] Louis J. Pribyl, “Biotechnology Draft Docu-

ment, 2/27/92,” March 6, 1992, www.biointegrity.org[4] Ibid.[5] Traavik and Heinemann, “Genetic Engineering and Omitted Health Research”[6] “Genetically modiied foods, who knows how safe they are?” CBC News and Current Affairs, September 25, 2006.[7] J. Ordlee, et al, “Identiication of a Brazil-Nut Allergen in Transgenic Soybeans,” The New Eng-

land Journal of Medicine, March 14, 1996.[8] Stephen R. Padgette et al, “The Composition of Glyphosate-Tolerant Soybean Seeds Is Equivalent to That of Conventional Soybeans,” The Journal of Nutrition 126, no. 4, (April 1996); including data in

the journal archives from the same study.[9] Charles Benbrook, “Genetically Engineered Crops and Pesticide Use in the United States: The First Nine Years”; BioTech InfoNet, Technical Paper Number 7, October 2004.[10] See for example, Scott H. Sicherer et al., “Prevalence of peanut and tree nut allergy in the United States determined by means of a random digit dial telephone survey: A 5-year follow-up study”, Journal of allergy and clinical immunology, March 2003, vol. 112, n 6, 1203-1207); and Ricki Helm et al., “Hypoallergenic Foods,Soybeans and Peanuts,”,Information Systems for Biotechnology News Report, October 1, 2002.[11] John Boyles, MD, personal communication, 2007.

Spilling the Beans is a monthly column available at www.responsibletechnology.org. The website also offers eater-friendly tips for avoiding GMOs at home and in restaurants.

Permission is granted to publishers and webmasters to reproduce issues of Spilling the Beans in whole or in part. Just email us at column@seedsofdecep-

tion.com to let us know who you are and what your circulation is, so we can keep track.

The Institute for Responsible Technology is work-

ing to end the genetic engineering of our food supply and the outdoor release of GM crops. We warmly welcome your donations and support.

Go to www.responsibletechnology.org. Member-ship to the Institute for Responsible Technology costs $25 per year. New members receive The GMO Trilogy, a three-disc set produced by Jeffrey Smith (see www.GMOTrilogy.com).

© copyright Jeffrey M. Smith 2007

Source: http://www.gmwatch.org

I was at the checkout of a K-Mart. The clerk rang up $46.64 charge. I gave her a ifty dollar bill. She gave me back $46.64. I gave it back to her and told her that she had made a mistake in MY favour and gave her the money back. She became indignant and informed me she was educated and knew what she was do-

ing, and returned the money again. I gave her the money back again...same scen-ario! I departed the store with the $46.64. This actually happened to me in Austin at MoPac Blvd and Parmer Lane.

I walked into a Mickey D’s with a buy-one-get-one-free coupon for a sandwich. I handed it to the girl and she looked over at a little chalkboard that said “buy one-get one free.” “They’re already buy-one-get-one-free”, she said, “so I guess they’re both free” She handed me my free sandwiches and I walked out the door.

One day I was walking down the beach with some friends when one of them shouted, “Look at that dead bird!” Someone looked up at the sky and said, “Where?”

While looking at a house, my brother asked the real estate agent which direc-

tion was north because, he explained, he didn’t want the sun waking him up every morning. She asked, “Does the sun rise in the north?” When my brother explained that the sun rises in the east, and has for sometime, she shook her head and said, “Oh, I don’t keep up with that stuff.”

My friends and I were on a beer run and noticed that the cases were discounted 10%. Since it was a big party, we bought 2 cases. The cashier multiplied 2 times 10% and gave us a 20% discount.

http://www.rense.com/general76/ham.htm

American Disconnect



By THoTH

Telepathy is one of those subjects that you either accept as a possibil-ity or reality, or as something with-

out substance that is performed by clever illusionists. At its core is the notion that separate minds can link and interact regardless of distance or circumstance. It has a highly contro-

versial history right up to the present day with those on either side of the fence stating it’s real or dismissing it out of hand.

Last year, the British Association of Science set apart a section of its “Annual Festival of Science” to allow a scientist (Rupert Sheldrake) to discuss “Telephone Telepathy”. We’ve all experienced this, or at least the majority of us. We think about a person seemingly out of the blue only to ind the tel-ephone rings and that person is the one who is calling, the one we were thinking about. As a result of the subject being discussed, the Association found itself at the centre of a huge controversy.

Professor Peter Atkins commented in a radio interview that the samples used were tiny, and that the ef-fects were statistically insigniicant, further, that the experiments had not been conducted in a “scientiic” way.

Professor Atkins later admitted that he had not actually seen any of the indings of the experiment, but insisted that it made no difference to his original statement, adding

that there are no serious reasons for believing in the effect of telepathy.Not all scientists however agree with Atkins, as we shall see.

The criticism used against the British Association came from an attempt to test the assertion that “Telephone Te-

lepathy” was real. The sceptical view was that selective memory was at play, where people would attach sig-

niicance to strange events, but ignore times when there weren’t anything strange. The experiments in ques-

tion were carried out by Dr Rupert Sheldrake who has been examining

these areas for several years now. His claim is that the person making the call obviously thinks about the per-son they’re about to call before they telephone. It is this that the person at the other end detects psychically before the telephone rings.

Sheldrake recruited several hundred volunteers, each of whom nominated four friends. One of these four was then picked at random to make a telephone call to the recipient. The

recipient then had to state before they answered the call, which one of the four they thought it was. Statistically, chance alone dictates that 1 time out of 4 they’d be correct, or 25% of the time they’d be correct.The results showed that 42% of the time people correctly identiied the caller. Way above, and almost double what it would be with chance alone.

The sceptics have had their view challenged repeatedly. Another test most people are familiar with is the “ganzield” test which involves people naming a shape displayed on a card that is turned away from them. A recent combined analysis of these tests, using over 3000 examples performed up until the year 2004 was completed. Again the success rate for these tests by chance alone should have been 25%. The results showed that the overall success rate

was 32%, a small, but statisti-cally signiicant number. This goes a long way to answer-ing criticism that only small numbers of people have been tested. Sceptics still refuse to accept the indings, blaming everything from bad analysis to outright fraud.

New Breakthroughs Scientists in the UK as well as the USA are now provid-

ing evidence which chal-lenges this irrational scepticism even further. This time peoples’ brains were monitored during experiments. The results of these experiments are being detailed in scientiic journals, indicative that something extraordi-nary is really happening.

With the availability of high tech-

nology, and subsequent technical analysis, these experiments are not so easily dismissed. Dr Marios Kittenis based at the University of Edinburgh, has been using EEG techniques to

Telepathy Confirmed In Scientific Tests


www.artmargin.com


provide the best evidence yet for telepathy, or at the very least a new phenomenon of consciousness. People who claimed strong telepathic links with each other, decided who would be “sender” and “receiver”.

They were then taken to separate rooms and wired up to EEG ma-

chines, which detect activity in cer-tain parts of the brain.When in these rooms, the subjects were exposed to the sounds of rythmic drumming to bring their levels of consciousness to a similar state. Whilst in this state, random light lashes were beamed at the “sender”. This triggered activity in the visual cortex of the brain (the area which activates with signals from the eye). Their startling discov-

ery was that the visual cortex in the “receiver” also responded in a similar fashion, despite them not being ex-

posed to any light lashes.

Sceptics are inding it more dificult to dismiss these indings so eas-

ily, stating that there must be some unknown error in the experiment causing these results. More than likely, like Atkins, they’ve not even examined the experiments before making these armchair conclusions. In America, Todd Richards from the University of Washington has per-formed similar tests using a more sophisticated technique using Func-

tional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (fMRI) which is another method used to study brain activity in great detail.

The results were the same as those done with the EEG machines. The sender who was exposed to random lashing lights, somehow triggered the same response in the visual cortex of the receiver. A signiicant number of these experiments have been car-ried out and each time producing the same startling results. Both teams have stated that more experiments need to take place before a proper conclusion can be made, but even at

this early stage believe these ind-

ings to be the result of an “anomalous phenomenon”.

ConclusionNo doubt sceptics will either con-

tinue to trot out the same cliched re-

sponses. They’ve demanded evidence for years, when that was supplied, they claimed it wasn’t “scientiic”.

Now that there is scientiic evidence, they’ll no doubt dispute the methods like they did with Sheldrake last year. I sometimes wonder how we progress when so many people devote so much time refusing to accept that which a lot of people already accept as fact, and have done so for hun-

dreds if not thousands of years.


http://www.rumormillnews.com/cgi-bin/forum.cgi?read=100878

Subliminal Advertising Leaves Its Mark

On The BrainUniversity College London

Researchers have found the irst physiological evidence that invisible subliminal images do attract the brain’s attention on a subconscious level. The wider implica-

tion for the study, published in Current Biology, is that

techniques such as sublimi-nal advertising, now banned in the UK but still legal in the USA, certainly do leave their mark on the brain.

Using fMRI, the study looked at whether an image you aren’t aware of but one that reaches the retina – has an impact on brain activity in the primary visual cortex, part of the occipital lobe. Subjects’ brains did respond to the object even when they were not con-

scious of having seen it.

http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2007/03/070308121938.htm

[Ed Note: Just turn off your tv and stop believing everything you read, including what you read in UNCENSORED. We may be wrong! Think for yourself.]


http://www.nasa.gov/mission_pages/cas-

sini/media/cassini-20070327.html

27/03/07

Pasadena, Calif. – An odd, six-sided, honeycomb-shaped feature circling the entire north pole of Saturn has captured the interest of scientists with NASA’s Cassini mission.

NASA’s Voyager 1 and 2 spacecraft im-

aged the feature over two decades ago. The fact that it has appeared in Cassini images indicates that it is a long-lived feature. A second hexagon, signiicantly darker than the brighter historical feature, is also visible in the Cassini pictures. The spacecraft’s visual and infrared mapping spectrometer is the irst instrument to capture the entire hexagon feature in one image.

Image right: This nighttime view of Saturn’s north pole shows a bizarre six-sided hexagon fea-

ture encircling the entire north pole. The red colour indicates the amount of 5-micron wavelength radiation, or heat, generated in the warm interior of Saturn that escapes the planet. Image credit: NASA/JPL/University of Arizona

“This is a very strange feature, lying in a precise geometric fashion with six nearly equally straight sides,” said Kevin Baines, atmospheric expert and member of Cassini’s visual and infrared mapping spectrometer team at NASA’s Jet Propul-sion Laboratory, Pasadena, Calif. “We’ve never seen anything like this on any other planet. Indeed, Saturn’s thick atmos-

phere where circularly-shaped waves and convective cells dominate is perhaps the last place you’d expect to see such a six-sided geometric igure, yet there it is.”

The hexagon is similar to Earth’s polar vortex, which has winds blowing in

a circular pat-tern around the polar region. On Saturn, the vortex has a hexagonal

rather than circular shape. The hexagon is nearly 25,000 kilometers (15,000 miles) across. Nearly four Earths could it inside it.

The new images taken in thermal-infra-

red light show the hexagon extends much deeper down into the atmosphere than previously expected, some 100 kilom-

eters (60 miles) below the cloud tops. A system of clouds lies within the hexagon. The clouds appear to be whipping around the hexagon like cars on a racetrack.

“It’s amazing to see such striking dif-ferences on opposite ends of Saturn’s poles,” said Bob Brown, team leader of the Cassini visual and infrared mapping spectrometer, University of Arizona, Tucson. “At the south pole we have what appears to be a hurricane with a giant eye, and at the north pole of Saturn we have this geometric feature, which is completely different.”

The image above of the north pole of Saturn reveals a dynamic, active planet lurking underneath the ubiquitous cover of upper-level hazes. Image credit: NASA/JPL/University of Arizona

The Saturn north pole hexagon has not been visible to Cassini’s visual cameras,

because it’s winter in that area, so the hexagon is under the cover of the long polar night, which lasts about 15 years. The infrared mapping spectrometer can image Saturn in both daytime and night-time conditions and see deep inside. It imaged the feature with thermal wave-

lengths near 5 microns (seven times the wavelength visible to the human eye) during a 12-day period beginning on Oct. 30, 2006. As winter wanes over the next two years, the feature may become vis-

ible to the visual cameras.

Based on the new images and more information on the depth of the feature, scientists think it is not linked to Saturn’s radio emissions or to auroral activity, as once contemplated, even though Sat-

urn’s northern aurora lies nearly overhead.

The hexagon appears to have remained ixed with Saturn’s rotation rate and axis since irst glimpsed by Voyager 26 years ago. The actual rotation rate of Saturn is still uncertain.

“Once we understand its dy-

namical nature, this long-lived, deep-seated polar hexagon may give us a clue to the true rotation rate of the deep atmosphere and perhaps the interior,” added Baines.

The hexagon images and movie, including the north polar auroras are available at: http://www.nasa.gov/cassini and http://saturn.jpl.nasa.gov and http://wwwvims.lpl.arizona.edu .

The Cassini-Huygens mission is a coop-

erative project of NASA, the European Space Agency and the Italian Space Agency. The Jet Propulsion Laboratory, a division of the California Institute of Technology in Pasadena, manages the Cassini-Huygens mission for NASA’s Science Mission Directorate, Washing-

ton. The Cassini orbiter was designed, developed and assembled at JPL. The Visual and Infrared Mapping Spectrom-

eter team is based at the University of Arizona.

UNCeNSoRed Planetary News UNCeNSoRed Planetary NewsCassini Images Bizarre Hexagon on Saturn

UNCeNSoRed Planetary News UNCeNSoRed Planetary News

For more than a century, astronomers have been reporting “anomalous” objects and events occur-ring on Mars. These include strange lights, “canals”, apparently artiicial anomalous objects, seasonal colour changes and other evidence indicating that we on earth are not only not alone in the universe – we are not even alone in our solar system. It seems both curious and quaint that there are still so many people who call themselves “scientists” who refuse to acknowledge this evidence, and seem so stuck in a paradigm reminiscent of the Catholic bishops who refused to look through Galileo’s telescope to image the moons of Jupiter.

In each issue of UNCENSORED we pub-lish what we think is the best example we can ind of what we believe is com-pelling evidence for extraterrestrial

habitation. Below is our latest offering.

We would be most surprised if the object pictured below is “natural”. (The designations of what the various items may be in the picture are merely the opinion of Mr T. McCann, a Geologist who has presented this.

This image shows a sheer cliff with a very large ledge in its midst. On that ledge is a large two story structure, the irst loor walls of which are facing camera and in shadow. The second loor is a well deined SQUARE and is turned at a precise 45 degree an-gle to the irst loor. CENTERED in the midst of the roof of that squared second loor is an abrupt, sharp circle – a “landing pad” as for helicopters atop tall buildings and on decks of ships. UP and to the RIGHT of the building structure there is a culvert/con-duit or PIPE with an open top which comes forth out of the upper cliff face. There is a luid streaming from the end of the “U” shaped pipe and is blurred as it falls down to the ledge. The luid hits the ledge and erodes a wavy channel to the edge of that ledge and then cascades down the lower cliff face to disperse in a deltaic pattern on a talus cone. The deltaic dispersal at the base of the cliff face as well as the luid’s entire path from the conduit can be seen in this larger image, below. The four blue arcs coming from the pipe edge represent four separate low rates and correspond to the 3 large gouges and 1 smaller gouge eroded away in that ledge beneath the pipe outlow. Note that the luid streaming from the end of the pipe can be clearly seen as well as the luids cascading down the lower cliff face and the deltaic dispersal of these luids forming lobate “tongues”. The dispersal of the luids at the base of cliff clearly shows the change of albedo of the topography to a much lighter tone and the dispersal pattern due to the wet relectance of the soils there.

NASA’s satellite “Mars Odyssey” recently arrived at Mars with one of its primary objectives being -- inding water. Perhaps they need to only ask those who are already there. (http://www.geocities.com/marsunearthed/candor/the_port.html)

http://hometown.aol.com/marsanomolies/page1.html

Martian “Anomaly”


UNCeNSoRed Science News

By Chris Bennett

About 80 miles off of the coast of Loui-siana lies a mostly submerged mountain, the top of which is known as Eugene Island. The portion underwater is an eerie-looking, sloping tower jutting up from the depths of the Gulf of Mexico, with deep issures and perpendicular faults which spontaneously spew natural gas. A signiicant reservoir of crude oil was discovered nearby in the late ‘60s, and by 1970, a platform named Eugene 330 was busily producing about 15,000 barrels a day of high-quality crude oil.

By the late ‘80s, the platform’s produc-

tion had slipped to less than 4,000 barrels per day, and was considered pumped out. Done. Suddenly, in 1990, production soared back to 15,000 barrels a day, and the reserves which had been estimated at 60 million barrels in the ‘70s, were recal-culated at 400 million barrels. Interest-ingly, the measured geological age of the new oil was quantiiably different than the oil pumped in the ‘70s.

Analysis of seismic recordings revealed the presence of a “deep fault” at the base of the Eugene Island reservoir which was gushing up a river of oil from some deeper and previously unknown source.

Similar results were seen at other Gulf of Mexico oil wells. Similar results were found in the Cook Inlet oil ields in Alaska. Similar results were found in oil ields in Uzbekistan. Similarly in the Middle East, where oil

exploration and extraction have been underway for at least the last 20 years, known reserves have doubled. Currently there are somewhere in the neighborhood of 680 billion barrels of Middle East reserve oil.

Creating that much oil would take a big pile of dead dinosaurs and fermenting prehistoric plants. Could there be another source for crude oil?

An intriguing theory now permeating oil company research staffs suggests that crude oil may actually be a natural inorganic product, not a stepchild of un-

fathomable time and organic degrada-

tion. The theory suggests there may be huge, yet-to-be-discovered reserves of oil at depths that dwarf current world estimates.

The theory is simple: Crude oil forms as a natural inorganic process which occurs between the mantle and the crust, somewhere between 5 and 20 miles deep. The proposed mechanism is as follows:

Methane (CH4) is a common molecule found in quan-

tity throughout our solar system – huge concentrations exist at great depth in the Earth.

At the mantle-crust interface, roughly 20,000 feet beneath the surface, rapidly

rising streams of compressed meth-

ane-based gasses hit pockets of high temperature causing the condensation of

heavier hydrocar-bons. The product of this condensation is commonly known as crude oil.

Some compressed methane-based gasses migrate into pockets and reser-voirs we extract as “natural gas.” In the

geologically “cooler,” more tectonically stable regions around the globe, the crude oil pools into reservoirs.

In the “hotter,” more volcanic and tec-

tonically active areas, the oil and natural gas continue to condense and eventually to oxidize, producing carbon dioxide and steam, which exits from active volca-

noes.

Periodically, depending on variations of geology and Earth movement, oil seeps to the surface in quantity, creating the vast oil-sand deposits of Canada and Venezuela, or the continual seeps found

beneath the Gulf of Mexico and Uzbekistan.

Periodically, depending on vari-ations of geology, the vast, deep pools of oil break free and replen-

ish existing known reserves of oil.

There are a number of observations across the oil-producing regions of the globe that support this theory, and the list of proponents begins with Mendelev (who created the periodic table of ele-

ments) and includes Dr. Thomas Gold (founding director of Cornell Univer-sity Center for Radiophysics and Space Research) and Dr. J.F. Kenney of Gas Resources Corporations, Houston, Texas.

In his 1999 book, “The Deep Hot Bio-

sphere,” Dr. Gold presents compelling evidence for inorganic oil formation. He notes that geologic structures where oil is found all correspond to “deep earth” for-mations, not the haphazard depositions we ind with sedimentary rock, associ-ated fossils or even current surface life.He also notes that oil extracted from varying depths from the same oil ield

If you’re one of the many people who still believe that oil derives from decayed plant and animalmatter, (dinosaurs anyone?) read this:

Sustainable oil?



UNCeNSoRed Science Newshave the same chemistry – oil chemis-

try does not vary as fossils vary with increasing depth. Also interesting is the fact that oil is found in huge quantities among geographic formations where as-

says of prehistoric life are not suficient to produce the existing reservoirs of oil.

Where then did it come from?Another interesting fact is that every oil ield throughout the world has outgassing helium. Helium is so often present in oil ields that helium detectors are used as oil-prospecting tools. Helium is an in-

ert gas known to be a fundamental product of the radiological decay or uranium and thorium, identiied in quantity at great depths below the surface of the earth, 200 and more miles below. It is not found in meaningful quantities in

areas that are not producing methane, oil or natural gas. It is not a mem-

ber of the dozen or so common elements associ-ated with life. It is found throughout the solar system as a thoroughly

inorganic product.

Even more intriguing is evidence that sev-

eral oil reservoirs around the globe are reilling themselves, such as the Eugene Island reservoir – not from the sides, as would be expected from concurrent organic reservoirs, but from the bottom up.

Dr. Gold strongly believes that oil is a “renewable, primordial soup continually manufactured by the Earth under ultrahot conditions and tremendous pressures. As this substance migrates toward the surface, it is attached by bacteria, making it appear to have an organic origin dating back to the dinosaurs.”

Smaller oil companies and innovative teams are using this theory to justify

deep oil drilling in Alaska and the Gulf of Mexico, among other locations, with some success. Dr. Kenney is on record predicting that parts of Siberia contain a deep reservoir of oil equal to or exceed-

ing that already discovered in the Middle East.

Could this be true?

In August 2002, in the “Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (US),” Dr. Kenney published a paper, which had a partial title of “The genesis of hydro-

carbons and the origin of petroleum.” Dr. Kenney and three Russian coauthors conclude:

The Hydrogen-Carbon system does not spontaneously evolve hydrocarbons at pressures less than 30 Kbar, even in the most favourable environment. The H-C system evolves hydrocarbons under pres-

sures found in the mantle of the Earth and at temperatures consistent with that environment.

He was quoted as stating that “com-

petent physicists, chemists, chemical engineers and men knowledgeable of thermodynamics have known that natural petroleum does not evolve from biologi-cal materials since the last quarter of the 19th century.”

Deeply entrenched in our culture is the belief that at some point in the relatively near future we will see the last working pump on the last functioning oil well

screech and rattle, and that will be that. The end of the Age of Oil. And unless we ind another source of cheap energy, the world will rapidly become a much darker and dangerous place.

If Dr. Gold and Dr. Kenney are correct, this “the end of the world as we know it” scenario simply won’t happen. Think about it ... while not inexhaustible, deep Earth reserves of inorganic crude oil and commercially feasible extraction would provide the world with generations of low-cost fuel. Dr. Gold has been quoted saying that current worldwide reserves of crude oil could be off by a factor of over 100.

A Hedberg Conference, sponsored by the American Association of Petroleum Geologists, was scheduled to discuss and publicly debate this issue. Papers were solicited from interested academics and professionals. The conference was scheduled to begin June 9, 2003, but was canceled at the last minute. A new date has yet to be set.

Related links:Gas Origin Theories To Be Studied:http://www.aapg.org/explorer/2002/11nov/abiogenic.cfm

The Mystery Of Eugene Island 330http://www.science-frontiers.com/sf124/sf124p10.htm

Odd Reservoir Off Louisiana Prods Oil Experts To Seek A Deeper Meaning

http://www.oralchelation.com/faq/wsj4.htm

Fuel’s Paradisehttp://www.wired.com/wired/ar-chive/8.07/gold_pr.html

Chris Bennett manages an envi-ronmental engineering division for a West Coast technology irm. He and his wife of 26 years make their home on the San Francisco Bay.



UNCeNSoRed History UNCeNSoRed Legal Opinion

Man will never reach the moon regard-

less of all future scientiic advances.” – Dr. Lee DeForest, “Father of Radio & Grandfather of Television.”

“The bomb will never go off. I speak as an expert in explosives.” – Admiral Wil-liam Leahy, US Atomic Bomb Project

“There is no likelihood man can ever tap the power of the atom.” – Robert Mil-likan, Nobel Prize in Physics, 1923

“Computers in the future may weigh no more than 1.5 tons.” – Popular Me-

chanics, forecasting the relentless march of science, 1949

“I think there is a world market for maybe ive computers .” – Thomas Watson, chairman of IBM, 1943

“I have traveled the length and breadth of this country and talked with the best people, and I can assure you that data processing is a fad that won’t last out the year.” – The editor in charge of busi-ness books for Prentice Hall, 1957

“But what is it good for?” – Engineer at the Advanced Computing Systems Division of IBM, 1968, commenting on the microchip.

“640K ought to be enough for anybody.” – Bill Gates, 1981

“ This ‘telephone’ has too many short-comings to be seriously considered as a means of communication. The device is inherently of no value to us,” – Western Union internal memo, 1876.

“The wireless music box has no imagi-

nable commercial value. Who would pay for a message sent to nobody in particu-

lar?” – David Sarnoff’s associates in response to his urgings for investment in the radio in the 1920s.

“The concept is interesting and well-formed, but in order to earn better than a ‘C,’ the idea must be feasible,” – A Yale University management professor in response to Fred Smith’s paper propos-

ing reliable overnight delivery service. (Smith went on to found Federal Express Corp.)

“I’m just glad it’ll be Clark Gable who’s falling on his face and not Gary Cooper,” – Gary Cooper on his decision not to take the leading role in “Gone With The Wind.”

“A cookie store is a bad idea. Besides, the market research reports say America likes crispy cookies, not soft and chewy cookies like you make,” – Response to Debbi Fields’ idea of starting Mrs. Fields’ Cookies.

“We don’t like their sound, and guitar music is on the way out,” – Decca Re-

cording Co. rejecting the Beatles, 1962.

“Heavier-than-air lying machines are impossible,” – Lord Kelvin, president, Royal Society, 1895.

“If I had thought about it, I wouldn’t have done the experiment. The literature was full of examples that said you can’t do this,” – Spencer Silver on the work that led to the unique adhesives for 3-M “Post-It” Notepads.

“Drill for oil? You mean drill into the

ground to try and ind oil? You’re crazy,” – Drillers who Edwin L. Drake tried to enlist to his project to drill for oil in 1859.

“Stocks have reached what looks like a permanently high plateau.” – Irving Fisher, Professor of Economics, Yale University, 1929.

“Airplanes are interesting toys but of no military value,” – Marechal Ferdi-nand Foch, Professor of Strategy, Ecole Superieure de Guerre, France.

“Everything that can be invented has been invented,” – Charles H. Duell, Commissioner, US Ofice of Patents, 1899.

“The super computer is technologically impossible. It would take all of the water that lows over Niagara Falls to cool the heat generated by the number of vacuum tubes required.” – Professor of Electri-cal Engineering, New York University

“I don’t know what use any one could ind for a machine that would make cop-

ies of documents. It certainly couldn’t be a feasible business by itself.” – the head of IBM, refusing to back the idea, forc-

ing the inventor to found Xerox.

“Louis Pasteur’s theory of germs is ridiculous iction.” – Pierre Pachet, Professor of Physiology at Toulouse, 1872

“The abdomen, the chest, and the brain will forever be shut from the intrusion of the wise and humane surgeon,” – Sir John Eric Ericksen, British surgeon, ap-

pointed Surgeon-Extraordinary to Queen Victoria 1873.

And last but not least... “There is no reason anyone would want a computer in their home.” – Ken Ol-son, president, chairman and founder of Digital Equipment Corp., 1977

Trust Us, We’re “Experts”


UNCeNSoRed History UNCeNSoRed Legal Opinion

By Joel [email protected] May 5th 2007

Please carefully relect on the material facts stated in this article, as you may one day be in the same position as the jurors in this hypothetical case. The main thing to remember: No actual lesh-and-blood victim in a “criminal” trial means no Crime has been committed, regardless what any black-robed attor-ney says, whether it’s a drug, gun, tax or any other number of victimless Federal or State “charges” / “offenses” and the “Defendant(s)” should be fully acquitted by any Jury of their Peers. Rick Jones [email protected]

“Look, Mr. Straun, John, can I call you John? We’ve been at this for 25 days. We’re all sick of this. We all want to go home. You’re the only one left. You’re the one keeping us here. I got things to do at home. I got to go to work and make a living. All of us do. The judge is mad as hell at us. You’re going to hang this jury. You’re going to make this three-month trial into a farce and waste of time. You have no right to vote acquittal. You heard the judge’s instructions. The jury is not allowed to judge the law, only the facts.”

“The fact are clear as day, aren’t they?” Dillard ranted. “You even admitted that to us. The guy was found with marijuana in his car. That’s against the law. And the guy admitted the marijuana was his. What more do you need?” said Raymond Dil-lard, the jury foreman. Raymond Dillard was tall, beefy, in his 30’s, and he was getting mad, so mad he wanted to beat John Straun’s head in.

Straun was a small, slim man in his 30’s, with a straight back, dark brown hair, large, steady eyes, and a irm mouth. He seemed not to care at all about all the trouble he was causing. And he seemed to be fearless.

John Straun said, “I don’t care what the judge said. I happen to know for a fact that a jury has the right to judge the law. Jury nulliication has a long history in this country. A jury has the right to judge the law, not just the facts.”

Raymond Dillard and a few other jurors sneered. Dillard said, “Oh, are you a lawyer, Mr. Straun? You think you know more than the judge? What history are you talking about?”

John Straun said calmly, “No, I’m not a lawyer. I’m an engineer. But in this particular case, I do know more than the judge. When I found out I was going to be on this jury, I did a little research about the history of juries, just for the hell of it. Most people don’t know this, but jury nulliication has been upheld as a sacred legal principal in English common law for 1000 years. Alfred the Great, a great English king a thousand years ago, hung several of his own judges because they removed jurors who refused to convict and replaced these courageous jurors with other jurors they could intimidate into convicting the defendant on trial.”

“Jury nulliication also goes back to the very beginning of our country, as one of the crucial rights our Founding Fathers wanted to protect. Our Founding Fathers wanted juries to be the inal bulwark against tyrannical government laws. That’s why they emphasised the right to a jury trial in three of the irst ten amend-ments to the Constitution. John Adams, second President of the United States, Thomas Jefferson, third President and author of the Declaration of Independ-ence, John Jay, First Chief Justice of the U.S. Supreme Court, and Alexander Hamilton, First Secretary of the Treasury all latly stated that juries have the right and duty to judge not only the facts in a case, but also the law, according to their conscience.”

“Not only that, more recent court deci-sions have reafirmed this right. In 1969, in “US. vs. Moylan,” the Fourth Circuit Court of Appeals upheld the right of juries to judge the law in a case. In 1972, the Washington, D.C. Court of Appeals upheld the same principal.”

Raymond Dillard said, “Yeah, if that’s the case, how come the judge didn’t tell us this?”

“That’s because of the despicable Supreme Court decision in “Sparf and Hansen vs. The United States in 1895.” John Straun said. “That decision said juries have the right to judge the law, but that a judge doesn’t have to inform juries of this right. Cute, huh? And guess what happened after this decision? Judges stopped telling juries about their rights.”

“The judge knows about jury nulliica-tion. All judges do. But they hate letting juries decide the law. They hate juries taking power away from them. That’s why judges never mention a jury’s right to judge the law, and most judges squash defence attorneys from saying anything about it in court. Remember when Jimmy Saunders’ defence lawyer started talking about it? The judge threatened him with contempt if he didn’t shut up about jury nulliication.”

“And since you asked me,” Straun contin-ued, “I’ll tell you a little more about jury nulliication. Did you ever hear of the Fugitive Slave Act? Did you ever hear of Prohibition? Do you know why those despicable laws were repealed? Because juries were so outraged over those laws that they consistently refused to con-vict people who violated them. They refused to convict because they knew that these laws were unjust and tyranni-cal, that Congress had no right making these laws in the irst place. So, because juries wouldn’t convict, the government couldn’t make these laws stick. They tried for many years, but inally gave up.”

“What do you think this mad War on Drugs is that we’ve been ighting the last sixty years? It’s the same as Prohibition in the 20’s. It’s the same principle. A ty-rannical government is telling people that they can’t take drugs, just like in the 20’s they said people couldn’t drink liquor. What’s the difference? A tyrannical law is telling people what they can or can’t put in their own bodies. Who owns our bod-

“I Don’t Care What The Judge Said”

The right of juries to NULLIFY unjust laws


ies, us or the self-righteous politicians? Does the government own your body, Mr. Dillard? Do you smoke, Mr. Dillard? Do you drink beer?”Dillard nodded his head, “Yeah, I do.”

“Well, how would you like it if they passed laws telling you that can’t smoke or drink a beer anymore. Would you like that, Mr. Dillard?”

Dillard looked at John Straun, thought about the question, then admitted, “No, I wouldn’t, Straun.”

John Straun turned to the others around the table. “You, Jack, you said you’re sixty-ive years old. You like to play golf, right? What if they passed a law saying anyone over sixty-ive can’t play golf because the exercise might give him a heart attack? You, Frank, you said you eat hamburgers at McDougals all the time. What if they passed a law saying fatty hamburgers give people heart attacks, so we’re closing down all the McDougal restaurants in the country, and they make eating a hamburger a criminal offence? You, Mrs. Pelchat, I see you like to smoke. Everyone knows that smoking can give you lung cancer. How would you like it if they passed a law banning all cigarettes? What if they could crash in the door of your house without a warrant to search for cigarettes in your house, like the SWAT teams do now, looking for drugs? Mrs. Pelchat, how would you like to be on trial like Jimmy Saunders because they found a pack of cigarettes you hid under your mattress?”

“Do you all see what I mean? If they can make it a crime for Jimmy Saunders to smoke marijuana, why can’t they make golf, hamburgers, and cigarettes a crime? If you think they wouldn’t try, think again. They had Prohibition in the 20’s for almost ten years, till they inally gave up. The only reason they haven’t banned cigarettes is because there are thirty mil-lion cigarette smokers in this country who would scream bloody murder. They get away with making marijuana and other drugs illegal only because drug-users are a small minority in this country. Drug us-ers don’t have any political clout.”

Raymond Dillard sat down in his chair. The others started talking among them-selves. John Straun started seeing heads nodding in agreement, thinking about what he had said.

“OK, Straun,” Dillard said. “Maybe you’re right. Maybe Jimmy Saunders shouldn’t go to jail for smoking mari-

juana. Hell, probably most of us tried the stuff when we were young. Clinton said he smoked marijuana in college. Bush said he tried drugs in college. Probably half of Congress and their kids took drugs one time or another. O.K. we agree with you. But what about the judge. He said we can’t judge the law.”

John Straun stood up. He was not a tall man, but he stood very straight, and he looked very sure of himself. He looked from one to another of them.

He said, “If you agree with me, then I ask you all to vote for acquittal. You are not only defending Jimmy Saunders’ liberty, but your own. You are ighting a tyranni-cal law that is enforced by a judge who wants the power to control you. I told you that many juries like us in the past have disregarded the judge’s instructions. They stood up for liberty against a tyrannical law. Are you Americans here? What do you value more, your liberty, your pride as free men, or the instructions of a judge who doesn’t want you to judge the law precisely because he knows you’ll ind the law unjust? Will you stand with those juries who defended our liberty in the past, or will you give in to this judge?”

“Here’s another thing to think about,” John Straun said with passion. “What if it was your sister or brother on trial here? Do you know that if we say Saunders is guilty, the judge has to send him to prison for twenty years? I understand this is Saunders third possession charge. You know the “three strikes and you’re out” rule, don’t you? The politicians passed a law that if a guy gets convicted three times on possession, the judge now has no leeway in sentencing. He has to give the poor guy twenty years in prison. What if it were your sister or brother on trial? Should they go to jail for smoking mari-juana, for doing something that should not be a crime in the irst place? Do we want to send Jimmy Saunders to prison for twenty years because he smoked a joint, hurting no one? Can you have that on your conscience?”

“Do you know that there are almost a million guys like Jimmy Saunders in fed-eral prisons right now, as we speak, for this same so-called “crime” of smoking marijuana or taking other drugs? These men were sent to prison for mere posses-sion. They harmed no one but themselves when they took drugs. How can you have a crime without a victim? When does this horror stop? It has got to stop. I’m asking you all now to stop it right here, at least for Jimmy Saunders. The only thing that

can stop tyrannical laws and politicians is you and me, juries like us. If we do noth-ing, we’re lost, the country is lost.”

“I’m asking you all to bring in a not-guilty verdict, because the drug laws are unjust and a moral obscenity. I’m asking you all be the kind of Americans our Founding Fathers would have been proud of, these same men who fought for your liberty. That’s what I’m asking of all of you.”

John Straun sat down and looked quietly at Dillard and all the others around the table. They looked back at him, and it seemed that their backs began to straight-en up, and they no longer complained about going home. They were quiet. Then they talked passionately amongst each other.

Fifteen minutes later, they walked into the courtroom and sat down in the jury box. When the judge asked Raymond Dil-lard what the verdict was, he was stunned when Dillard, standing tall, looking straight at the judge, said “Not guilty.” Over the angry rantings of the red-faced judge, all in the jury box looked calmly at John Straun, and felt proud to be an American.

Joel Turtel, author of Public Schools,

Public Menace: How Public Schools

Lie To Parents and Betray Our Chil-

dren, (Reviewed in UNCENSORED 7)

holds a degree in Psychology. For the last

ten years he has served as an Educa-

tion Policy Analyst, studying the climate

of today’s public schools and its effect on

children and parents.

Mr. Turtel has written two books, published

over ifty articles, and has been interviewed in both print and broadcast media on the

subject. His latest book, Public Schools,

Public Menace has garnered national

media attention – recently, for example, Dr.

Laura Schlessinger featured the book on

her nationally syndicated radio show.

Joel Turtel is available to discuss his book

Public Schools, Public Menace in the

media, at conferences, or with individual

groups. Be warned though, you may be

shocked by the revelations he has uncov-

ered in America’s public-school system.

Web site: www.mykidsdeservebetter.com

E-Mail: [email protected]

© 2007 Joel Turtel

UNCeNSoRed 9/11


UNCeNSoRed 9/11

http://www.rumormillnews.com/cgi-bin/forum.cgi?read=103893

Commentary by Bill Morgan

Jeff Rense linked to an interesting list

today: psychiatrists who are part of the

9/11 Truth movement. The physical sci-

entists who have shown that the facts of

physics make the oficial story impossi-ble have become well known. Now the

psychiatrists are starting to examine

why so many people ind it dificult to accept the truth.

The link is to a blog called “George

Washington” and is titled “ Psychia-

trists and Psychologists: Government’s

9/11 Story is Crazy.” I bookmarked it

away for future reference because the

page also has many other prominent

people who have weighed in that the

oficial story is not credible.

http://georgewashington.blogspot.com/

As all these sane and generally edu-

cated people, including many experts

in various area, raise objections to the

government’s fairy tale, the mainstream

media looks more and more ridiculous

and corrupted by not (ever) reporting

even a single word of it. It becomes

more and more obvious that the big

corporate news networks are heavily

involved and complicit in covering up

the truth about 9/11. In doing so they

declare to the world that they are no

longer news reporting organisations at

all, not in any sense of the term. They

are the propaganda arm of an evil

cabal, aiders and abettors of criminals

covering up the truth of the greatest

crime of the century. Those are crimes

and the time has come to accuse them.

But back to the psychiatrists. The blog

mentioned heads his list with the fol-

lowing:

Should people who question the gov-

ernment’s version of the events of 9/11

have their heads examined?

Well, the following psychiatrists and

psychologists have concluded that

the oficial version of 9/11 is false. Moreover, many of these mental health

experts have concluded that the gov-

ernment’s account is so obviously false

that people who believe the govern-

ment’s version are in psychological

denial:

Most of the psychiatrists have links

simply to their names at either Schol-

ars for 9/11 Truth or Scholars for 9/11

Truth & Justice or Patriots Question

9/11 or other sites listing prominent

people voicing doubts about the oficial story. These sites are very important

for they perfectly refute the absurd ac-

cusation often given that 9/11 Truthers

are kooks and conspiracy theorists

wearing tinfoil hats. These are all peo-

ple with strong credentials.

Among the psychiatrists listed, Carol

Wolman, has this article at OpEdNews:

http://www.opednews.com/articles/

opedne_carol_wo_070217_why_the_

resistance_t.htm

Why the resistance to 9/11 truth? by Carol WolmanFebruary 17, 2007

Anyone who has studied 9/11 at all knows it was an inside job.

Bush was not surprised. His brother Marvin’s security company closed down one tower the week before and brought in lots of cables and other equipment. The towers, including Building 7, were dropped by controlled demolition. The planes provided a dramatic cover story and great pix.

Rumsfeld had control of scrambling planes transferred to himself, exclu-

sively, a few months before, and then disappeared that morning, so no planes intercepted the four hijacked airliners. Instead, there was a “stand-down” of NORAD. By some strange coincidence, a military exercise was being run that am which simulated planes crashing into buildings, so that the air trafic control-lers were confused about whether the “attack” was real or part of a drill.

The buildings were pulverised, but the passports of the hijackers were miracu-

lously thrown clear and quickly “discov-

ered”. There was no investigation, only a coverup that blamed the CIA and recom-

mended police state measures to prevent future “attacks”.

Then there’s the lack of plane parts and small hole at the Pentagon. The lying out of the Bin Laden family the next day. The millions made on selling airline stocks short by those in the know. The confusion about passenger lists. The rejection of FBI reports about possible terrorists at US lying schools. And on and on.

There are so many videos that its hard to choose, but my favourite is 9/11 Myster-

ies. If you are not certain that 9/11 was an inside job, please watch this video. It’s 1 1/2 hours of factual material that will convince you. You owe it to yourself and

“Those Who Believe Government 9/11 Story Are In Denial” – Psychiatrists


all the rest of us to learn the truth about 9/11.

Most Americans, even those who are working for peace and impeachment, are reluctant to believe that Bush, Cheney, Rumsfeld and the rest actually planned and implemented 9/11, even though their long range plan (PNAC) clearly states that they need “a new Pearl Harbor”. The Reichstag ire is a better parallel, since it was also an inside job.

Polls show widespread scepticism of the cover story, and suspicion that Bush allowed 9/11 to happen, ignoring warn-

ings from abroad and from his own intelligence service. But to think that he actually helped plan it, that demolition charges were set in the Towers

by his brother’s company – that is a depth of evil that most of us can’t even begin to contemplate.

Why is this? Why, when we all know so well what

liars and connivers the Bush people are, how little they care for human life, or truth, or honour, how greedy they are for power and how ruth-

less they are in pursuing it, why is it so hard to believe that they planned and carried out 9/11?

The degree of denial is astounding.

The cover story is paper thin. Osama was blamed within 24 hours, with no investigation. It’s obvious that the 9/11 Commission asked the wrong question – not who-

dunit, but why were the signals missed? It’s obvious that Osama, no matter how bright and charismatic, could not have orchestrated such a massive attack from caves in Afghanistan. It’s obvious that the Saudi hijackers, if that’s who they were, were allowed into this country with no screening, allowed to take light lessons, allowed to get on airplanes with box cutters – but how could all this be known, when the Twin Towers were

pulverised? Etc. etc.

When denial is so strong, it’s because people don’t want to know the truth. The implications are too overwhelming, too frightening. Facing the truth about 9/11, that it was an inside job, planned and car-ried out with the help of the Bush family and administration, means facing the fact that we are saddled with a monster, a satanic creature, that will stop at nothing to gain total power.

It means facing what fools we are, what

cowards we are, not to call a spade a spade.

It means seeing through the pious cloak of false Christian-

ity and false patriotism that Bush has assumed.

It means facing the terrible danger we are in, of losing every ounce of precious freedom our forefathers fought so hard to obtain, and that we so take for granted.

It means looking frankly at our helpless-

ness, our gullibility, our willingness to accept any form of hypocrisy, as long as we are allowed to go on shopping.

It means realising that Bush controls vast portions of our society – that many peo-

ple must know that 9/11 was an inside job, and won’t step forward and say so, out of bribery, intimidation or both. A few brave souls have spoken up about the “power down” at the Towers the week before, the evacuation of Building 7 several hours before it, too, was brought

down by preplanted demolition charges, the confusion at air trafic control when NORAD failed to intercept the planes that were so far off course – but not many dare to speak out. Why not?

It means realising that the situation is so dire that we need help from a higher power, and should start praying, as sailors do when the ship is sinking.

Six years after 9/11, We the People are starting to recognise that we, too, have power. Some of us have been praying steadily, and the fruits are starting to show.

We’ve seen through the lies that took us

into Iraq, and un-

derstand more about Bush’s hypocrisy, and

willingness to “ix the facts around the policy” as the Downing Street memo

puts it. Osama is another

con-

venient “fact”,

like WMD’s in Iraq.We’ve seen that we have been blessed with the internet, with which to hunt for the truth, disseminate it, work with one another to reach new depths of under-standing of our situation.

Yeah, right.


We’ve come to understand that under our precious Constitution, We the People are sovereign, and don’t have to tolerate another King George.

We’ve won an election, despite all the dirty tricks and voting machine fraud. We’ve even pushed the incoming Con-

gress to censure Bush.

Our higher power has helped us all along to value truth above convenience, to ight with words rather than guns, to oper-ate out of love for each other and future generations.

Perhaps now we are ready to face the truth about 9/11. The whole “war on terror” is based on 9/11, and is seen for the sham it is, once we realise it was an inside job. Once we do, our outrage will be so great that we will force Congress to impeach Bush and Cheney, the real hijackers.

The Psychology Of Patriotic Denial By Tova GabrielleThursday, October 07, 2004

Unlike the rest of the world, most people in this country insist that there is not a

large enough, technologically advanced enough, or rich enough power base in the U.S. that could have orchestrated the events of 9/11. Yet they are perfectly content to believe that people from a less technologically advanced and poorer country could have done so. They are willing to believe that people who are op-

erating out of caves, far across the world from us, have more expertise than we do. These superpowered demons, headed by bin Laden, apparently possess an elusive power base so magical that we cannot locate it, despite all our technology.

However, we can still somehow receive updates and videos regularly from them, but oddly enough, we cannot trace the sources of these communications. Just like children fearing boogymen beneath our beds, we seem to assume these dark forces are far trickier and more resource-

ful than the most powerful country in the

world. Educated U.S. citizens, unlike the educated and thinking citizens of other countries, have suspended their com-

mon sense as if hypnotised by the shock and denial they experienced in the wake of the vulnerability they felt following 9/11. They have accepted the party line that it was evil “others,” far across the world, who, by themselves, planned and executed this amazing feat (and that it is just a coincidence that this was the rationale for Bush’s attacks on two oil-rich countries). They cannot see that there is no evil demon with such magical, unlimited resources, but that it is our own denial-laced fears that have fueled our false beliefs in the omniscient power of the hidden “others.”

http://9/11research.wtc7.net/essays/POPD.html

As in the Watergate scandal, it is time to begin analysing the coverup. The coverup is almost as bad as the main crime and it is time to start tracing the lineage of the coverup and compiling lists of complicit people for future prose-

cution. E.g. The heads of the mainstream media companies. The heads of the larger companies which own the media companies. The connections between top media people and the cabal which comit-ted 9/11. Bribes and blackmail of media executives.

Truthers Versus Debunkers: The 9/11 Big PictureBy Douglas Herman4-30-7http://www.rense.com/general76/trthers.htm

Truthers see a skyscraper falling from the sky, and then witness a second and a third skyscraper falling at near gravi-tational speed, and think how odd, how suspicious and how very unusual. None had ever happened before or since. De-

bunkers see falling skyscrapers and say, how natural, given the laws of gravity and the destructive power of ire.

Truthers thus look at that ire closely and realise – after thousands of years of mankind’s experience with smelters, hundreds of years of engineering iron &

steel beam construction, centuries of fuel experiments and our innate knowledge of oxygen, how absurd and unlikely an oxy-

gen-starved fuel ire would cause not one but three skyscrapers to collapse at near gravitation speed due to heat weakening the steel core in a ifty minute ire.

As a controlled experiment that feat could not be duplicated in ten thousand years.

Debunkers therefore hired scientists to tell us commoners the NEW laws pertaining to heat, metal, mass, convec-

tion and conduction and gravity. These debunker scientists informed us how the OLD time-tested and veriiable scientiic laws do not apply in the continental US after the expiration date of September 1st 2001.

Truthers then asked HOW modern steel beams, with a melting point exceeding 2500 degrees Fahrenheit, could be found in pools beneath the WTC rubble weeks later, yet a fuel ire cannot exceed 1500 degrees? Debunkers could not answer then and refused to answer still.

Instead, debunkers debased and denied the veracity of these very same profes-

sionals who saw the pools of molten metal. Thus they selectively skewed the experiment and debased their own obser-vations, sabotaging their entire case.

Truthers ask the WHY and HOW, never claiming superior intelligence as proof of the validity of their claims, trying instead to understand the crucial details and anomalies of 9/11. Because WE ARE IGNORANT OF 9/11 FACTS, WE DEMAND PROOF.

Instead, Debunkers claim their superior list of scientists with advanced degrees somehow proves their THEORIES are superior. But but denying their theories have ever been tested, they show their ignorance of how science works. Debun-

kers deny (when not outright lying) the hundreds of scientiic anomalies, waving away the hundreds of suspicious coinci-dences, destroying any credibility they might once have possessed.

Debunkers are thus junk scientists and alchemists.Truthers are akin to Galileo, Leonardo and Edison.


UNCeNSoRed Energy NewsCar achieves almost 10,000 miles per gallon1999-07-16, BBC News

http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/sci/tech/395366.stm

A car driven by a 10-year-old and built at a French school has set a new world record for fuel eficiency. The Microjoule team managed the equivalent of 9,845 miles per gallon while driving for 10 miles around Silverstone race track in the UK. More than 100 teams competed in the Shell Eco-Marathon. Their one goal was to see how far they can get these amazing machines to travel on a minus-

cule amount of fuel. While we might be delirious if we managed 40 miles (64 kilometres) to the gallon (4.5 litres) pottering about town in our super minis, these people are not happy until they have seen the mileometer click through the thousands. The teams have a choice of petrol or diesel, with solar assistance permitted for the irst time this year. A car is allowed three 40-minute runs. It must average at least 15 mph (24 kph) after which the stewards at the meeting calculate the machine’s fuel eficiency.

“The top fuel teams do about 10 miles, which is six laps on the club circuit at Silverstone,” says the event’s fuel man-

ager Geoff Houlbrook. “They do that on less than 10 millilitres which is just two teaspoons of fuel.”

The entries come from all over Europe. Some teams use advanced materials like titanium and carbon ibre. Some of the machines built by schoolchildren are made from parts of old sewing and washing machines. “It’s fun but it’s also science,” says BBC Top Gear presenter and racing driver Tiff Needell. “It’s like an experiment with people learning how to save energy.”

Note: Some of these amazing vehicles

from 1999 were “built by schoolchil-dren,” yet the auto industry still can’t come up with a car that get’s 100 mpg? Granted these cars are slow and small, but if they can get almost 10,000 mpg, don’t you think similar technology could be used to get at least several hundred mpg in regular cars? Car mileage hasn’t increased much since the 1908 Model T got 25 mpg. (Still around 20 mpg – Ed.)

Cars that make hybrids look like gas guzzlers2007-03-04, San Francisco Chronicle http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?f=/c/a/2007/03/04/ING44OD4AS1.DTL

Toyota Prius owners tend to be a proud lot since they drive the fuel-eficient hybrid gas-electric car that’s ... one of the hottest-selling vehicles in America. A few, however, felt that good was not good enough. They’ve made “improve-

ments” even though the modiications voided parts of their warranties. Why? Five words: one hundred miles per gal-lon.

“We took the hybrid car to its logical conclusion,” [Felix] Kramer says, by adding more batteries and the ability to recharge by plugging into a regular elec-

trical socket at night. Compared with the Prius’ fuel eficiency of 50 mpg, plug-in hybrids use half as much gasoline by run-

ning more on cleaner, cheaper, domestic electricity. These trendsetters monkeyed with the car ... to make a point: If they could make a plug-in hybrid, the major car companies could, too.

Kramer ... and a cadre of volunteers formed the California Cars Initiative (online at calcars.org). They added inex-

pensive lead-acid batteries ... giving the car over 100 mpg in local driving and 50 to 80 mpg on the highway. The cost of conversion is about $5,000 for a do-it-

yourselfer. Several small companies like EnergyCS started doing small numbers of conversions for leets and government agencies using longer-lasting, more en-

ergy-dense lithium-ion batteries. Kramer hired EnergyCS to convert his Prius and reported on a typical day of driving. Compared with driving his Prius before the conversion, he spewed out two-thirds less greenhouse gases at a total cost of $1.76 for electricity and gasoline, instead of the $3.17 it would have required on gasoline alone. People want plug-in hybrids but can’t get them. Dealers don’t sell them yet, and the few conversion services cater to leets.

Note: For a video and educational pack-

age to guide those who want to build a 100 mpg car, see www.eaa-phev.org.

Coming in out of the cold: Cold fusion, for real2005-06-06, Christian Science Monitor

http://www.christiansciencemonitor.com/2005/0606/p25s01-stss.html

A very reputable, very careful group of scientists at the University of Los Ange-

les has initiated a fusion reaction using a laboratory device that’s not much bigger than a breadbox, and works at roughly room temperature. This time, it looks like the real thing. The whole trick with fusion is you’ve got to get protons close enough together for the strong force to overcome their electrical repulsion and merge them together into a nucleus. Instead of using high temperatures and incredible densities to ram protons together, the scientists at UCLA cleverly used the structure of an unusual crys-

tal. Crystals are fascinating things; the atoms inside are all lined up in a tightly ordered lattice, which creates the beauti-ful structure we associate with crystals. Stressing the bonds between the atoms of some crystals causes electrons to build


UNCeNSoRed Energy News UNCeNSoRed Energy Newsup on one side, creating a charge differ-ence over the body of the crystal. Instead of using intense heat or pressure to get nuclei close enough together to fuse, this new experiment used a very powerful electric ield to slam atoms together. This experiment has been repeated success-

fully and other scientists have reviewed the results. For the time being, don’t ex-

pect fusion to become a readily available energy option. The current cold fusion apparatus still takes much more energy to start up than you get back out. But it really may not be long until we have the irst nuclear fusion-powered devices in common use.

Why wasn’t this widely reported?

Fans of GM Electric Car Fight the Crusher2005-03-10, Washington Post

http://www.washingtonpost.com/ac2/wp-dyn/A21991-2005Mar9

What’s at stake, they say, is no less than the future of automotive technology, a practical solution for driving fast and fun with no direct pollution whatsoever. GM agrees that the car in question, called the EV1, was a rousing feat of engineer-ing that could go from zero to 60 miles per hour in under eight seconds with no harmful emissions. The market just wasn’t big enough, the company says, for a car that traveled 140 miles or less on a

charge before you had to plug it in like a toaster. Some 800 drivers once leased EV1s, mostly in California. After the last lease ran out in August, GM reclaimed every one of the cars, donating a few to universities and car museums but crush-

ing many of the rest. Enthusiasts discov-

ered a stash of about 77 surviving EV1s behind a GM training center in Burbank and last month decided to take a stand. Mobilised through Internet sites and word of mouth, nearly 100 people pledged $24,000 each for a chance to buy the cars from GM. On Feb. 16 the group set up a street-side outpost of folding chairs that they have staffed ever since in rotating shifts, through long nights and torrential rains, trying to draw attention to their cause. GM refuses to budge. Note: Why would GM simply crush cars for which people are willing to pay $24,000?

Water Powered Car Inventor Murdered?http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KZOsOB3z3IE

Stanley Meyer - Water Fuel Injector http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D7BAODqqcpQ&mode=related&search=

Water Car Inventor Murdered! http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L6yRn4IAsrU&mode=related&search=

Stanley Meyer – Voltage Intensiier Circuit http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-7aOderfbGU&mode=related&search=

Water Car ... Daniel Dingel: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UVhXrvCCILw&mode=related&search=

Stanley Meyer – Electrical Energy http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PesZ4COZ9ew&mode=related&search=

Stanley Meyer – Electron Extraction Circuit http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Clafqu0Xw6E&mode=related&search=

Stanley Meyer– Xogen - System Explained http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bqiAXIs3Xc&mode=related&search= 873aae7bf86c0110vgnvcm1000004eecb-

ccdrcrd...

Japanese Water Car http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1OWDcWoXHs&mode=related&search=


UNCeNSoRed Energy News UNCeNSoRed Energy NewsThe Prophet of Garbage2007-03-00, Popular Science http://www.popsci.com/popsci/science/http://www.suringtheapocalypse.net/cgi-bin/forum.cgi?read=177708

The Plasma Converter ... can consume nearly any type of waste—from dirty dia-

pers to chemical weapons—by annihilat-ing toxic materials in a process ... called plasma gasiication. A 650-volt current passing between two electrodes rips electrons from the air, converting the gas into plasma. The plasma arc is so power-ful, it disintegrates trash into its constitu-

ent elements by tearing apart molecular bonds. The system is capable of break-

ing down pretty much anything except nuclear waste. The only by-products are an obsidian-like glass [and] a mixture of primarily hydrogen and carbon monox-

ide that can be converted into a variety of marketable fuels, including ethanol, natural gas and hydrogen.

Perhaps the most amazing part of the process is that it’s self-sustaining. Once the cycle is under way, the 2,200°F syn-

gas is fed into a cooling system, generat-ing steam that drives turbines to produce electricity. About two thirds of the power is siphoned off to run the converter; the rest can be used on-site for heating or electricity, or sold back to the utility grid. Even a blackout would not stop the operation of the facility. New York City is already paying an astronomical $90 a ton to get rid of its trash. Accord-

ing to Startech, a few 2,000-ton-per-day plasma-gasiication plants could do it for $36. Sell the syngas and surplus electric-

ity, and you’d actually net $15 a ton. But the decision-making bureaucracy can be slow, and it is hamstrung by the politically well-connected waste-disposal industry. Startech isn’t the only company using plasma to turn waste into a source of clean energy. A handful of start-ups—Geoplasma, Recovered Energy, Pyro-

Genesis, EnviroArc and Plasco Energy, among others—have entered the market in the past decade.

Advanced vehicles show zero oil consumption, reduced emissions2005-05-18, Boston Globe

http://www.boston.com/cars/news/2005/may/0518_tourdesol.html

Carmakers such as Toyota and Honda can’t seem to make hybrid vehicles fast enough to keep up with public interest. Interest in this new technology is grow-

ing, and one group is highlighting these technical marvels in a yearly event called the Tour de Sol. Top prize for the Monte-Carlo Rally went to a modiied Honda Insight driven by Brian Hardegen, of Pepperell, who broke the 100-mile-per-gallon barrier over a 150-mile range. The car actually got 107 miles-per gallon. St. Mark’s High School in Southboro, and North Haven Community School, North Haven, ME, demonstrated true zero-oil consumption and true zero climate-change emissions with their modiied electric Ford pick-up and Volkswagen bus. More than 60 hybrid, electric and biofueled vehicles from throughout the US and Canada demonstrated that we have the technology today to power our transportation system with zero-oil consumption and zero climate-change emissions.

Note: If high school students can do it, why aren’t the car companies seriously developing these technologies? And why are car manufacturers not able to keep up with demand on hybrid vehicles?

Here Comes the Sun2007-03-02, CNN

http://money.cnn.com/maga-

zines/business2/business2_ar-chive/2006/11/01/8392039

Venture capitalists are pouring hundreds of millions of dollars into [Silicon] Val-ley solar startups pursuing technological breakthroughs to make sun power as cheap as fossil fuel. Three of the largest tech IPOs of 2005 were for solar compa-

nies. The world’s largest chip-equipment maker will begin producing machines to manufacture solar wafers, laying the groundwork for an industrial infrastruc-

ture that should lower the cost of produc-

ing solar cells. Solar energy has just the sort of oversize potential that the titans of tech saw in computing: a free and practically inexhaustible power source. California is also committing $3.2 billion to fund a drive to install solar panels on a million rooftops by 2018, and a Novem-

ber ballot initiative ... would tax Big Oil to provide $4 billion in funding for alternative-energy research, programmes, and startups.

Perhaps no startup has beneited more from the solar gold rush than Nanosolar. The Palo Alto company ... has racked up more than $100 million in funding so far. Nanosolar is pursuing a technology that produces solar cells on a ilm that’s a 100th the thickness of conventional sili-con wafers. Its ultimate goal: integrating thin-ilm cells directly into building ma-

terials. A skyscraper’s glass windows, for instance, could be embedded with thin-ilm cells, giving them energy-producing capabilities. Nanosolar plans to build a manufacturing facility next year ... that will eventually produce 430 megawatts’ worth of solar cells per year. That would nearly triple the nation’s manufacturing capacity and make Nanosolar one of the world’s largest solar producers. Thanks to aggressive government subsidies, Ger-many and Japan are currently the global leaders in solar production.

Fuelless HeaterIn Russia, three irms (Yusmar, Termo-

vikhr and Noteka) sell cavitation heat-ing equipment with energy perform-

ance index up to 150%.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yh_-DUKQ4Uw&mode=related&search=


NASA engineer chasing dream to harness energy from ocean waves2005-12-06, Houston Chronicle/Orlando Sentinel

http://www.chron.com/disp/story.mpl/space/3507969.html

The son of [a] rocket scientist thinks he is close to perfecting ... a machine that might make cheap, clean electricity from the ocean. “I believe it’ll change the world,” said second-generation inventor Tom Woodbridge, a NASA engineer. In theory, the idea is simple. Spinning cop-

per wires through a stable magnetic ield makes electricity — lots of electrons jumping off the magnetic ield and zoom-

ing through a conductive metal. And since the ocean waves are already mov-

ing, why not cobble together a machine to harness that energy? Think Pogo Stick inside a loating drum. The rocking mo-

tion of the waves pushes a long cylinder of magnets up and down a copper coil. His small model generates 10 watts of power in a 6-inch wave chop. A full-scale version could generate 160 kilowatts. That one buoy is enough to power 160 houses, following the rule of thumb that the average U.S. home uses about 1,000 kilowatts of electricity each month.

Fuel’s paradise? Power source that turns physics on its head2005-11-04, The Guardian

http://www.guardian.co.uk/science/sto-

ry/0,3605,1627424,00.html

It seems too good to be true: a new source of near-limitless power that costs virtually nothing, uses tiny amounts of

water as its fuel and produces next to no waste. Randell Mills, a Harvard Univer-sity medic who also studied electrical engineering at Massachusetts Institute of Technology, claims to have built a prototype power source that generates up to 1,000 times more heat than conven-

tional fuel. Independent scientists claim to have veriied the experiments and Dr Mills says that his company, Blacklight Power, has tens of millions of dollars in investment lined up to bring the idea to market. What has much of the physics world up in arms is Dr Mills’s claim that he has produced a new form of hydrogen, the simplest of all the atoms, with just a single proton circled by one electron. In his “hydrino”, the electron sits a little closer to the proton than normal, and the formation of the new atoms from tradi-tional hydrogen releases huge amounts of energy. According to Dr Mills, there can be only one explanation: quantum me-

chanics must be wrong. “We’ve done a lot of testing. We’ve got 50 independent validation reports, we’ve got 65 peer-re-

viewed journal articles,” he said. “We ran into this theoretical resistance and there are some vested interests here.

Note: Hundreds of respected scientists, including a genius friend of ours with 12 patents to his name, have developed devices which produce energy for a very low price, only to have their inventions either bought and shelved or destroyed systematically by those with vested in-

terests. Our friend’s $7 million company was taken over by vested oil interests after irst both his home and ofice were ransacked and than a bullet-hole was put through his ofice window. For lots more on this, see our New Energy Information Center.

1908 Ford Model T: 25 MPG;

2004 EPA Average All Cars: 21 MPG2005-07-11, Detroit News/Newsweek/http://www.WantToKnow.info/050711carmileageaveragempg

“Consumers and regulators are putting more pressure on the auto industry to enhance fuel economy, which was stagnant at an average 20.8 miles per gallon among all 2004 models and below the 1988 high of 22.1 mpg.” – Detroit News, 4/11/05

“The Prius is the irst signiicant depar-ture from the combustion engine to make any major inroads in the auto industry since Henry Ford invented the Model T in 1908.” – Newsweek, 9/20/04

“Ford’s Model T, which went 25 miles on a gallon of gasoline, was more fuel eficient than the current Ford Explorer sport-utility vehicle – which manages just 16 miles per gallon.” – Detroit News, 6/4/03

Genius inventors for the past 100 years have made remarkable discoveries of new, more eficient energy sources, only to ind their inventions either suppressed or not given the attention and funding needed to break us free of our depend-

ence on archaic oil-based technologies. Read this article for more reliable infor-mation on this vital topic.

WantToKnow.info is deeply dedicated to exposing major cover-ups and to building a brighter future for us all. Thanks for caring enough to educate yourself on these important matters.

See our archive of revealing news arti-cles at:

http://www.WantToKnow.info/medi-anewsarticles

UNCeNSoRed Energy News UNCeNSoRed Energy News



Chemtrails In The Sky and The New Microbesby William Thomas

William Thomas is an investigative journalist

who comes to us from the Gulf Islands of Brit-

ish Columbia. He has won numerous awards

for his feature ilms and articles. His 30-minute Gulf War documentary “Ecowar” was

the U.S. Environmental ilm festival award for “best documentary short” in 1991. William

Thomas is the author of Scorched Earth:

The Military’s War Against the Environment

and Bringing the War Home: The True Story

Behind the Gulf War Illness and Biological

Warfare in the Gulf. William has lectured

extensively on the Gulf War and biological

warfare in the ‘90’s, and is a frequent guest

on the “Art Bell Radio Show”. His latest

book is Probing the Chemtrails Conundrum.

Biological Weapons Tied To Gulf War SyndromeI have been an investigative journalist for the past 30 years and as a journalist I base my reports on documented infor-mation. During the Gulf War, I served as a member of a three-man volunteer en-

vironmental emergency response team in Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, and Kuwait, andreturned from that experience emotion-

ally scarred, and with my immunesystem ravaged. After recovering through a programme of supplementa-

tion,

I became very disturbed to ind hundreds and hundreds of emails from U.S. and Canadian veterans complaining of some-

thing they called Gulf War Syndrome. My investigation into biological weapons has been ongoing since I returned from the Gulf War, and I uncovered the untoldstory of the biological war in the Gulf in my book Bringing the War Home. In

a previous book, Scorched Earth, I exam-

ined biological warfare experimentation, particularly in the United States.

In January, 1999, I was contacted by the managing editor of the Environment News Service, an international wire serv-

ice which I had worked for in the Gulf. I was asked to check out a story by Wil-liam Wallace about very unusual aerial activity over the State of Washington that was apparently changing the skies over-head. Wallace and his wife lived in a remote mountainous area, and he claimed that large unmarked jet aircraft were lying back and forth over his property, spraying something in the air.

Unlike normal contrails behind commer-cial jets which dissipate quickly, these lingered for hours, came together and obscured the sky. Mr. Wallace said that he and his wife were very ill, their dogs were dying, and their plants were dying. I be-

gan to investigate this story and after looking at a vide-

otape made by Mr. Wallace, realised as a former pilot and former mem-

ber of the military myself, that this was very unusual aerial activity. He gave me some of his contacts across the United States, and as I followed up on those contacts, I developed a huge story. As of today we have over 1,000 eyewit-ness reports on the so-called chemtrail phenomena. We have documented evidence that chemtrail spraying is taking place over cities throughout Canada, the United States, England, Australia, Hol-land, Italy, Germany, and New Zealand.And I have uncovered direct ties between

biological warfare experimentation and the spraying of pathogenic material and chemicals over our cities.

I have found in my research over the past 15 months that in every instance of heavy spraying over cities across Canada and the United States, there has been an epi-demic of acute upper respiratory ailmentsand gastrointestinal ailments that have overilled hospital emergency rooms across North America. After research-

ing biological warfare, I found two U.S. Congressional investigations document-ing decades of biological warfare experi-mentation carried out over hundreds of cities in the United States and Canada, including Winnipeg. While thesebiowarfare simulants were said to be “harmless”, some of the new geneti-cally-engineered pathogens – particularly mycoplasma and other fungi – are now

loose among the general population. This has occurred through vaccina-

tions of Texas pris-

oners, and inocula-

tions of Gulf War soldiers – many of whom never left the United States.

Many autoimmune diseases have been seen in the wake of the chemtrailspraying – such as

chronic fatigue, multiple sclerosis, lupus, once very rare transverse myelitis and meningitis. My researchers and I are also inding that there appears to be a mental-emotional component to this spray that is a disorienting factor. It is a factor that makes people lethargic and mentally confused, with an inability to concentrate and short-term memory loss.

The Chemtrail Riddle: • Solved •


Chemical Contrails In The Sky: Two Spraying Pro-

grammes: High And Low(a) THE HIGH-FLYING SPRAY Pro-

gramme Chemtrails are not contrails from commercial airplane trafic. Con-

trails are condensation trails formedwhen moisture from hot engine exhaust momentarily condenses into ice crystals, usually above 35,000 feet. Chemtrails occur around 22,000 feet, and they do not dissipate within 45 seconds as contrails usually do, according to Air Transport authorities. (However, genuine contrails over heavily traficked areas do some-

times linger and nitrogen oxide and other jet engine pollutants can form extensivecloud cover over time.)

Unlike normal contrails, chemtrail plumes are laid in parallel lines in grid patterns and telltale X’s over towns, cit-ies and remote rural areas. They spread out, and over hours coagulate into a dense droopy overcast. This is not a normal overcast. Often you will even see this being woven between regu-

lar cumulus clouds, and it drips and it weeps. Within 24 to 48 hours, people on the ground often lood emergency rooms with acute upper respiratory ailments, gastrointestinal problems, gushing nose bleeds, joint pain, and a dry, hacking cough that unlike lu, lasts for four or ive weeks, and then often returns. These symptoms are characteristic of the myco-

plasma infections found in some blood-tested chemtrail observers. We have posi-tively identiied many of these aircraft as unmarked KC-135 and KC-10 US Air Force tankers. In early March, hundreds of KC-135 aircraft were grounded for a part to be replaced in the tail-section of the airplane, and spray activity decreased from 24, to just two locations across the United States. Spray activity climbed right back to previous levels as the planes returned to service the following week.

(B) The Low Flying Spray ProgrammeThese contrails are sprayed by lowlying C-130 Turboprop aircraft. I witnessed this myself in Pagosa Springs, Colourado, last summer. I was stunned to see a C-130 gliding low over this little

resort town in the mountains, engines throttled back, dead quiet, spray coming out of the wings of the aircraft as itpulled away. I was standing in the mid-

dle of the intersection with my mouth hanging open! I went into the stores in that town, and everybody was coughing like crazy. We also took samples from aluminum-sided buildings in Michigan and Pennsylvania that were not contami-nated by background bacteria. We found Pseudomonas luorescens, streptomycesand a bacillus. In a similar sample taken a year previously on the other side of the United States, we found the same things, as well as other very pathogenic moulds. Rainwater samples taken after heavyspraying over Espanola, Ontario, were found to contain aluminum seven times higher than permissible safe levels.

Chemtrail fallout also included carbon black – this is used by the United States Air Force for weather modiication. It ab-

sorbs sunlight and heats the atmosphere. Carbon black can be hit with HAARP or similar ionispheric heaters and artiicially heated to change the weather. They also found chaff (a ine cobwebby ilament used to jam radars) in the fallout, and this very ine ilament stays aloft for up to a day. So if you put it in your spray mix, you can track the distribution of your spray on radar for a full day. We have very clean lab samples of the materialbeing sprayed and it all contains very pathogenic moulds and fungi. I discov-

ered an article in the Portland Free Press,

written by John Titus, in March 1997, describing how dozens of these spray-equipped aircraft, C-130s, were taken away from the U.S. Forest Service, fromforest ire-ighting duties, and taken over by the CIA for “missions undisclosed.”

Chemtrails In CanadaIn March 1999, people in Espanola, On-

tario began to see large unmarked multi-engine aircraft, white in colour, layingX’s in the sky over Espanola. When they called friends in Sudbury about 50 miles away, those same X’s were being laid at the very same time. These were grid pat-terns like tic-tac-toe laid in the skiesoverhead, parallel patterns like jets fur-rowing a farm ield with plumes that at irst-sight looked like condensation trails. But instead of evapourating and dissipat-ing quickly, they lingered, spread out and

dripped a kind of a mist onto the good residents of Espanola.

A reddish powder was also dropped on patios and a nearby lake from AC-130s lying at rooftop level. Everyone, and I mean everyone, became very ill with severe muscle and joint pain, headaches, upper respiratory ailments and more recently, gastrointestinal ailments. Oneof my researchers, Erminia Cassani came up from the States, and went to Espanola to see what was going on. She saw a C-130 Turboprop spray that community at very low level, rooftop level, with a red powder.

She collected the sample, and took it to the same government lab that had been doing sample tests for us earlier in the year. They found a cocktail of pathogen-

ic moulds and fungi. The Ontario Minis-

try of Environment became involved and tested the rainwater in Espanola, andthey found carbon black and chaff in this fallout. Near North labs found aluminum in the rainwater at .53 ppm (parts per million), seven times the safe threshold in Canada, enough they said, to kill ish.The U.S. Airforce claimed that it wasn’t their planes. The Canadian Air Force said, “We do not know what is going on in our own skies.”

Finally, last summer, the residents of Espanola signed a petition and took it to Parliament in Ottawa and demanded an investigation. They said, “We want some answers and we want this stopped.” The Ministry of Defence promised to get back to them. They haven’t heard yet.

In Kitchener, Ontario, recently, there was a sudden outbreak of people complaining of earaches, blocked sinuses, sore throats and acute attacks of asthma. Everyone was sick at the same time. This is not how lu operates. There has been heavy spraying over Kitchener. In the wake of the spraying, we have seen 1-800 num-

bers posted which ask you to call in to become part of medical studies, and the qualiication is that you have contracting speciic symptoms within a certain areawithin a speciic time frame. That sounds like biological warfare tracking to me.

Chemtrails In USAErminia Cassani also found some sam-


ples of this gel-like material that had splattered a house in the central UnitedStates. According to neighbours who witnessed it, it had been dropped from an airplane. We have photographs of the substance. She interviewed the owner, but the owner had been stricken by endocarditis within a month, had a heart attack and was admitted to hospital. Wetook this to a government-licensed lab. Many samples from this fallout have landed on the ground, or porches, and could have been contaminated by bac-

teria and the surrounding environment. These samples came from aluminum-sided buildings, taken immediately; theywere clean, good samples. Erminia Cas-

sani is a health researcher and knows how to collect samples. The lab said, “Where did you get this biohazard mate-

rial? We have never seen anything grow out so quickly and overlow our culture dishes within 48 hours.” They found three things: Pseudomonas luorescens, streptomyces, and a very toxic bacil-lus, as well as a chemical dye marker taken from a coral reef and a restrictor enzyme used to restrict or cut DNA used in research laboratories. Why is this sub-

stance being dropped from an airplane!Then we became aware of a similar inci-dent in Pennsylvania last year.

Neighbours had witnessed the X-pat-terns, the weird sky designs as theycalled it, and an airplane overlying the house so low they thought it would hit the roof. The sample was sent to Erminia, and she took it to the same lab. We did not expect much in terms of this sample because it was a year old and dried out. However the same thing happened. Itovergrew the dish; it amazed the head lab technician. They found streptomyces, the same bacillus, and a cocktail of other toxic moulds.

Within a few months, Erminia was admitted to hospital with a black yeast mould found in that sample on her left lung, and she became one of the irst documented human links between the aerial spray and human illness.

Project CloverleafIn addition to military aircraft, some in-

siders allege that commercial airlines are being equipped to release “specialundisclosed chemicals” under the gov-

ernment’s “Project Cloverleaf” (begun around 1998). Using airliners to spray aluminum powder in an effort to avert global warming is also called for in the Welsbach patent. This information has not been released to the public.

Credibility For The Chemtrail PhenomenaJust this year my original story for the Environment News Service was chosen by Project Censored as one of the cen-

sored stories of 1999, by a panel of peer-reviewed highly professional journalists who looked at this story and concludedthat it is real. So the chemtrails story has real journalistic credibility.

Flu EpidemicsFor the past two winters over towns and cities throughout England and North American, strange X’s were appearing in the skies. In these same cities, there have been outbreaks of “lu” epidemics that have illed hospital emergency rooms across the country. We have also had adramatic onslaught of degenerative autoimmune diseases, chronic fatigue, ibromyalgia, multiple sclerosis, rheuma-

toid arthritis, all apparently originating from viral, bacterial, or fungal infections.During this time most of us have been ill with some-

thing that doesn’t quite act like the

lu because it holds on for weeks and months at a time, seems to get better, and then returns. It is very hard to shake.

In fact, during the height of this year’s 33-week epidemic of fatalities from pneumonia and “lu-like” illness, the Centers for Disease Control blood-tested acutely ill patients – and found thatbetween 67% and 85% did not have the lu. (The CDC now says, “An unknown pathogen” may be responsible for these illnesses and deaths.) This epidemic is particularly hard on children and the elderly.

We have found Streptococcus in our sam-

ples of low-level air-dropped material. Streptococcus A and fatalities were up about 200 to 300% across North Ameri-ca. Meningitis, another rare inlammation of the brain and spinal cord has occurred in epidemic proportions in certain areas across North America. In certain areas of the country, there are epidemic levels of multiple sclerosis, which used to be a fairly rare ailment. Transverse myelitis, perhaps the rarest of all, used to bealmost unheard of, but we are getting increased reports of this disease across North America this year.

Prof. Colman Salloway, an epidemiolo-

gist at the University of New Hampshire, was investigating the Sydney A vari-ant of inluenza that was shutting down universities across the United States, but he found out that no cultures were being taken, and in fact, this is usually the case with lu. Doctors prescribe on symptomology, and rarely do blood work. Whereas lu usually gives you a bad cough and other symptoms for ive to seven days, this ailment gives people a very dry hacking cough for four to ive weeks and often returns. Prof. Sallowayconcluded that the only thing that does that is mycoplasma.

Another disturbing thing is that these illnesses are

driving people toward experi-mental vaccina-

tion programmes. There is a push for vaccines for lu, pneumonia and migraines, and mi-graines are also a common symptom of spraying. We know that vaccines are loaded with formaldehyde, for-malin, little parts of recombinant

genes, cancercausing material and monkey viruses. There is not only a campaign to push us toward vaccines, but to vaccinate infants soon after birth.

“During the height of this year’s 33-week epidemic of fatalities from pneumo-

nia and ‘lu-like’ illness, the Centers for Disease Control blood-tested acute-

ly ill patients – and found thatbetween 67% and 85% did not have the lu.”


The Mycoplasma Behind

The Epidemics

The probable origin of these unknown

pathogens is a biological warfare

programme (see The Brucellosis Trian-

gle, and the Consumer Health Newsletter,

Jun.00 by Don Scott). Don Scott explains

how the bioweaponeers extracted the ac-

tive agent of brucellosis from the

brucellosis bacteria. Although the active

agent, the mycoplasma is still there, the

bacteria has been discarded, and your

blood tests will be negative even though

you are infected with the brucellosis

mycoplasma.

Don Scott’s conclusions are further cor-

roborated by the work of Dr. Len Horow-

itz in Emerging Viruses: Aids and Ebola.

This mycoplasma is behind the sudden

epidemic of autoimmune diseases, a

mycoplasma developed by the bioweap-

oneers as a stealth weapon that pro-

vokes no anti-inlammatory or antibody response. Mycoplasma is the infectious

agent of Gulf War illness, and has long

been a favourite of the bioweaponeers

because of its stealth characteristics.

(Stealth means that these organisms do

not trigger an anti-inlammatory response or an antibody response that can be de-

tected through normal testing. You need

specialized equipment and processes to

ind mycoplasma or genetically-engi-neered brucellosis.)

Chronic fatigue and ibromyalgia are caused by brucellosis without doubt.

In my book Bringing the War Home,

order numbers and dates of shipment

of pathogens originating in the United

States and shipped to Sadam Hussein’s

forces in Iraq are documented, including,

brucellosis.

Dr. Garth Nicolson, a world-renowned

microbiologist, and his wife Nancy

became ill when their daughter returned

from service in Iraq during the Gulf War.

After their pets died of the same illness,

they managed to isolate the microbe that

was making them ill. The Nicolsons

discovered that the germ underlying Gulf

War illness is sexually transmittable, and

is in fact, Mycoplasma fermentans. They

cured themselves with repeated courses

of Doxycycline. Dr. Garth Nicolson

now believes that brucellosis and myco-

plasma together underlie much of

the systemic illness we ind in North America, and in fact, throughout

the world. He has found more than 60%

of patients with chronic fatigue, ibro-

myalgia, multiple sclerosis, lupus and

rheumatoid arthritis test positive for the

mycoplasma.

Dr. Nicolson and his wife continued

their research and isolated the carrier for

Gulf War illness in a squalene adjuvant

that has been used since the 1970’s to

induce rheumatoid arthritis and multiple

sclerosis in experiments. This adjuvant

was put into the anthrax vaccine given to

Canadian, American, British and Austral-

ian soldiers in hopes that it would boost

the immune reaction far quicker than

the normal course of anthrax vaccine

because the U.S. military command was

terriied of the biological weapons in the hands of Sadam Hussein. They had sold

these same weapons to him for the war

in Iran. They were afraid that they had

no effective antidote, so they put the ad-

juvant in the anthrax vaccine to increase

the speed of its effectiveness and they

wrapped this mycoplasma in a 40% HIV

protein coat, not to give people

AIDS, but to evade the normal immune

system response and get it into the blood

stream and into the immune system. But

they needed a carrier for this. And what

did they choose? Mycoplasma fermen-

tans, because, again, it could outwit the

immune system; it could carry this adju-

vant into the immune system and it was

supposed to be an attenuated, or killed

form of mycoplasma.

Unfortunately, it wasn’t suficientlyattenuated (we ind the same problem in other live vaccines today) and ap-

proximately 200,000 American soldiers

became very ill. The mycoplasma, of

course, spread to their spouses and their

children.

The History Behind The

Epidemics: Biowarfare

Experiments Have Let Loose

New Pathogens Among Us

The United States is not the only country

interested in mycoplasma. The mycoplas-

ma research project of the University of

Baghdad was directed by a Dr. Jawad al-

Aubaidi, who did his graduate research at

Cornell University (which should be

renamed Biological Warfare University

because of its ties to the Pentagon and its

experimentation). He also worked at

Plum Island research laboratory engi-

neering animal pathogens to become

more infectious and contagious and to

jump the species barrier to humans. In

1975, you will recall that Plum Island, a

secret biowarfare laboratory 12 miles off

the U.S. coast, was working on a project

to infect ticks from the active brucella

toxin. Perhaps it’s coincidence that the

irst Lyme disease occurred in Lyme, Connecticut at that time, just 12 miles

away.

Last year, I suggested to the Environment

News Service that somebody ought to

look into Plum Island’s experiments be-

cause the so-called West Nile fever that

caused deaths on the eastern seaboard

of the U.S. last year and has now re-

emerged there and in upstate N.Y., was in

fact, a form of Japanese encephalitis.

My story about this wasn’t published and

got me in a lot of trouble. My research

team and I had discovered that Japanese

encephalitis was being researched at

Plum Island where dead birds were dis-

covered outside their research lab. Birds

spread West Nile virus. Plum Island

lies less than 22 miles from New York.

What is going on? These appear to be a

new breed of stealth viruses, and they

certainly do not appear to be of natural

origin.

Dr. Martin from the Center of Complex

Infectious Diseases examined a chronic

fatigue patient and discovered a new life

form that is now recognised by American

medical authorities called a “viteria”. A

viteria is part virus, part bacteria and part

fungus in terms of its gene sequences,

something that looks very much geneti-

cally engineered and actually morphs or

transforms itself from one to the other.

We noted earlier that these autoimmune

diseases that are aflicting more andmore North Americans seem to have a

viral bacterial and/or fungal origin. Dr.

Martin stated that the cytomegalovirus

which results in severe headaches and

joint pain among other symptoms is

found in monkey cell cultures used to

culture live polio vaccine. We are well

aware of the illness and fatalities result-

ing from that vaccine. Where else have


we seen live monkey viruses contaminat-ing vaccines? The Hepatitis B vaccine in-

troduced into the gay population in seven U.S. cities by the CDC, including New York, Los Angeles and San Francisco,preceded the outbreak of AIDS in those seven cities and only those seven cities. And I thought, “Well, let’s follow the monkey business further to Litton Bio-

netics. Litton Bionetics supplies the mon-

keys, the monkey cultures, the monkey viruses, and administers all of FortDetrick’s bioweapons programmes. Its president, Roy Ash was NationalSecurity Advisor to President Nixon along with Henry Kissinger, whowrote the infamous Memorandum 200 calling for a population reductionacross the planet.

Litton Bionetics has also been exploring kuru’s use as a weapon for a number of years. Kuru was the disease among the cannibals of New Guinea investigated by the Japanese biowarfare researchers dur-ing World War II. We now know kuru is mad cow disease caused by prionswhich appear to be crystal capacitators that store energy and – perhaps on re-

ceiving certain frequencies – emit strobe-like bursts of actual physical light (it can be measured) leaving a spongiform orperforated brain – a condition that has bafled medical researchers because there is no disease element to ind, simply these spongiform brains from theseabnormal proteins called prions. These are now loose among us. LittonBionetics has been researching these prions and trying to make them into weapons for a number of years.

Finally, I think we are all familiar with the 1969 closed-door Defence Appro-

priation Hearings in the U.S. Senate. Dr. MacArthur stood up at that time and said “We can take 24 years of biological war-fare research, use our 76 biowarfare labs in operation, add ten million dollars on top of the 31 million dollars going into this nefarious warfare research this year, and come up with the ultimate stealthweapon, a synthetic bioagent for which no natural immunity could have been acquired.”

And in fact, Appropriation 1509 did develop these incapacitating agents: air delivered aerosols meant to infect peopleby breathing them. They were intended

not to be contagious and were tested on students at the Tahoe-Truckee High School in California. Seven out of eight of those victims developed chronic fatigue.So in this quick overview, we can see that these epidemics of lu and lu-re-

lated ailments have quite a bit of history behind them. As a journalist of some 30 years standing, it is my contention that this biowarfare experimentation has gotten out of control and is now looseamong the population. And really the only outstanding question (and wecan include the spread of HIV) is wheth-

er this has been intentional or accidental. A very compelling case could be made

for the irst supposition.

In September, 1993 a patent was issued to Dr. Shyh-Ching Lo, who worked for the biological warfare division of the Defence Department in the United States, for his invention of a pathogenic or dis-

ease-causing mycoplasma responsible for pneumonia, chronic fatigue, lupus,and respiratory distress, precisely the symptoms we were seeing among Gulf War veterans, precisely the symptoms we are seeing among people in heavily sprayed areas, subjected to what I have come to call the “chemtrail spraying”.

Weather And Atmosphere ModiicationResearchers, investigators and a task

force recently formed in the United States have uncovered documentation from Lawrence Livermore and other labs for U.S. government studies to spray chemicals in the upper atmosphere to repair the ozone layer and/or cool the atmosphere by one degree and head off the worst of global warming.a) WEATHER MODIFICATION

There has been a massive effort of intense spraying across this continent at least for the past two years. What in the world is going on? Let’s look at some clues. In a United States Air Force re-

search paper, Weather as a Force Multi-

plier: Owning the Weather in 2025, they

state that “Weather Force Specialists” are going to own the weather.

Jet tankers lown by Weather Force Spe-

cialists are now in the process of creating aerial obscuration by spraying chemicals to create an overcast (or cirrus shield) in a clear blue sky to hide aerial activity from observers on the ground.

HAARP (High Altitude Auroral Research Project) is a joint US Air Force and Navy project which has for the past several years been using antennas situated near Gakona, Alaska to steer powerful beams of radio waves to heat selected parts of the upper atmosphere (ionosphere) tocause weather change. Weather is all about heat distribution and differentials, and if you can heat a part of the atmos-

phere, you can change the weather.

According to Bernard Eastlund, the in-

ventor of this technology, they are trying to disrupt regions of the ionosphere at a range of 1200 miles or more. These rays can interrupt brain function and cause emotional dificulties, because this will entrain with (modify) your brain patterns. “But don’t worry”, he said, “because we are using very low power levels.”

A U.S. Air Force document, Techni-cal Memorandum #195, issued October 1991, page 185, Phillips Laboratory states: “Our intention is to have HAARPtransmitting at 100 billion watts effective energy. We have never seen anything like this on earth, and God help us all if they ever come near this power level.

HAARP works on the ionosphere, way up there. HAARP does not work on the

“Roy Ash was Na-

tional Security Advi-sor to President Nix-

on along with Henry Kissinger, whowrote the infamous Memorandum 200 calling for a popula-

tion reductionacross the planet.”


lower atmosphere where weather forms unless you put a matrix like carbon black in the air that you can heat with these

intensely focused radio beams. We also found iron oxide particles in some of our spray samples.

A high ranking Air Force oficer involved in these weather projects told me that they were using “atmospheric folding”, and by spraying in front of the moving demarcations between the upper and the lower atmosphere where weather forms, they could cause fronts and shear patterns. One effect is to bring the jet stream down to ground level on a day of otherwise normal weather. We are seeing trailer parks and small communities dev-

astated by sudden blasts of extremely powerful winds that dissipate almost im-

mediately after doing this damage. It isthe effect of atmospheric folding, an unnatural ef-fect.

I am seeing violent weath-

er changes, not always, but often in conjunction with heavy spraying, par-ticularly at the front of ap-

proaching fronts. We have videotapes of chemtrail spraying whichoccurred in Tennessee last winter, and the next day 90 tornadoes formed over a three-state area around the sprayed area in wintertime (winter of 98/99) when tornadoes do not form. Disruptive tornadoeshave also occurred across the United States this winter (99/00). This is in the wake of heavy spraying. There have been record rains, record droughts, violent weather, very warm temperatures, par-ticularly in Chicago and Milwaukee.

As we know global warming is real. The Arctic ice cap to the north of us is melting so rapidly that that lood of cold water is changing the temperature of the Atlantic conveyor that brings warm nutri-ent rich water up from the tropics along the coast of England and Europe. It isslowing that conveyor down; the warning now is that we are going to see increas-

ingly violent weather in Europe as

occurred in France and nearby countries this winter. The Antarctic ice shelf is also caving off it is melting so rapidly.

B) Atmospheric ModiicationVery recently I became aware, through Mike Castle, an environmental consultant in the United States who does work for the U.S. government and other corpora-

tions, that there could be something more going on, perhaps atmospheric modiica-

tion. Global warming is an extremeemergency but even more so is the rapid depletion of the radiation shield in the atmosphere. There is a high incidence of cataracts and skin cancers in Australia and in North America.

What to do about this?

In 1979 the physicist Freeman Dyson suggested, “Let’s insert sunlight-relect-ing particles in the upper atmosphere to delect the sunlight back into space. We will use jets to do this and we will spray it.” In August, 1998, at the International Seminar for Planetary Emergencies, Dr. Edward Teller proposed a sunscreen for planet earth. He said, “Let’s commence a programme of aerial spraying and try to lower the temperature one degree. This would take a lot of airplanes, but the U.S. Airforce has about 700 aerial tankers in its active inventory. They estimated the cost at Lawrence Livermore – $1 billion

a year, a bargain price, because, they said, “if we reduce fossil fuel usage and reduce emissions of carbon to 1990 lev-

els it will cost us $100 billion a year. So it’s a bargain!

In March, 1991, Hughes Aircraft was granted Patent #1990000513145 fora process to reduce global warming by relecting infrared energy back into space. An actual patent, presumably tested to work. The Hughes patent calls for adding tiny particles into jet fuel so that it can be sprayed throughout the world at high altitudes. They just put these particles in the jet fuel and it comes out the exhaust. It remains suspended for up to one year. We can cool the planet.

The ingredients used in this Welsbach process are oxides of metal: alumi-num oxide and thorium oxide. Thorium oxide is carcinogenic. Thorium oxide destroysthe ozone layer.

Hughes Aircraft proposed to spray it in the green-

house gas layer, 7 to 13 km above the surface (22,000 ft). In the10-100 micron range. It’s as ine as talcum powder and will not harmjet engines, according to a former engineer for Alcoa Aluminum.

There has been a lot of controversy about a lab test by Aquatech Environ-

mental Labs which found very tiny, almost unmeasurable levels of ethylene dibromide in a sample of jet fuel, taken from a commercial aircraft in California. It is not from a chemtrail; it is from the jetfuel. EDB is a banned carcinogen, banned under emergency order by theEPA back in the 1980’s because it is so carcinogenic. But it was put into the new JP8 jet formulation in the early ‘90’s. When ultraviolet light hits EDB it forms bromides. At those altitudes and in ourlatitudes it can be 10 to 100 times more destructive of ozone than chlorine. So we have jet aircraft perhaps attempting to shield the planet from solar radiation, destroying the ozone layer in the process.


Barium, Chemtrails, and the Suppression of the Immune SystemBy Bob [email protected] There is growing evidence to suggest that the ‘chem-

trail’ phenomenon is rather more serious than just “jets releasing water vapour high in the sky.” Research by Clifford Carnicom [http://www.carnicom.com/precip1.htm] supports a likelihood of increased barium precipitates in rain water collected in ar-eas where chemtrail spraying has recently occurred.

What are the effects of barium, a heavy metal, on humans? Pecanha and Dos Reis (1989) reported in an article entitled “Functional heterogeneity in the proc-ess of T lymphocyte activa-tion; barium blocks several modes of T cell activation, but spares a functionally unique subset of PHA-activable T

cells” published in Clinical

Experimental Immunology

1989 May;76(2):311-6, that “All modes of T cell activa-

tion, except PHA-induced mitogenesis, were blocked in a reversible and dose-related manner by Ba2+ (barium).” In other words, barium will turn off the

body’s T-cells. T-cells are an important part of the body’s immune system with OKT4+ helper-inducer T-cells directing an attack of the body’s OKT8 hunter-killer cells to attack and kill a foreign antigen (invading bacteria or virus). In

short summary, barium can turn off your

immune system.

Pecanha and Dos Reis (1989) in another study entitled, “Murine polyclonal T-lymphocyte activation induced by phytohemmagglutinin; differential lymphokine requirements of two unu-sual activation pathways deined by

resistance to blockade by barium and by cyclosporin A” published in Interna-

tional Journal of Immunopharmacology

1989;11(2):149-56 stated, “Other modes of T-cell activation, including ConA-in-

duced responses, are completely blocked by Ba2+ (barium), which seems to affect an early Ca2+-dependent step of T-cell activation, as determined by kinetic and competition experiments.” There is no question about the effect of barium exposure, i.e., barium will interfere

with T-cell activation – barium will interfere with natural immune system functioning.

If the research concerning the particulate matter in rainwater collected in areas where chem-

trail activity is high continues to yield barium, we may have a irst understand-

ing of the purpose of chemtrail spraying, i.e., to directly impact the T-cell systems of the humans beneath the chemtrail targets. Therefore, in the continuing science of study of chemtrails it is imperative that measurements of the health of the popula-

tion beneath the target-ed areas be monitored. As barium blocks T-cells activation, i.e., weakening the immune system, we should expect to see statistically signiicant

increases in various diseases which might normally be minimally occurring in a population with a fully-activated immune system. It is therefore important to seek out physicians, nurses, and other medi-cal authorities in chemtrail spray areas who may then report on the incidence of disease. If barium is, indeed, a signiicant particulate in chemtrail sprayings it is hypothesised that, upon a few days after a spraying, there would be an increased number of the population seeking medi-cal assistance.

The work of Clifford Carnicom should

continue and be supported. Efforts to conirm the presence of barium in rainwater collected beneath chemtrail spray zones should be extended by other interested chemists and interested public. Additionally, surveillance of disease incidence beneath chemtrail spray zones should begin among physicians, nurses, and hospitals and efforts to correlate disease incidence with barium levels in sprayings should be undertaken by inter-ested statisticians.

References:• http://www.carnicom.com/precip1.htm• http://www.carnicom.com/precip1.htm• Pecanha LT, Dos Reis GA: Functional heteroge-

neity in the process of T lymphocyte activation; barium blocks several modes of T cell activation, but spares a functionally unique subset of PHA-activable T cells.Clin Exp Immunol. 1989 May;76(2):311-6.PMID: 2788051 [PubMed - indexed for MEDLINE]• Pecanha LM, Dos Reis GA.:Murine polyclonal T-lymphocyte activation induced by phytohemmag-

glutinin; differential lymphokine requirements of two unusual activation pathways deined by resist-ance to blockade by barium and by cyclosporin A.Int J Immunopharmacol. 1989;11(2):149-56.PMID: 2649443 [PubMed - indexed for MEDLINE]• http://www.bhc.edu/eastcampus/leeb/aids/index.htmlThis article irst appeared on www.rense.com


Ed Note: This is by far one of the most

unusual stories we have ever seen, and

while it is one of the most “far out” it

is also deeply intriguing. Were it not

for the fact that so many “conspiracy

theories” are turning out to be factual,

especially with regard to the disclosure

of the far-right’s (read: overt nazi) in-

iltration of so many aspects of contem-

porary life, we would have given this

story little credence. However, this story

seems to mesh well with many other

facts slowly making themselves into the

public discussion – such as the Bush

family history of deep Nazi ties, as well

as other examples of a warped intel-

ligence striving to control the world.

There is, indeed, far more “out there”

than meets the eye.

Sorcha Faal is Russia’s premier “con-

spiracy theorist” with reported ties to

the Kremlin and Russian intel (FSB),

and her website

www.whatreallyhappened.comis one of the most interesting on the net.

January 7, 2007

By Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers

It is with troubling concern that we report today that the Western Nations have announced this week that the ancient German city of Meerholz, Ger-many has now become the ‘Heart’ of the European Union with the inclusion of the former Soviet block nations of Bulgaria and Romania.

The symbolism of this ancient citadel, founded in 1170 by the German Em-

peror Frederick Barbarossa (who was also crowned the Holy Roman Emperor in 1155, and who has been known

throughout history as Barbarossa) now being the ‘Heart’ of Europe cannot be lost upon our World of today, particu-

larly when viewed in the light of the German Chancellor Angela Merkel’s vow today to unite all of Europe under one single constitution, which in effect would wipe out the National Sovereign-

ty of all the countries in the European Union.

This vow being made by Angela Merkel to unite the European Continent under one lag cannot be ignored, especially when viewed in the light of still secret, but ‘obtainable’, Soviet KGB archive iles which present a terrifying portrait of the present German Chancellor as be-

ing the daughter of the former German Nazi Leader, Adolf Hitler.

Though said to be born

on July 17, 1954 in the former So-

viet control-led German Democratic Republic (East Ger-many), An-

gela Merkel’s Stasi GDR ile (currently still held in the Soviet KGB archives) states that she was instead born on April 20, 1954, the birth date of her ‘true’ father, Adolph Hitler who was born on April 20, 1889.

The means of Angela Merkel’s birth, as detailed in these documents, was based upon the research of the German Doctor Carl Clauberg, and though classiied as

one of the worst Nazi ‘Angel of Death’ doc-

tors, and convicted by the Soviet Courts as being a ‘war crimi-nal’, was nevertheless freed by the Soviets as he was recognized as being the ‘Father’ of artiicial insemina-

tion.

According to these reports, Doctor Clauberg was released by the Soviets after serving only seven years of his sentence in return for turn-

ing over to the KGB his hidden iles on his Nazi artiicial insemination experi-ments and, more horriically, the frozen sperm of the former Nazi Dictator, Adolf Hitler.

Upon their receipt of the Nazi iles on artiicial insemination, along with Hitler’s frozen sperm, the Soviet Po-

liticheskoye Buro (Politburo) author-ised the experiments to “resurrect”, “if possible”, a child bearing the “genetic markers” of Adolph Hitler.

Doctor Clauberg then brought to the GDR (Communist East Germany) the wife of Adolph Hitler’s, Eva Braun,

youngest, and most devoted to the Third Reich, sister, Gretl to be the ‘surrogate’ mother for the intended offspring of the Hitler’s frozen sperm. It was “rea-

soned” that the combining of the genes between Hitler’s sperm and Eva Braun’s closest family would produce for the Soviets a “near match” of what a child of Hitler and Eva Braun would have

Angela Merkel

Is Angela Merkel the Daughter of Adolph Hitler?

been, should one have been born.

Upon the birth of Angela Merkel in 1954 it was “agreed upon” by the Sovi-ets, Americans and the Vatican, that she would be “placed” under the “control” of the Catholic Church through its “connections”with the GDR Lutheran Church, and whom she was in fact placed with. Doctor Clauberg, after the birth of Hitler’s Daughter, and upon his return to West Germany was promptly imprisoned and then murdered almost two years later while still in custody of the West German and Americans.In the, aforementioned, “agreement” between the Soviets, the Western Pow-

ers and the Vatican, the “ascendancy” of Hitler’s Daughter to power could not be achieved until the Vatican also brought to power a German Pope, and which was accomplished in 2005 following the death of Pope John Paul I, and which then brought to power the former Ger-man Nazi Joseph Ratzinger, and who is now known as Pope Benedict XVI, and who assumed the Leadership of the Ro-

man Church on April 20, 2005 follow-

ing his election the previous day.

(It goes without mentioning the signii-

cance of the present Nazi Pope taking power on the 116th birthday anniversary of Adolph Hitler.)

Quickly following the Nazi German Pope to European power, Hitler’s Daughter was elected as the Chancel-lor of Germany on November 22, 2005, and which is one of the most signiicant dates for the World Globalists, as it was on November 22, 1859 that the “inal assault” upon Christianity was made with the publishing of Charles Darwin’s On the Origin of Species by Means of

Natural Selection, and whose inten-

tion of fragment the Western World’s peoples from their truest origins, and meanings, has succeeded beyond their expectations.

Today, the Daughter of Hitler, holding the same ofice as her father, Chancellor of Germany, is now the most powerful human being on Earth as she is also the President of the European Union (EU) and the head of the powerful Western Economic Block known as the G-8.

More concerning, however, is that her Father’s dream of uniting Europe under German/Vatican control through war is now to be accomplished by his Daugh-

ter using deception. For as we have been taught from our ancient past, in the uniting of the Continent begins the destruction of our present World, and which as the New Comet runs, and as Mabus has died, begins the tribulations of awakening and Final Destruction of the dragons of old.

© January 7, 2007 EU and US all rights reserved.

[Ed. Note: The United States govern-

ment actively seeks to ind, and silence, any and all opinions about the United States except those coming from au-

thorised government and/or afiliated sources, of which we are not one. No interviews are granted and very little personal information is given about our contributors to protect their safety.]

Source: www.whatreallyhappened.com

Eva Braun and sister Gretl

Adolph Hitler

Eva Braun

Barbarossa


http://www.standeyo.com/NEWS/07_Earth_Changes/070507.Reid.Bryson.html

by Dave Hoopman

May 7, 2007Wisconsin Energy Cooperative News

Some people are lucky enough to enjoy their work, some are lucky enough to love it, and then there’s Reid Bryson. At age 86, he’s still hard at it every day, delving into the science some say he invented.

Reid A. Bryson holds the 30th PhD in Meteorology granted in the history of American education. Emeritus Professor and founding chairman of the University of Wisconsin Department of Meteorolo-gy—now the Department of Oceanic and Atmospheric Sciences—in the 1970s he became the irst director of what’s now the UW’s Gaylord Nelson Institute of Environmental Studies. He’s a member of the United Nations Global 500 Roll of Honor—created, the U.N. says, to rec-ognise “outstanding achievements in the protection and improvement of the en-vironment.” He has authored ive books and more than 230 other publications and was identiied by the British Institute of Geographers as the most frequently cited climatologist in the world.

Long ago in the Army Air Corps, Bryson and a colleague prepared the aviation weather forecast that predicted discovery of the jet stream by a group of B-29s lying to and from Tokyo. Their warning to expect westerly winds at 168 knots earned Bryson and his friend a chewing out from a general—and the general’s apology the next day when he learned they were right. Bryson lew into a couple of typhoons in 1944, three years before the Weather Service oficially did such things, and he prepared the forecast for the homeward light of the Enola Gay. Back in Wisconsin, he built a pro-gramme at the UW that’s trained some of the nation’s leading climatologists.

How Little We KnowBryson is a believer in climate change, in that he’s as quick as anyone to acknowl-edge that Earth’s climate has done noth-ing but change throughout the planet’s existence. In fact, he took that knowledge a big step further, earlier than probably anyone else. Almost 40 years ago, Bry-son stood before the American Associa-tion for the Advancement of Science and presented a paper saying human activity could alter climate.

“I was laughed off the platform for saying that,” he told Wisconsin Energy Cooperative News.

In the 1960s, Bryson’s idea was widely considered a radical proposition. But nowadays things have turned almost in the opposite direction: Hardly a day pass-es without some authority igure claiming that whatever the climate happens to be doing, human activity must be part of the explanation. And once again, Bryson is challenging the conventional wisdom.

“Climate’s always been changing and it’s been changing rapidly at various times, and so something was making it change in the past,” he told us in an interview this past winter. “Before there were enough people to make any difference at all, two million years ago, nobody was changing the climate, yet the climate was changing, okay?”

“All this argument is the temperature going up or not, it’s absurd,” Bryson continues. “Of course it’s going up. It has gone up since the early 1800s, before the Indus-trial Revolution, because we’re coming out of the Little Ice Age, not because we’re putting more carbon dioxide into the air.”

Little Ice Age? That’s what chased the Vikings out of Greenland after they’d farmed there for a few hundred years during the Mediaeval Warm Period, an earlier run of a few centuries when the planet was very likely warmer than it is now, without any help from industrial activity in making it that way. What’s called “proxy evidence”—assorted clues extrapolated from marine sediment cores, pollen specimens, and tree-ring data—helps reconstruct the climate in those times before instrumental temperature records existed.

We ask about that evidence, but Bryson says it’s second-tier stuff. “Don’t talk about proxies,” he says. “We have writ-ten evidence, eyeball evidence. When Eric the Red went to Greenland, how did he get there? It’s all written down.”

Bryson describes the navigational in-structions provided for Norse mariners making their way from Europe to their settlements in Greenland. The place was named for a reason: The Norse farmed there from the 10th century to the 13th, a somewhat longer period than the United States has existed. But around 1200 the mariners’ instructions changed in a big way. Ice became a major navigational reference. Today, old Viking farmsteads are covered by glaciers.

Bryson mentions the retreat of Alpine glaciers, common grist for current head-lines. “What do they ind when the ice sheets retreat, in the Alps?”

We recall the two-year-old report saying a mature forest and agricultural water-management structures had been dis-covered emerging from the ice, seeing sunlight for the irst time in thousands of years. Bryson interrupts excitedly.

“A silver mine! The guys had stacked up their tools because they were going to be back the next spring to mine more silver, only the snow never went,” he says.

Father of Modern Climatology Says Man-Made Global Warming Is ‘Absurd’


“There used to be less ice than now. It’s just getting back to normal.”

What Leads, What Follows?What is normal? Maybe continuous change is the only thing that qualiies. There’s been warming over the past 150 years and even though it’s less than one degree, Celsius, something had to cause it. The usual suspect is the “greenhouse effect,” various atmospheric gases trap-ping solar energy, preventing it being relected back into space.

We ask Bryson what could be making the key difference:

Q: Could you rank the things that have the most signiicant impact and where would you put carbon dioxide on the list?

A: Well let me give you one fact irst. In the irst 30 feet of the atmosphere, on the aver-age, outward radiation from the Earth, which is what CO2 is supposed to affect, how much [of the relected energy] is absorbed by water vapour? In the irst 30 feet, 80 percent, okay?

Q: Eighty percent of the heat radiated back from the surface is absorbed in the irst 30 feet by water vapour…

A: And how much is absorbed by carbon dioxide? Eight hundredths of one per-cent. One one-thousandth as important as water vapour. You can go outside and spit and have the same effect as doubling carbon dioxide.

This begs questions about the widely publicised mathematical models re-searchers run through supercomputers to generate climate scenarios 50 or 100 years in the future. Bryson says the data fed into the computers overemphasises carbon dioxide and accounts poorly for the effects of clouds—water vapour. Asked to evaluate the models’ long-range predictive ability, he answers with another question: “Do you believe a ive-day forecast?”

Bryson says he looks in the opposite direction, at past climate conditions, for clues to future climate behaviour. Trying that approach in the weeks following our interview, Wisconsin Energy Coop-erative News soon found six separate papers about Antarctic ice core studies,

published in peer-reviewed scientiic journals between 1999 and 2006. The ice core data allowed researchers to exam-ine multiple climate changes reaching back over the past 650,000 years. All six studies found atmospheric carbon dioxide concentrations tracking closely with temperatures, but with CO2 lagging behind changes in temperature, rather than leading them. The time lag between temperatures moving up—or down—and carbon dioxide following ranged from a few hundred to a few thousand years.

Renaissance Man, Marathon ManWhen others were laughing at the con-cept, Reid Bryson was laying the ground

loor for scientiic investi-gation of human impacts on climate. We asked UW Professor Ed Hopkins, the assistant state climatolo-gist, about the signii-cance of Bryson’s work in advancing the science he’s now practiced for six decades.

“His contributions are manifold,” Hopkins said. “He wrote Climates of Hunger back in the 1970s

looking at how climate changes over the last several thousand years have affected human activity and human cultures.”

This, he suggests, is traceable to Brys-on’s high-school interest in archaeology, followed by college degrees in geology, then meteorology, and studies in ocea-nography, limnology, and other disci-plines. “He’s looked at the interconnec-tions of all these things and their impact on human societies,” Hopkins says. “He’s one of those people I would say is a Renaissance person.”

The Renaissance, of course, produced its share of heretics, and 21 years after he supposedly retired, one could ponder whether Bry-son’s work today is a tale of continuing heresy, or of conventional wisdom being outpaced by an octogenarian.

Without addressing—or being asked—that question, UW Green Bay Emeritus Professor Joseph Moran agrees that Bryson qualiies as “the father of the science of modern climatology.”

“In his lifetime, in his career, he has shaped the future as well as the present state of climatology,” Moran says, add-ing, “We’re going to see his legacy with us for many generations to come.”

Holding bachelor’s and master’s degrees from Boston College, Moran became a doctoral candidate under Bryson in the late 1960s and early ’70s. “I came to Wisconsin because he was there,” Moran told us.

With Hopkins, Moran co-authored Wisconsin’s Weather and Climate, a book aimed at teachers, students, outdoor enthusiasts, and workers with a need to understand what the weather does and why. Bryson wrote a preface for the book but Hopkins told us the editors “couldn’t fathom” certain comments, thinking he was being too lippant with the remark that “Wisconsin is not for wimps when it comes to weather.”

Clearly what those editors couldn’t fathom was that Bryson simply enjoys mulling over the reasons weather and cli-mate behave as they do and what might make them—and consequently us—be-have differently. This was immediately obvious when we asked him why, at his age, he keeps showing up for work at a job he’s no longer paid to do.

“It’s fun!” he said. Ed Hopkins and Joe Moran would undoubtedly agree.

“I think that’s one of the reasons for his longevity,” Moran says. “He’s so inter-ested and inquisitive. I regard him as a pot-stirrer. Sometimes people don’t react well when you challenge their long-held ideas, but that’s how real science takes place.”

http://www.wecnmagazine.com/2007issues/may/may07.html


UNCeNSoRed RePoRTeR

ClARe SWINNeY:

Clare Swinney brought a complaint to the Broadcasting Standards Authority pointing out that TVNZ’s claim that Osama bin Laden carried out the attacks of 9/11 was an outright lie. Shortly afterwards, she was threatened and then incarcerated in a psychiatric ward. Following a week of compulsory treatment, the head psychiatrist told a judge that she should remain in hospital, as her belief that 9/11 was an inside job was evidence she was “delusional.” The judge agreed. This is her extraordinary story:On the morning of June the 4th last year, two social workers came to the door and told me that they’d come to take me to the public hospital’s psychiatric facil-ity, as they’d heard I might be “suicidal”. Although I tried to enlighten them I wasn’t, they didn’t listen as their unit had received a phone call from an ill-informed family member who’d said I might be on the verge of killing myself. As it was apparent from their demean-

our that my psychological state was a foregone conclusion, I asked if my latmate, Brian Kennedy could come with us and attest that I was ine and most certainly not suicidal.

I picked up my bag and appropriate evidence for the meeting and walked anxiously to their car, where one of them warned that the two police oficers on the driveway were there to stop me from running away. In retrospect, I probably would have done if I’d known the emo-

tional cost of what lay ahead.

POLITICAL

PR ISONER


At Whangarei Hospital, Brian accompa-

nied me as I was transferred into Ward 7, which is a secure, locked up area, and then herded into a meeting room, where we waited for several nail-biting min-

utes before the middle-aged psychiatric registrar, Dr Mothafar Abass, entered and introduced himself. In a rather detached fashion, he advised that he would be conducting my suicide risk assessment, and then hurried through it, apparently pressed for time.

Mindful that this meeting was to deter-mine whether I was to be committed under the Mental Health act, I found his manner disturbing, to say the very least. He didn’t appear to fully understand me, nor did he give me suficient time to explain myself to a level appropriate for this kind of evaluation, and in one instance, even spoke over me to get to the next question. For instance, when he inquired if I’d been treated for depres-

sion, I replied I had, but wasn’t given an opportunity to explain that it wasn’t relevant to this assessment, as it was substance-induced, caused by snifing a general anaesthetic intermittently when a teenager. Likewise, when he asked if I had a sense of hopelessness about the future, I replied I did, but had no chance to clarify that it was based in reality, experienced by some of my friends also and related to the political and environ-

mental state of the earth. It wasn’t a core symptom of suicidality, as I could see he assumed it was.

Then came the big issue of my supposed-

ly being suicidal. As I told Dr Abass, but not in this detail, the story began in May 2006, following my complaints to TVNZ and the Broadcasting Standards Author-ity (BSA) about a TV1 news item which placed the blame for 9/11 fallaciously on Osama bin Laden, [1]. Paradoxi-cally, while the BSA chose to “decline to determine” my complaint, they became propagandists themselves by alleging that Osama bin Laden’s “involvement [in 9/11] is a widely accepted fact supported by the weight of credible evidence,” [2].

As many readers of Uncensored now know, there is not a shred of evidence to show bin Laden had anything to do with 9/11, and even US Vice President Dick Cheney has acknowledged this, [3]. Consequently, on May the 6th, two days

after the BSA decision was released, I e-mailed their ofice and asked why the BSA panel had failed to take Cheney’s pivotal admission regarding bin Laden into account, that “evidence has never been forthcoming.” I further stated, “Their failure to do so is utterly disgrace-

ful in my opinion, as it is indicative that they are failing in their duty to do proper research prior to arriving at important de-

cisions and therefore making a farce out of their obligation to serve the public.”

As well as poking a spanner in the works at TVNZ, I had been distributing 9/11-truth DVDs to people in the New Zealand media and posting 9/11-related information on Internet newsgroups. While I knew I was courting danger, I did it because I believed that doing noth-

ing was ultimately more dangerous.

I received a number of veiled death threats via e-mail between late-May and early-June 2006, which included, “You are right about the assassination part,” and “I like to pull my guns out and shoot at moving targets,” while a number of be-

nign messages received during the same period, were accompanied by a photo of a man holding a shot gun. I believed they were from the Security Intelligence Service, (SIS), who’d targeted me for a psychological operation – a psyops – because I was a political activist chal-lenging the validity of the government’s portrayal of 9/11.

Although I didn’t have the opportunity to tell Dr Abass this, I speculated that as a whole these e-mails were designed to prime me with fear for a subsequent en-

counter with a man, who looked the part of a cold-war assassin, which took place on June the 1st. This pallid-skinned, clean-shaven man with dark blond hair, who was dressed in expensive-looking black clothing and was sporting an army-style hair cut, came uncomfortably close up behind me while I waited at a major intersection in town. There was no rea-

son for him to have come as close as he did, unless he wanted to intimidate me, so I stepped several metres to the left to put a safe distance between us. When the buzzer signaled to cross, I walked pur-posefully slowly and got directly behind him. When we reached the pavement on the other side of the road, he glanced backwards briely, his cold grey-blue

eyes scanning my face to see if I was watching him, and then he clenched and unclenched his right hand four times. I carried on walking and saw he’d stopped on a corner and was watching me, and then when I looked back again a few seconds later, he was gone.

I was absolutely terriied by this, par-ticularly so as I was horribly conscious

of the content of the threatening e-mails I had received in the days preceding this. Consequently, with my heart thumping wildly, I strode to Police Superintend-

ent Viv Rickard, who happened to be in the Mall at the time, and told him that I believed the SIS was threatening my life because of my work in exposing the truth about 9/11.

Subsequent to this occurrence, I had a discussion with a family member about hypothetical scenarios and my very real fears, to the point at which I said that if it were between a man with a gun and tab-

lets, I would prefer the latter. Fortunately however, I received an e-mail on June the 2nd – I believed it was the SIS, which intimated that the threats would cease as it appeared I had gotten the message.

Although I tried to get Dr Abass to listen to me about the context my statement was made in, my hopes sunk like a stone when his body language indicated he’d stopped listening to me and his resolve to commit me had gathered momentum.

Brian, recognizing my situation was looking bleak, told Dr Abass that, as I was so knowledgeable and active in this area of politics, it wasn’t surpris-

ing that I had been threatened. He also advised that he’d seen the e-mails, and he perceived them as intimidating, and said in spite of these I wasn’t suicidal – I was ine.

Nonetheless, to my horror, at my as-

sessment’s completion, Dr Abass told me I would be held in the secure unit under the Mental Health Act for 5 days for further assessment. And as if this news wasn’t bad enough, he told me I hadn’t been threatened, I had misinterpreted the messages because I was suffering from a delusional disorder. He said he was prescribing antipsychotic medication to combat this problem and as I was de-

pressed, he said I should go on a course


of antidepressants also.

I sat stunned, the reality of my predica-

ment closing over me like a grave. I was in a prison for the mentally ill, wrongly diagnosed as depressed, delusional and suicidal because of a case of what I believed to be medical incompetence. I choked down the bile from my anger, ap-

proached the door and said: “OK. Take me to my room!”

It came as no surprise, when I demanded to peruse my ile with one of my nurses a few days later, to ind it littered with mis-

leading comments. I had been perceived, interpreted, construed and categorised incorrectly. Dr Abass had given me a score of 14 on a suicide scale for which anything over 12 is regarded as “risky.” As my mother had committed suicide, my score was raised from what would have been 11 to 14, and as he’d made inferences based on incomplete informa-

tion, the full score belied my condition warranted hospitalisation.

A young nurse escorted me down a fore-

bidding corridor, to a small dowdy room with two single beds, two cupboards and a hand basin in it. I felt so disem-

powered; I lay face down on my bed for over four hours, agonising that I was vulnerable to misdiagnosis by other staff members because of what I knew as a journalist. As Aldous Huxley put it, “Ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you mad.”

I found this irst day very troubling to say the least, for a number of reasons. Nurs-

es came in to check on me and although I hadn’t had anything to eat for around 20 hours, (I didn’t have the chance to eat my breakfast before being picked up from home), I was offered Valium before I was offered food or a cup of tea. It didn’t seem to concern the staff either that I only had the clothes I was wearing with me. Consequently, I phoned Brian and got him to bring in some personal effects, fruit, chocolate bars and enough clothing to last for 5 days.

As a polite way of telling the staff to “piss off and leave me alone,” I stuck a notice above my bed: ‘WHILE MY HUMAN RIGHTS ARE BEING COM-

PROMISED LIKE THIS, PLEASE DO NOT EXPECT ME TO PARTAKE IN

ANY SO-CALLED “TREATMENT”.’ Of course, it didn’t work. At night-time, I was forced to take Risperidone, a mind-altering medication administered to treat schizophrenia. I’d read about its dangerous side effects from a website I subscribe to (www.mercola.com), so I utterly resented being forced to swallow this poison by a zealous nurse who stood over me like a guard in a Soviet camp for political dissidents.

Although I consoled myself with the thought that it wouldn’t be long before a well-informed psychiatrist who could talk English luently would realise that I’d been misdiagnosed, it wasn’t to be.

The following day I felt lethargic because of the medication. It looked as if most of the patients in the ward were up to their eyeballs on it, as they moped around, gazing woodenly, the majority seeming unable to engage in articulate coherent conversation. I had a look around for things to do – there was no garden, only a small grimy area outside for the smok-

ers that was fenced off from the hospital grounds with prison bars. There was however Ping-Pong, reading Woman’s

Day and New Idea, watching TV and talking to nursing staff, many of whom were empathetic and well-intentioned.

The consultant psychiatrist, Dr Carlos Zubaran, approached me cheerfully that day and said he wished to talk to me. As I presumed there’d be no dificulty in correcting my misdiagnoses and as Dr Zubaran had the position of authority, I retrieved my evidence and strutted hope-

fully into the meeting room, thinking that at last, he’ll realise I’m not mad and I’ll be released! However, no sooner had I sat down than it became apparent that the self-assured Brazilian had accepted Dr Abass’s diagnoses without question and was eager to commence treating my purported cases of delusional disorder and depression. It was so awful for me at that moment, realising I was imprisoned, and the head warden was going to play a part in this surreal ordeal.

In a beleaguered manner, as the risperi-done was making me drowsy, I tried to describe my harrowing ordeal and show him my e-mails and my article, ‘Why Does TVNZ Lie to Us About 9/11?’ but he wouldn’t spare 10 seconds to lean

over and look at them. He said he didn’t want to hear about them and told me I was “delusional” because I believed 9/11 was an inside job.

I could tell it was a waste of time point-ing out that I was far from alone in this belief. A CNN poll conductedin the US in March 2006 had shown that over 80% supported Charlie Sheen when he went public with his opinion on 9/11 being an inside job. And since then, a major scientiic poll conducted in the US in Oc-

tober 2006 by the New York Times/CBS News had found that 84% didn’t believe the oficial story.

Subsequently, as if he believed he was in possession of extra-sensory perception, he said, “I know what’s wrong with you” with a glimmering smile, whereupon to my alarm he began questioning me about my sex life.

Although I was full of anguish and im-

mense frustration, I think rage is not an exaggeration to describe my mood, I was forced to answer this totally irrelevant track of questioning for several minutes. “Did you use a condom with your last partner?” “When was your last sexual en-

counter?” “Who was your last partner?” “Who initiated the sex?” “How often do you have sex?” and “Have you been questioned before like this about your sex life?” he inquired.

When I could no longer stomach wasting time like this, I briely tried to draw his attention to the issue of my misdiagnoses and present my evidence, but like Dr Abass, he wasn’t interested in engag-

ing me in a reasonable interview. There was obviously no easy way out of my buttonholing, and I could see imploring for help wasn’t going to get me anywhere either, so I ended the session after only ive or so minutes by storming out of the comfortless room, miserable and livid with indignation.

In the ensuing days, I made a concerted effort to make the staff realise I wasn’t delusional. I wrote in a note that I had a M.Sc. (Hons) and was highly regarded for my research as a journalist. “One can not do this, if one is ‘delusional’”, it con-

cluded. I also recommended that they look on the Internet to verify some of what I was saying, and I provided them


with search terms for Google. Although Dr Abass said he’d looked at these web pages and claimed to have understood the relevance of the information, to my amazement and mystiication, he said he was increasing my dose of risperidone to ind a “therapeutic dosage.” When I protested, saying that I wasn’t delusional and I didn’t like the way the medication made me feel, he told me I had to take it and reiterated that he also wanted me to go on antidepressants.

On one occasion I’d cried at the com-

munal dining table, but this was a normal response to my current circumstances, not evidence of a major depressive ill-ness. Nonetheless, he was convinced I was depressed, owing to his initial faulty assessment of me and so recommended that I take Aropax. I refused, telling him I’d written an article for Investigate

about it in 2004 and was aware that nu-

merous studies had found that placebos were often just as effective as antidepres-

sants, and there was signiicant evidence to show that Aropax was addictive also.

Following this gut-wrenching meeting, I walked forlornly into the lounge and spoke with a nurse about not wishing to take the Risperidone. Unsympatheti-cally, she advised that if I refused to take it, I would be injected with it. An old woman who’d refused hers because she thought she was pregnant, told me she was given a shot. So with tears in my eyes, I swallowed the larger dose, which did nothing other than make me feel like a zombie and so sluggish, I even strug-

gled to maintain conversations. I was particularly worried about this latter side effect because I knew I had to be able to communicate luently to be able to dig myself out of this nightmarish hole.

Nurses asked me questions to establish my state of mind each day. Apart from a young one who childishly told me I was stupid to work in this dangerous area, most listened respectfully and attentively, and to my immense relief, some said they didn’t think I was delusional. I had a lengthy conversation with one on my fourth day, during which she said it was easy to tell who didn’t belong and clearly I didn’t. The psychiatrists got so used to seeing “daises,” that when they saw something else, they sometimes couldn’t recognise it, she said.

In spite of the growing awareness amongst the nursing staff that I wasn’t mentally ill, the doctors opted to extend my stay beyond 5 days. I can’t remem-

ber being given a reason why, but I assumed it was because they wished to continue my assessment.

In my second session with Dr Zubaran, which was a week after the irst, he began by telling me he had a Ph.D. in psychopharmacology and that I should consider going on an antidepressant such as Aropax. He said he’d run a double-blind study that had shown how effective antidepressants could be and I should at least give them a go. I again refused and tried to explain that if he was so con-

cerned about my mental health, he should discharge me immediately as I loathed being in hospital and found it almost unbearable.

I again beckoned him to look at the threats I’d received, but instead he sniped curtly, “They’re a defence mechanism.” I choked with emotion and got up and walked out, again after only a few minutes, absolutely livid with anger, as I could see no end to this trial, which judging by the look on his face, appeared to be nothing more than a minor part of a days work.

When I spoke to one of my nurses about my misdiagnoses and my mount-ing sense of helplessness, he advised me to apply for a Section 16 hearing to put my case before a judge. He said it would be an informal meeting, where Dr Zubaran would state his case and I,

mine. He gave me an application form to complete, which he sent by fax to the District Inspector of Mental Health, Julie Young who contacted me promptly and advised she would appoint a lawyer for the hearing, which would be the follow-

ing Wednesday, the 14th of June.

I persisted in complaining about the Risperidone, which one night had made me feel so breathless and headachy that I’d felt compelled to ask for a nurse’s help. Subsequently, I told the head nurse that I felt better without it and thankfully, she accepted my word and advised that I didn’t have to take it, if I didn’t want to, implying that they would turn a blind eye. From then on, when nurses brought it to me at medication time, and when I refused it, they didn’t threaten to inject me with it.

That was encouraging, so too that the nurse who’d said I clearly didn’t belong in there, took me on a home visit to col-lect more proof that I wasn’t delusional. I got items for Dr Zubaran and the hear-ing, which included more of the e-mails that contained threats and documentaries on DVD which proved 9/11 was an inside job, such as 9/11: In Plane Site and 9/11: The Road to Tyranny.

On the day of the hearing I felt reason-

ably conident good sense would prevail and end Dr Zubaran’s reign of error. My father, who is an anaesthetist, came to give his support, as did one of the nurses and the lawyer, Bridget Westenra, who’d been appointed by the District Inspector of Mental Health to help me. There were two psychiatrists present; Dr Zubaran, and a psychiatric registrar called Dr Vernon Reynolds, who had listened to me and informed my father and me that he believed I should be discharged im-

mediately.

The hearing was in a small unpreten-

tious room in which the seven of us sat, watched over by an old bearded guard. The judge, an elderly man who wore a brown suit, named Tim Druce, began by asking Dr Zubaran what he thought my problems were and if they were serious enough to warrant depriving me of my rights by keeping me in hospital under a compulsory treatment order.

Dr Zubaran set the stage by saying


he found my case “challenging” and believed my problems justiied my being held for 14 days for further assessment. He told Mr Druce that I had a problem because I’d had a hysterectomy that caused me to be depressed, I had unsafe sex and I drank too much – and con-

cluded by saying that as I believed the US Administration had perpetrated 9/11, it was evident I was suffering from a delusional disorder.

Mr Druce, visibly deferent to Dr Zu-

baran, nodded his head in apparent agree-

ment. The fact that I was a journalist and therefore might know something that they didn’t hadn’t seemed to have occurred to them.

Lamentably, Dr Reynolds, rather than advising the judge he thought I should released, displayed the backbone of a souflé, presumably unwilling to chal-lenge Dr Zubaran’s authority. Instead he wheedled in a lat, pessimistic voice that he was “ambivalent” about me being released. The nurse, however, said she had spoken to me and found me to be rational and in her opinion, I should be discharged.

Then the judge asked for my father’s opinion, noting he was a doctor and look-

ing duly impressed. My father, Dr John Swinney, said he thought I should be released and went on to boldly divulge that he agreed with my political beliefs. He said 9/11 was an inside job and he’d seen the evidence to prove it. His asser-tion rang out like a shot and everyone in the room tensed up. Mr Druce, looking awkward, grimaced and theatrically exclaimed: “Oh dear!,” and tellingly, he didn’t question my father any further. It was as if his mind was coated with a var-nish that waterproofed it from informa-

tion that might complicate the hearing.

My father, who decades earlier had aided his brother out of an institution, as he had been wrongly diagnosed as schizo-

phrenic, said to me after the hearing, that he felt as if he was putting himself “in danger” by exposing his political beliefs before these mental health “experts”. Mr Druce then turned to me and asked me what I thought, although it was ap-

parent from the manner he was eyeing me mistrustfully, that he regarded me as too unbalanced to make rational state-

ments. As I was anxious to be released, I battled on though and told him I’d worked as a journalist for over 5 years and had a Master of Science, then pointed out that instead of talking about my political beliefs, what we should be discussing is whether or not I’m suicidal – which I wasn’t. Doctors Zubaran and Reynolds both acknowledged that they didn’t think I was, without hesitation. However, in spite of this and the provi-sion in the Mental Health Act, which states one can not be deemed to have a mental disorder because of one’s politi-cal beliefs, [4], Mr Druce, concurring with Dr Zubaran, concluded by saying he thought it best I remain hospitalised, as there was evidence I had a delusional disorder. I waited for my lawyer to point out their error, but she said nothing, and instead penned “delusional” in her ile notes.

Following the hearing, a social worker friend, who works in Auckland, phoned me to ind out how I was. I described what had happened and she was aghast, advising that my being held under a compulsory treatment order because of my political beliefs was in contravention

of the Mental Health Act. She also men-

tioned that she knew of a patient with a number of mental health issues who had also voiced her opinion that 9/11 was an inside job, and she too had been judged negatively as a result. So I wasn’t alone. To try and crack through this insanity and halt the spectacle of ignorance, I contact-ed Jon Eisen, the editor of Uncensored

and asked him to write a letter to the staff of Ward 7. Mr Eisen, whose support and sympathy helped to cheer me up, kindly wrote the following, of which I printed several copies the next morning during a brief home visit with a nurse.

To whom it may concern:

I am the editor of UNCENSORED

magazine, a quarterly journal published

in New Zealand and Australia. I have

known Clare Swinney for about two

years, during which time I have had the

pleasure of working with her on several

important projects.

I can say without hesitation that Clare is

one of the best journalists in this country.

Her work is very well known throughout

New Zealand, and indeed internationally,

as it has appeared in other journals be-

side UNCENSORED, including INVES-

TIGATE magazine, where she has broken

many important stories. She is the kind of

writer who any editor would be honoured

to work with, as she is more than compe-

tent: she is thorough and her writing is,

to put it mildly, simply brilliant.

There is no doubt that some of her work

has come to the attention of people who

do not wish her to cover some of the sto-

ries she has been writing about. Specii-

cally I am referring to her most recent

work in UNCENSORED which is both

controversial and potentially danger-

ous for her. I have no doubt that when

she says she has been threatened, she

has indeed been. Clare is not by nature

paranoid, nor is she delusional. She was,

however, badly frightened, and given the

dangerous nature of her work, there is no

doubt in my mind that she probably had

every right to be frightened. Journalists

all over the world are being murdered for

what they know. To be a journalist is to

have one of the most dangerous jobs in

the world right now.

In fact, prior to her being hospitalised, I

was concerned for her safety myself, as

she had copied me with some threatening

e-mails that she had received.

I have suggested to Clare that she im-

mediately desist from writing about those

subjects that are likely to provoke further

threats, and she has agreed to this.

I have spoken with her at length tonight

and she seems to be coping very well

considering the circumstances. I would

be pleased to travel to Whangarei to

meet with her doctors, should that be

required.


I urge anyone who is currently in a posi-

tion of responsibility for Clare’s safety

and wellbeing, to treat her with the

respect and dignity she deserves.

Sincerely yours, Jonathan Eisen.

As soon as I returned from home, I gave a copy of this to Dr Zubaran and had one placed on my ile for my nurses to read. To my enormous relief, as the day progressed, I could see from the nurses’ reactions towards me, that this letter was having the desired affect and I felt certain that it wouldn’t be long before I was discharged.

I had a constructive discussion with Heather Blackburn, the occupational therapist about my Catch-22 situation with Dr Zubaran that morning also and she said she’d seen the angry look on my face when I walked out of the meeting room after talking to him. I explained that being stuck in hospital and not being listened to like this was torturous for me. So she offered to organise a meeting with the Consumer Rights Advocate, Brian Vicars, which I very gratefully accepted.

In the morning of the following day, Friday the 16th, Dr Zubaran said he wanted to talk to me. I advised him about the meeting planned with the Consumer Rights Advocate – he said he knew. He suggested that we talk outside, so we went out to Hospital Rd, and exchanged words a few metres from the hospital. He still hadn’t done any research related to 9/11 and repeated that I was delusional because I believed it was an inside job. “This is evidence I’m not delusional,” I said as I handed him an article I had in my pocket for him about the biggest smoking gun of them all, the collapse of WTC Building 7. Not to be outdone, he ignored the clipping’s contents and said I should go on antidepressants. When I yet again replied I wouldn’t, he said he’d inject them intramuscularly. Suspecting he was hoping I would take the opportu-

nity to do a runner and as I was offended by his condescension, I replied, “You don’t treat me like a human being,” and headed back to the hospital cloisters.

We met at the door and it was then, for the irst time, that he asked to see my evidence of death threats, on this, my eleventh day of compulsory treatment.

I eagerly gathered my bits of evidence together, and sat down at a table in the dining room with him. Ironically, he began by telling me that he was in Man-

hattan on the day of 9/11 and saw the World Trade Center (WTC) buildings fall with his own eyes. Referring to photos in Uncensored of Building 7 plunging, I advised that engineers and physicists had established that the only way the buildings of the WTC could have fallen at a velocity close to the speed of grav-

ity as they did, would be if demolition explosives had been used. I could see clearly that he didn’t want to face it, but I couldn’t igure out if it was because his need for coherence was greater than his need for truth, or because he was so cer-tain of his intellectual prowess, that his mind had closed up like a steel trap.

A nurse who appeared quite annoyed with Dr Zubaran came to the table and said that there was a consensus amongst my nurses that I should be released and that in their opinion, he was holding me back wrongly. He tried to justify doing so by stating that during the hearing, the judge had agreed with him. The nurse then pointed out that the only reason the judge had agreed with him was because he regarded Dr Zubaran as the person with authority during the hearing.

The nurse left and the Consumer Rights Advocate joined us. We talked about the e-mails I’d received and I pointed out some of the threatening statements, which included, “I like to pull my guns out and shoot at moving targets,” “Decide in your heart of hearts that you are prepared to die to ight for justice if that’s what it takes – then you don’t have to be paranoid anymore,” and “You are right about the assassination part.” I told Dr Zubaran that I surmised that these e-mails had emanated from the SIS and thankfully, the Advocate advised Dr Zu-

baran that the SIS did in fact exist. Their head ofice is in Wellington and they have branches in Auckland and Christch-

urch, and as discovered subsequently from a young woman who answered the phone at the Auckland ofice, there is someone who attends to “media issues.”

Although, Dr Zubaran acknowledged I wasn’t suicidal, he persisted in return-

ing to his view that I should remain in hospital because my belief that 9/11 was

an inside job was clear evidence of a delusional disorder. Thankfully, how-

ever, after approximately 15 minutes of a discussion with the Advocate mediating, to my jubilation, he agreed that I could go home that day, in spite of my political beliefs, on the condition that I saw a psy-

chologist, as well as a community nurse at regular intervals. We shook hands and I gave him DVD copies of Confronting

the Evidence, The Oil Factor and 9/11:

The Road to Tyranny. I said that I hoped once he had seen them, he would apolo-

gise to me. He shook his head and said he didn’t think that would happen.

For the sake of future patients, I made a complaint to the Clinical Director of Mental Health at Whangarei Hospital and supplied psychiatric staff with new documentaries regarding the rise of fas-

cism and government-sponsored terror, including America: Freedom to Fas-

cism and Terrorstorm. Not surprisingly, Dr Zubaran failed to issue an apology, although he did succeed in writing in a letter dated September 11, 2006, “Thanks for offering an alternative look to (sic) such a puzzling issue.”

My case has highlighted quite a number of issues, but perhaps most signiicantly, how dangerous it is to give psychia-

trists the power to detain people on the basis of minimal and/or questionable evidence, without making clear to them that they are legally obligated to abide by the provisions in the Mental Health Act, and in particular, that people can not and must not be regarded as mentally ill on the grounds of their political beliefs. Psychiatry was abused by the state in Soviet Russia to incarcerate dissenters. This incident has shown how easily it can happen in New Zealand, whether it is the result of ignorance or an unwillingness to face the truth.

References1. ‘Why Does TVNZ Lie to us About 9/11?’, UNCENSORED, Issue 3, p. 25-29.2. TVNZ vs Swinney, BSA Decision is at: www.bsa.govt.nz/decisions/2006/2006-011.htm3. For US Vice President, Dick Cheney’s com-

ments on bin Laden, refer: www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2006/03/20060329-2.html4. For information on the Mental Health Act, refer the Ministry of Health at www.moh.govt.nz.


What you don’t want to know

about cell phones

The Largest Biological Experiment Ever

by Arthur Firstenberg

In 2002, Gro Harlem Brundtland, then head of the World Health Organisation, told a Norwegian journalist that cell phones were banned from her ofice in Geneva because she personally becomes ill if a cell phone is brought within about four meters (13 feet) of her. Mrs. Brundtland is a medical doctor and former Prime Minister of Norway.

This sensational news, published March 9, 2002 in Dagbladet, was ignored by every other newspaper in the world. The following week Michael Repacholi, her subordinate in charge of the Internation-

al EMF (electromagnetic ield) Project, responded with a public statement belit-tling his boss’s concerns. Five months later, for reasons that many suspect were related to these circumstances, Mrs. Brundtland announced she would step down from her leadership post at the WHO after just one term.

Nothing could better illustrate our col-lective schizophrenia when it comes to thinking about electromagnetic radiation. We respond to those who are worried about its dangers — hence the International EMF Project — but we ignore and marginalise those, like Mrs. Brundtland, who have already suc-

cumbed to its effects.

As a consultant on the health effects of wireless technology, I receive calls that can be broadly divided into two main groups: those from people who are

merely worried, whom I will call A, and those from people who are already sick, whom I will call B. I sometimes wish I could arrange a large conference call and have the two groups talk to each other — there needs to be more mutual under-standing so that we are all trying to solve the same problems. Caller A, worried, commonly asks what kind of shield to buy for his cell phone or what kind of headset to wear with it. Sometimes he wants to know what

is a safe distance to live from a cell tower. Caller B, sick, wants to know

what kind of shielding to put on her house, what kind of medical treatment to get, or, increasingly often, what part of the country she could move to to escape the radiation to save her life.

The following is designed as a sort of a primer: irst, to help everybody get more or less on the same page, and second, to clear up some of the confusions so that we can make rational decisions toward a healthier world.

Fundamentals

The most basic fact about cell phones and cell towers is that they emit micro-

wave radiation; so do Wi-Fi (wireless Internet) antennas, wireless computers, cordless (portable) phones and their base units, and all other wireless devices. If it’s a communication device and it’s not attached to the wall by a wire, it’s emitting radiation. Most Wi-Fi systems

and some cordless phones operate at the exact same frequency as a micro-

wave oven, while other devices use a different frequency. Wi-Fi is always on and always radiating. The base units of most cordless phones are always radiat-ing, even when no one is using the phone. A cell phone that is on but not in use is also radiating. And, needless to

say, cell towers are

always radiating.

Why is this a problem, you might ask? Scientists usually divide the electromagnetic spectrum into “ion-

ising” and “non-ionising.” Ionising radiation, which includes x-rays and atomic radia-

tion, causes cancer. Non-ionising radiation, which includes microwave radiation, is supposed to be safe. This distinction always reminded me of the propaganda in George Or-well’s Animal Farm: “Four legs good, two legs bad.” “Non-ionising good, ionising bad” is as little to be trusted.

An astronomer once quipped that if Neil Armstrong had taken a cell phone to the Moon in 1969, it would have appeared to be the third most powerful source of microwave radiation in the universe, next only to the Sun and the Milky Way. He was right. Life evolved with negli-gible levels of microwave radiation. An increasing number of scientists speculate that our own cells, in fact, use the micro-

wave spectrum to communicate with one


another, like children whispering in the dark, and that cell phones, like jackham-

mers, interfere with their signaling. In any case, it is a fact that we are all being bombarded, day in and day out, whether we use a cell phone or not, by an amount of microwave radiation that is some ten million times as strong as the average natural background. And it is also a fact that most of this radiation is due to technology that has been developed since the 1970s.

As far as cell phones themselves are concerned, if you put one up to your head you are damaging your brain in a number of different ways. First, think of a microwave oven. A cell phone, like a microwave oven and unlike a hot shower, heats you from the inside out, not from the outside in. And there are no sensory nerve endings in the brain to warn you of a rise in temperature because we did not evolve with microwave radiation, and this never happens in nature. Worse, the structure of the head and brain is so com-

plex and non-uniform that “hot spots” are produced, where heating can be tens or hundreds of times what it is nearby. Hot spots can occur both close to the surface of the skull and deep within the brain, and also on a molecular level.

Cell phones are regulated by the Fed-

eral Communications Commission, and you can ind, in the packaging of most new phones, a number called the Speciic Absorption Rate, or SAR, which is supposed to indicate the rate at which energy is absorbed by the brain from that particular model. One problem, however, is the arbitrary assumption, upon which the FCC’s regulations are based, that the brain can safely dissipate added heat at a rate of up to 1 degree C per hour. Compounding this is the scandalous procedure used to demonstrate compli-ance with these limits and give each cell phone its SAR rating. The standard way to measure SAR is on a “phantom” consisting, incredibly, of a homogenous luid encased in Plexiglas in the shape of a head. Presto, no hot spots! But in real-ity, people who use cell phones for hours per day are chronically heating places in their brain. The FCC’s safety standard, by the way, was developed by electrical engineers, not doctors.

The Blood-Brain Barrier

The second effect that I want to focus on, which has been proven in the laboratory, should by itself have been enough to shut down this industry and should be enough to scare away anyone from ever using a cell phone again. I call it the “smoking gun” of cell phone experiments. Like most biological effects of microwave radiation, this has nothing to do with heating.

The brain is protected by tight junctions between adjacent cells of capillary walls, the so-called blood-brain barrier, which, like a border patrol, lets nutrients pass through from the blood to the brain, but keeps toxic substances out. Since 1988, researchers in the laboratory of a Swed-

ish neurosurgeon, Leif Salford, have been running variations on this simple experiment: they expose young labora-

tory rats to either a cell phone or other source of microwave radiation, and later they sacriice the animals and look for albumin in their brain tissue. Albumin is a protein that is a normal component of blood but that does not normally cross the blood-brain barrier. The presence of albumin in brain tissue is always a sign that blood vessels have been damaged and that the brain has lost some of its protection.

Here is what these researchers have found, consistently for 18 years: Mi-crowave radiation, at doses equal to a cell phone’s emis-

sions, causes al-

bumin to be found in brain tissue. A one-time exposure to an ordinary cell phone for just two minutes causes al-bumin to leak into the brain. In one set of experiments, reducing the exposure level by a factor of 1,000 actually increased the damage to the blood-brain barrier, showing that this is not a dose-re-

sponse effect and that reducing the power will not make wireless technology safer. And inally, in research published in June 2003, a single two-hour exposure to a cell phone, just once during its lifetime, permanently damaged the blood-brain barrier and, on autopsy 50 days later, was found to have damaged or destroyed up to 2 percent of an animal’s brain cells, including cells in areas of the brain concerned with learning, memory and movement.1

Reducing the exposure level by a factor of 10 or 100, thereby duplicating the ef-fect of wearing a headset, moving a cell phone further from your body, or stand-

ing next to somebody else’s phone, did not appreciably change the results! Even at the lowest exposure, half the animals had a moderate to high number of dam-

aged neurons.

The implications for us? Two minutes on a cell phone disrupts the blood-brain barrier, two hours on a cell phone causes permanent brain damage, and second-

hand radiation may be almost as bad. The blood-brain barrier is the same in a rat and a human being.

These results caused enough of a com-

motion in Europe that in November 2003


a conference was held, sponsored by the European Union, titled “The Blood-Brain Barrier — Can It Be Inluenced by RF [radio frequency]-Field Interactions?” as if to reassure the public: “See, we are do-

ing something about this.” But, predicta-

bly, nothing was done about it, as nothing has been done about it for 30 years.

America’s Allan Frey, during the 1970s, was the irst of many to demonstrate that low-level microwave radiation damages the blood-brain barrier.2 Similar mecha-

nisms protect the eye (the blood-vitre-

ous barrier) and the fetus (the placental barrier), and the work of Frey and others indicates that microwave radiation dam-

ages those barriers also.3 The implica-

tion: No pregnant woman should use a cell phone.

Dr. Salford is quite outspoken about his work. He has called the use of hand-

held cell phones “the largest human biological experiment ever.” And he has publicly warned that a whole generation of cell-phone-using teenagers may suffer from mental deicits or Alzheimer’s disease by the time they reach middle age.

Radio-Wave Sickness

Unfortunately, cell phone users are not the only ones being injured, nor should we be worried only about the brain. The following brief summary is distilled from a vast scientiic literature on the effects of radio waves (a larger spectrum which includes micro-

waves), together with the experiences of scientists and doctors all over the world with whom I am in contact.

Organs that have been shown to be especially susceptible to radio waves include the lungs, nervous system, heart, eyes, testes and thyroid gland. Diseases that have increased remarkably in the last couple of decades, and that there is good reason to connect with the massive increase in radiation in our environment, include asthma, sleep disorders, anxi-ety disorders, attention deicit disorder, autism, multiple sclerosis, ALS, Alzhe-

imer’s disease, epilepsy, ibromyalgia, chronic fatigue syndrome, cataracts, hypothyroidism, diabetes, malignant melanoma, testicular cancer, and heart

attacks and strokes in young people. Radiation from microwave towers has also been associated with forest die-off, reproductive failure and population decline in many species of birds, and ill health and birth deformities in farm ani-mals. The literature showing biological effects of microwave radiation is truly enormous, running to tens of thousands of documents, and I am amazed that industry spokespersons are getting away with saying that wireless technology has been proved safe or — just as ridiculous — that there is no evidence of harm.

I have omitted one disease from the above list: the illness that Caller B has, and that I have. A short history is in order here. In the 1950s and 1960s workers who built, tested and repaired radar equipment came down with this disease in large numbers. So did opera-

tors of industrial microwave heaters and sealers. The Soviets named it, appropri-ately, radio wave sickness, and studied it extensively. In the West its existence was denied totally, but workers came down with it anyway. Witness congressional hearings held in 1981, chaired by then Representative Al Gore, on the health effects of radio-frequency heaters and sealers, another episode in “See, we are doing something about this,” while noth-

ing is done.

Today, with the mass proliferation of radio towers and personal transmitters, the disease has spread like a plague into the general population. Estimates of its prevalence range up to one-third of the population, but it is rarely recognised for what it is until it has so disabled a person that he or she can no longer participate in

society. You may recognise some of its common symptoms: insomnia, dizziness, nausea, headaches, fatigue, memory loss, inability to concentrate, depression, chest discomfort, ringing in the ears. Patients may also develop medical problems such as chronic respiratory infections, heart arrhythmias, sudden luctuations in blood pressure, uncontrolled blood sugar, de-

hydration, and even seizures and internal bleeding.

What makes this disease so dificult to accept, and even more dificult to cope with, is that no treatment is likely to suc-

ceed unless one can also avoid exposure to its cause — and its cause is now eve-

rywhere. A 1998 survey by the California Department of Health Services indicated that at that time 120,000 Californians — and by implication 1 million Ameri-cans — were unable to work due to elec-

tromagnetic pollution.4 The ranks of these so-called electrically sensitive are swelling in almost every country in the world, marginalised, stigma-

tised and ignored. With the level of radiation everywhere today, they almost never recover and sometimes take their own lives.

“They are acting as a warning for all of us,” says Dr. Olle Johansson of people with this illness. “It could be a major mistake to subject the entire world’s population to whole-body irradiation, 24 hours a day.” A neuroscientist at the famous Karo-

linska Institute in Stockholm, Dr. Johansson heads a research team that is documenting a signiicant and permanent worsening of the public health that began precisely when the second-generation, 1800 MHz cell phones were introduced into Sweden in late l997.5,6 After a dec-

ade-long decline, the number of Swedish workers on sick leave began to rise in late 1997 and more than doubled during the next ive years. During the same period of time, sales of antidepressant drugs also doubled. The number of trafic accidents, after declining for years, began to climb again in 1997. The number of deaths from Alzheimer’s disease, after declining for several years, rose sharply in 1999 and had nearly doubled by 2001. This two-year delay is understandable when one considers that Alzheimer’s disease requires some time to develop.

“A whole generation of cell-phone-using teenagers may suffer from mental deicits or Alzheimer’s disease by the time they reach middle age.”


Uncontrolled Proliferation

If cell phones and cell towers are really deadly, have the radio and TV towers that we have been living with for a century been safe? In 2002 Örjan Hallberg and Olle Johansson coauthored a paper titled “Cancer Trends During the 20th Century,” which examined one aspect of that question.7 They found, in the United States, Sweden and dozens of other countries, that mortality rates for skin melanoma and for bladder, prostate, colon, breast and lung cancers closely paralleled the degree of public exposure to radio waves during the past hundred years.

When radio broadcasting increased in a given location, so did those forms of cancer; when it decreased, so did those forms of cancer. And, a sensational ind-

ing: country by country — and county by county in Sweden — they found, statistically, that exposure to radio waves appears to be as big a factor in causing lung cancer as cigarette smoking!

Which brings me to address a widespread misconception. The biggest difference between the cell towers of today and the radio towers of the past is not their safe-

ty, but their numbers. The number of or-dinary radio stations in the United States today is still less than 14,000. But cell towers and Wi-Fi towers number in the hundreds of thousands, and cell phones, wireless computers, cordless telephones and two-way radios number in the hun-

dreds of millions. Radar facilities and emergency communication networks are also proliferating out of control. Since 1978, when the Environmental Protection

Agency last surveyed the radio frequency environment in the United States, the average urban dweller’s exposure to radio waves has increased 1,000-fold, most of this increase occurring in just the last nine years.8 In the same period of time, radio pollution has spread from the cities to rest like a ubiquitous fog over the entire planet.

The vast human consequences of all this are being ignored. Since the late 1990s a whole new class of environmental refu-

gees has been created right here in the United States. We have more and more people, sick, dying, seeking relief from our suffering, leaving our homes and our livelihoods, living in cars, trailers and tents in remote places. Unlike victims of hurricanes and earthquakes, we are not the subject of any relief efforts. No one is donating money to help us, to buy us a protected refuge; no one is volunteering to forego their cell phones, their wireless computers and their cordless phones so that we can once more be their neighbors and live among them.

The worried and the sick have not yet opened their hearts to each other, but they are asking questions. To answer caller A: No shield or headset will protect you from your cell or portable phone. There is no safe distance from a cell tower. If your cell phone or your wireless computer works where you live, you are being irradiated 24 hours a day.

To caller B: To effectively shield a house is dificult and rarely successful. There are only a few doctors in the United States attempting to treat radio wave sickness, and their success rate is poor — because there are few places left on Earth where one can go to escape this radiation and recover.

Yes, radiation comes down from satel-lites, too; they are part of the problem, not the solution. There is simply no way to make wireless technology safe. Our society has become both socially and economically dependent, in just one short decade, upon a technology that is doing tremendous damage to the fabric of our world. The more entrenched we let ourselves become in it, the more dificult it will become to change our course. The time to extricate ourselves, both individ-

ually and collectively — dificult though it is already is — is now.

NOTES

1. Leif G. Salford et al., “Nerve Cell Damage in Mammalian Brain After Exposure to Microwaves from GSM Mobile Phones,” Environmental Health Perspectives 111, no. 7 (2003): 881–883.

2. Allan H. Frey, Sondra R. Feld and Barbara Frey, “Neural Function and Behavior,” Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 247 (1975): 433–439.

3. Allan H. Frey, “Evolution and Results of Bio-

logical Research with Low-Intensity Nonionising Radiation,” in Modern Bioelectricity, ed. Andrew A. Marino (New York: Dekker, 1988), 785–837, at 809–810.

4. California EMF Programme, The Risk Evalu-

ation: An Evaluation of the Possible Risks From Electric and Magnetic Fields (EMFs) From Power Lines, Internal Wiring, Electrical Occupations and Appliances (2002), app. 3.

5. Örjan Hallberg and Olle Johansson, “1997 — A Curious Year in Sweden,” European Journal of Cancer Prevention 13, no. 6 (2004): 535–538.

6. Örjan Hallberg and Olle Johansson, “Does GSM 1800 MHz Affect the Public Health in Sweden?” in Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop “Biological Effects of EMFs,” Kos, Greece, Octo-

ber 4-8, 2004, 361–364.

7. Örjan Hallberg and Olle Johansson, “Cancer Trends During the 20th Century,” Journal of Australian College of Nutri-tional and Environmental Medicine 21, no. 1 (2002): 3–8.

8. David E. Janes Jr., “Radiofrequency Environments in the United States,” in 15th IEEE Conference on Communica-

tion, Boston, MA, June 10–14, 1979, vol. 2, 31.4.1–31.4.5. cid:001b01c791a6$fda5ab00$9b01a8c0@angela

Dramatic photographs from a recent Spanish study show radio waves from mobile phones penetrating deep into the brains of an adult, 10 year-old and ive year-old child.


Are Wars of the Worlds Possible?

Thousands of years ago, the Persian Avesta and Hittite cuneiform inscrip-

tions described battles between celestial creatures. Saint John the Divine Bog-

oslov, in the Bible’s Book of Revelation, prophesied war in the heavens: “And the war took place in heaven: Michael and his Angels fought against the Dragon, and the Dragon and his Angels fought against them.” Similar plots became usual for science iction, beginning with the ancient Roman writer Lucian. The possibility of military conlict among space civilisations has been discussed by some scientists as well.

Thus, in 1982, Y.A. Shkolenko1, a

prominent Soviet philosopher, risked addressing the question of the Earth’s security from outside invasion. He stated that the problem of security relative to extraterrestrial civilisations has become signiicantly more urgent at our time. The Earth, for several decades already, could have been “listened to” at a distance of 50 light years, because of its extraor-dinarily intense brightness of radiation from the operation of thousands of televi-sion transmitters. This is not to mention

that humanity has begun to leave its traces upon the bodies of the Solar Sys-

tem during our practical reclamation of space. We even broadcast special signals to other constellations of the Galaxy.

Stanislav Lem is the author of a state-

ment allowing far-reaching and extraor-dinarily serious conclusions. “The mind which we will discover some day,” he wrote, “will so much differ from our concepts that we will not want to call it a Mind.” Such a “mind” or “non-mind” with a large degree of probability will not want to consider us as reasonable creatures. The consequences of such a situation are not dificult to predict: the contact in this case will resemble the “contact” of a human being with a preda-

tor1.

It is not for nought that American soci-ologist H.D. Laswell2, as early as 1958, recommended self-destruction as a nec-

essary measure for terrestrial spacecraft appearing among extraterrestrial civili-sations. However, it is naïve to believe that in this way it would be possible to conceal the road to our planet from dan-

gerous visitors.

A prominent American expert on the problem of extraterrestrial mind, R.A. Freitas, also paid attention to the military aspect of the problem, referring to the history of human expansion as a “sordid tale of subjugation, colonization and ex-

ploitation.” Consequently, the main need and interactive principle of all extrater-restrial races, like ours, could be physical security. Freitas considers interstellar lighthouses an allurement for trouble from the hands of unknown predacious, hostile alien civilisations – an awful breach of military security3.

We could be like a young virgin, adver-tised as such, at an unchaperoned dance.

Really, isn’t it the fear of a deadly strike that explains “the great silence of the Universe,” point out the advocates of our galactic solitude? Haven’t we appeared in an area of military actions, where entrance into the aethers is unsafe, and enemies may be lying low until a certain time?

During the last one hundred years, astronomers have noticed many things in the sky that could force us to reconsider our advertising campaign. In astro-

nomical literature, there are mysterious explosions, beams of death, inexplicable bursts, and “disappearances” of stars. But the problem is that all this is convention-

ally analysed only in the frames of the model of an uninhabited Universe. What if we discard this taboo and look at the sky from another point of view?

Repercussions of the

Battle of the Titans?

It is not excluded that ights of Galactic warriors could even be seen from other stars. The grounds for this are given by the technology created on Earth for “Star Wars.” Thus, a group of Soviet astronomers, at the Third Decennial US-USSR Conference on Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (Santa Cruz, California, August 5-9, 1991), noted that their equipment was able to notice bursts of lasers on or near other stars – emis-

sions hundreds of times less powerful than combat lasers of the Pentagon were able to produce. Astronomical literature contains many reports on extraordinary outbursts of stars4 that were not expected to go supernova. Other points of light

Are There Battles Among The Stars?

by Alexey Archipov

Do inhabitants of other worlds always live in peace? The optimistic belief in the bright communal future of the terrestrial and, correspondingly, of foreign planet communities, has explicitly avoided this heretical topic. But now, when the illusions of the past have fallen, the hypothesis of galactic war seems quite pertinent.


lash and disappear in the sky during a time on the order of a second5. Some of these phenomena have even been pho-

tographed. For the time being, there are no grounds for assurance that somebody does not use awesomely menacing space weaponry at a distance.

A.D. Sakharov, member of Academy of Sciences of the USSR, has already pro-

posed to explode thermonuclear explo-

sives in space for attracting the attention of inhabitants of other planetary systems. Usually such explosions on the Earth are detectable from space by their powerful outbursts of gamma radiation. It is inter-esting that in the end of the 1960s, Amer-ican military satellites of the Vela series, besides gamma-radiation of nuclear tests on the Earth, from time to time registered some mysterious explosions far beyond our planet. For more than three decades, astrophysicists have struggled over the enigma of those gamma-bursts. Gradu-

ally, surprising conditions have become known. Thus, it has turned out that in the directions from which the gamma-radia-

tion has arrived, as a rule, nothing can be seen – just black sky. Generally only once, but in very rare cases two to three times in succession, a powerful source of gamma-radiation has lit up there. There have been reports about very weak and rare outbursts of light in some of those directions. Surges of radio emissions have been noticed there.

In spite of all their efforts, astrophysicists have not been able to arrive at a common opinion about the nature of hundreds of registered gamma-bursts during the past thirty years6. Some scientists link this unusual phenomenon to relatively close neutron and “hypernova” stars; others supply equally convincing reasons to remove these enigmatic sources almost to the very edge of the observable Universe.Theoreticians are unanimous about one thing – most of the gamma-bursts are much more complicated than the explo-

sions of celestial bodies. A typical burst is a whole series of explosions of differ-ent magnitudes, lasting from fractions of a second to several minutes. Probably, the Third World War with its exchanges of nuclear strikes would look the same from other star realms. But the analogy goes further than that.

First, the space scales, the dimensions,

are comparable. Radiation from differ-ent parts of an explosion, moving with the speed of light, reaches a gamma-telescope not simultaneously, but rather during some time interval. This is the very time interval which radiation spends crossing the explosion area. It is inter-esting that, during several outbursts, the low of gamma-radiation noticeably changes during ten-thousandth fractions of a second. During this time, the radia-

tion proliferates for tens of kilometers.

This means that the dimensions of the explosion area do not exceed tens of kilometers. An explosion of a larger scale would have created a longer radiation impulse. Tens of kilometers (and maybe even much less) – the size of a city – is a scandalously small area for the Universe.

Secondly, the radiation of x-ray, vis-

ible, and radio emissions accompanying gamma-explosions have brought astro-

physicists to the curious conclusion that a gamma-ray burst appears within a very narrow, violently turbulent jet of matter lying extremely close to the speed of light7. Other astronomers state that the gamma rays coming from a laser-narrow portion of the jet have an opening angle of only 40 angular arc-seconds8. Doesn’t this all resemble the shooting, hitting, and destruction of a target?

Thirdly, the esti-mates of the power of the eight most studied explosions differ by only about three times7. Such standardised explo-

sions are surprising for the chaos of inchoate nature. Cu-

riously, astronomers link such a “shoot-ing” to so-called “molecular clouds” which are known

to contain abundant quantities of organic molecules, including amino acids. Are those aggregations of organics so dead as conventionally thought?

However, the scales of intensity of space explosions are not comparable with the

terrestrial. The typical energy of a gam-

ma-outburst, registered from a far galaxy, is equivalent to tens and even hundreds of outbursts of supernova stars, each one of which lavishly scatters such a huge energy, which our Sun radiates only dur-ing 300 million years! The power of such energy production is unimaginable: it exceeds by hundreds of millions of times the radiation power of all the stars in our Galaxy. And these processes take place on a tiny arena of a size smaller than that of the Earth. Of course, we are speaking about the most powerful energy releases in the Universe. Not all gamma-explo-

sions should be attributed to the outbursts of supernova stars in far galaxies.

Thus, recently, a new type of gamma-explosion has been discovered: “very short bursts,” lasting not more than one-tenth of a second. American astronomer L.B. Cline, with his coworkers, did not ind any signs of such outbursts’ gamma-impulse widening, which inevitably appears when radiation proliferates over large distance.

Apparently, military conlicts are not beyond possibility in our Galaxy as well. In favour of this is the non-uniform dis-

tribution of very short gamma bursts over the sky – other outbursts, as well

as far galaxies, are distributed over the sky uniformly. It turns out that

close explosions more often take place in the band between the con-

stellations of Ursa Major and Taurus. “No known class of object is dis-

tributed this way,” was the conclu-

sion of research-

ers9. Doesn’t this remind one of frontier battles from science ic-

tion novels?

As early as 1986, American scientist M.J. Harris showed that some gamma-out-bursts could be of an artiicial nature and could be created by alien photon star-probe vehicles. Moreover, peculiarities

“This means that the dimensions of the ex-

plosion area do not exceed tens of kilom-

eters. Tens of kilom-

eters (and maybe even much less) – the size of a city – is a scandal-ously small area for the Universe.”


of the enigmatic surges suggest the birth of gamma quanta in the process of an-

nihilation of matter with antimatter. M.J. Harris even tried to calculate the trajec-

tories of the hypothetical star vehicles10. With this aim, he studies catalogueues, searching for chains of gamma-bursts aligned along straight lines – assumed trajectories.

Though 134 suspected chains have been found, none of them is worthy of trust because of the low precision of many gamma-outbursts’ coordinates.

From the Earth’s surface it is possible to hope to notice the traces of star weapon-

ry. Thus, on October 15, 1991, a special apparatus placed near Salt Lake City recorded an unusual outburst in the sky11, such as would be recorded under expo-

sure to cosmic rays, elementary particles, or atomic nuclei rushing with near-light speed. This lash was caused by subatom-

ic particles with energy approximately equal to that of a ive-kilogram weight dropped on a foot. Since then, tens of similar cases have been registered12. The energy of a particle in such incidents has reached 3x1020 electron-volts, which is 300 million times in excess of the maxi-mal energy of atomic particles acceler-ated by the best accelerators on Earth. Even monstrous lashes of supernova stars are not capable of creating such killer particles.

The bewilderment of astrophysicists is well illustrated by the words of Nobel Prize winner James Cronin, an expert in this problem: “The fundamental chal-lenge these particles pose is that there’s no clear understanding of what can produce energies that high.”12

Theoreticians have shown that particles of super-high energies (>5x1019 eV) cannot ly to us from far, lest they lose their energy through collisions with photons. Their maximal light path amounts to less than one percent of the radius of the visible part of the Universe. Correspondingly, “death beams” cannot originate from far objects, like quasars and active galaxies. In the sky, six sites have been discovered, from which par-ticles of super-high energies have come on repeated occasions12. In this respect, the most active is the region of the Big Dipper. Attempts to identify a concrete

object-source have so far failed.The origin of super-energetic particles is so little understood that astrophysicists have to even suggest explanations based upon “new physics” (hypothetical parti-cles, peculiarities of space-time topology, or modiication of relativity theory)12.

In this light, the “Military Hypothesis” is no less pertinent. This aspect is ignored simply because among astronomers it is considered indecent. But, say, is it decent for soldiers to discuss astronomy while shoot-ing at much closer targets? Fear is inspired by the picture of a far galaxy NGC 664 with two neighboring (3 arc-seconds apart) simultaneously explod-

ing “supernova stars” (November 30, 1995)13. To this effect, the superstar of science ic-

tion, Arthur C. Clarke, wrote to the author of this book: “It scared me – coincidence is impossible! Industrial accident? Space war?” (Fig. 3.1) Improbable simultaneous outbursts have also been recorded four other times: in the galaxies NGC 2274, NGC 1316, MCG 10-24-007 and M5813.

Lost StarsThe power of unknown weapons of an-

cient civilisations of the Galaxy could far surpass any dreams of terrestrial gener-als. Let us open, for instance, the novel of E. Hamilton, Stellar Kings14. In it, there is a two-thousand-year-old legend, wherein spacemen from the Magellanic Clouds intruded into our Galaxy. They occupied several planetary systems and prepared to expand their captures. But the Great Emperor and scientist Brein Bir hit them with an awful weapon. The story says he demolished not only the Magel-lanians, but the systems they occupied as well. Not much to speak of: the entire Galaxy was under threat!

A weapon that demolishes entire suns, for the time being, can only be read about in science iction. Yet, amateur astronomers well know that even stars visible in their telescopes have long since

disappeared. Few understand the problem of “missing” stars, which has troubled professional stargazers for more than just one century.

On May 8, 1992, the newspaper Kyiv

News published a curious piece of information – that a group of astrophysi-cists from Valparaiso had recorded the disappearance of 73 celestial bodies15. The astronomers could not precisely de-

termine when the disappearance started. They only noticed with concern

that the stars had been disappear-ing closer and closer to our solar

system. Govern-

ments have called on astrophysicists to verify and study the inexplicable phenomenon. If some space mon-

sters want to eat

up our Sun, should not we timely think about resettlement into another safer Galaxy?

Disappearing StarsWhat is it: another fabrication of the yellow press, or the message of real scientists distorted by reporters? During three decades, a collection of astronomy anomalies has gathered in my home library. There is a ile about “missing stars” here, too: ancient folios, dusty folders, index cards, and CDs with recent data documenting many amazing events.Among descriptions of star disappear-ances, the most ancient is the well-known ancient myth about the vanished, faded, or even turned-into-a-comet seventh star of the Pleiades cluster. Was this a fantasy of the ancient Greeks? Legends of the disappearance of the seventh star of the Pleiades have been recorded by diverse peoples, distant from Greek inluence – in North America, the Indian tribes of the Iroquois and Cherokee; in Central Asia, the Kyrgyz, Tatars, and Buryats. Edwin Krupp, known connoisseur of ancient astronomy, wrote about this in his book Legends and Stories About Sun,

Moon, Stars, and Planets (1991).The irst well-documented event of

Fig 3.1


“disappearance” involves a star of the ifth magnitude. By this, astronomers mean not the geometrical dimensions of a star, but rather a lux of visible radia-

tion of the star expressed in a special scale: the brightest star Sirius has the star magnitude -1.47, and the weakest stars still distinguishable with the naked eye have the sixth magnitude. Anyway, this is a well-distinguished star, mentioned in the famous second-century astronomical composition Almagest by Claudius Ptole-

my, as the 21st star of the Leo constella-

tion, or as “The Northern among Two on the Vertebrae.” (Fig. 3.2). As early as the tenth century, Arabian astronomer Abd ar-Rahman as-Sui noted the absence of a visible star at this place. This “case of disappearance” was investigated in detail by the President of the French Astro-

nomical Society, Camille Flammarion. He came to the conclusion that this case “is beyond any doubt.” 16 According to his opinion, the object can still be seen as star 71 from the Leo constellation. But the 71st star of Leo is three degrees to the west from the star of Ptolemy, and there is not even a hint of its changing its brightness. It seems to be in the region of disappearance quite by accident.

Also still unresolved is the remark of as-Sui about the disappearance of the 30th star in the constellation of the Centaur (“we have not found it” 17); however, close to the place where it should have been, the Arabian astronomer describes a more southern star, numbered 28, weaker than the ifth magnitude! Ptolemy marked the 30th star as an object of the third magnitude. Therefore, contempo-

rary identiication of this lost star with a constant star of the ifth magnitude (Q Centauri) seems inconsistent.

History repeated itself in the ifteenth century as well, when the ruler of Samar-kand and experienced astronomer, Ulugh Beigh, himself revised the star catalogue of as-Sui. “The lack” amounted to eight stars18. In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, such prominent astronomers as Jan Hevelius, Giovanni Cassini, and Giacomo Maraldi reported the disap-

pearances of stars. The brilliant observer William Herschel thoroughly studied the British Catalogueue of the First Royal Astronomer and director of Greenwich observatory, John Flamsteed. After checking the originals of Greenwich ob-

servations records, Herschel found many mistakes, clerical errors, and misprints. In the course of his investigation, he made an interesting discovery.

In the end of the seventeenth century, John Flamsteed noticed in “Hercules’ Neck” a relatively bright star of the ifth magnitude, and he marked it by the number 55 (it was the enumeration of

Flamsteed rather than Ptolemy that was retained in modern astronomy). Almost a century had passed, on October 10, 1781 and April 11, 1782, when Herschel saw the object of Flamsteed as a red star. But, in March 1791, he stated its complete invisibility even through his famous tele-

scopes19. Since then, no observer has ever seen this star, and even the most detailed internet-base of stellar data, SIMBAD, responds with refusal to requests about this star; however, the stars #54 and #56 of Hercules are present there.

Reports about disappeared stars became usual for the nineteenth century (Fig. 3.3). Especially many “missing stars” are linked to the vast stellar catalogue of that time, Bonn Survey (Bonner Durchmus-

terung) compiled in 1852-1859. In spite of the legendary Ger-man pedantry and precision of its authors (chiely, Friedrich W.A. Argelander), among 325,037 stars in the catalogue, no fewer than 79 objects were listed which could not be found in the sky.

For example, The Bul-

letin of Harvard College Observatory of April 28, 1926 published a real obitu-

ary for one such star: “In response to a request from Professor Frank E. Ross, of the Yerkes Observatory, a search for the star B.D.+34o 531 has been made by Miss Woods on Harvard plates … The star was not found on any plate exam-

ined.” 19

This subject was dealt with by German astronomers E. Zinner (1936)20 and K. Himpel (1942)21. Not limiting himself to the Bonn Review, Zinner published the data on 477 “disappeared” stars. Himpel studied the 75 best indings of Zinner. In 40% of cases, close to the site of disappearance, a suitable variable star was found; in another 20% of the places, rather bright stars were found. However, the remaining 40% of the disappeared stars have remained a mystery. Those are clearly not asteroids and not mistakes of observations. But what are they? Let us turn to the facts.

In the work by Hilmar W. Duerbeck, A

Reference Catalogueue and Atlas of Ga-

lactic Novae22, several oficially recognised cases of disappearance of objects from Bonn Review are described: W Aries, SU Aries, VZ Gemini, U Leo, SZ Perseus, and N Triangle 1853. Moreover, some of them scarcely resemble the lashings of novas, which normally last only for tens of days.

U Leo (BD+14o2239) was discovered on January 22, 1854. Contrary to the behav-

iour of novas, the object remained visible for a full year (January 18, 1855), but had disappeared already by the middle of March 1855. There are no stars brighter than the fourteenth magnitude in this place.

Fig 3.2

Fig 3.3


SZ Perseus was originally found as an object of the 9.5th magnitude. It was observed for many years, including No-

vember 30, 1853, and October 30, 1865, visually. It was even photographed on November 30, 1894 (tenth magnitude). But it is already gone on the photo plate of October 15, 1899. There are no stars brighter than a magnitude of 16.5 on the pictures here of the twentieth cen-

tury (Fig. 3.4). “Probably, it is not a nova,” conclud-

ed H.U. Duerbeck.

N Triangle 1853 (BD+34o620) was discovered on September 30, 1853 as a star of the 9.5th magnitude. It was even seen three years later, on October 30, 1856; however, it is absent on the photo plate of 1904. Since then, the star has not been rediscovered. Duer-beck noted, “The long visibility (1853-1856) is unusual for a nova.”

The editor of the journal Sky and

Telescope, Joseph Ashbrook, noted the disappeared star BD+8o215. It was observed by three different astronomers during a six-year period (1854-1860). “There seems, therefore, little doubt that the missing BD+8o215 had existed,” concluded the expert23. Clearly, it was a nova.

Another Bonn loss (BD+17o2461), at present suspected to be a variable star, is NSV19357. There is no star brighter than the nineteenth magnitude at its place.Is there anything more reliable than the old visual Bonn Review? In my collec-

tion, there turned out to be a CD with the Astrographical Catalogueue, the fruit of many years’ labour of astronomers of different countries. In 1891-1950, with identical telescopes at 20 observatories around the world, stars were photo-

graphed as a part of the international project Photographic Map of the Sky. Many thousands of photo plates were thoroughly measured and processed on contemporary computers. Finally, in 1997, the results of the centenary work were published as the Astrographical

Catalogueue. It contains the coordinates and brightness of 4,621,836 stars.

It is interesting to compare the data, mainly referring to 1907, with the mod-

ern ones, for example, the stellar cata-

logueue created from the results of elec-

tron scanning of the sky with the orbital telescope Hipparcos in 1989 – 199325. Using specially developed software, my computer selected the stars brighter

than the ninth magnitude from the Astrographical Catalogue, which had been photographed more than once over a hundred years ago, but were not registered by the detec-

tors of Hipparcos. There were 177 such stars. Each case was veriied “manu-

ally.” In 56 cases, the missed star was found nearby, possibly displaced because of its own move-

ment. However, the other losses (121 stars) remain unexplained. These objects (brighter than the

eighth magnitude) are absent in both the reference Stellar Catalogue

of Smithsonian Astrophysical Observa-

tory (1966) and the General Catalogue of

Variable Stars (2000).

Maybe these are defects of photo plates, comets, or mere illuminated asteroids. But we consider only the objects photo-

graphed at the same place from two to ive times. The “disappearance” of stars is supported by the distribution of the losses on the sphere of the sky as well. The computer discovered that the disap-

peared stars are concentrated not around the ecliptic (Fig. 3.5a), to which asteroids tend to move, but, rather, the equator of the Galaxy (Fig. 3.5b).

The case for defects was especially dampened when relatively bright stars of the seventh to the eighth magnitude were photographed three to ive times, and then found to have disappeared, both far away from the ecliptic, and from the Milky Way, where mirages of near-merged stars are possible. From this point of view, most interesting are four stars of the Astrographical Catalogue: AC 2204592, AC 2638938, AC 3161069, and AC 4427840.

Improvement of astronomical equipment has had little effect upon the number of

newest star “losses.” Thus, in May 1997, D. Egret and C. Fabricius26 reported at a symposium in Venice that the satellite Hipparcos had failed to detect 117 stars brighter than the ninth magnitude, which had been registered in one of the best stellar catalogues, Position and Proper

Motion (PPM). Finally, in 2002, S. Lepine, M. Shara, and R. Rich admitted in the pages of the Astronomical Journal

that they had failed to ind even a trace of the star LHS 1657, “… a star that we were absolutely unable to recover, either with our software or by visual examina-

tion of the DSS (digitised sky survey) plates.”27 These astronomers doubted that their predecessors had repeatedly photo-

graphed a real object.

In some cases, it is possible, as E. Zin-

ner has suggested, that the cause is the fading of brightly lashed stars. Stars that lash and then gradually fade again have been known for a long time. But such “new” stars can be seen for a short time, not more than several months. Whereas, for instance, the above-mentioned star BD+8o215 was observed for about six years, and SZ Perseus for 41 years, and the 55th of Hercules was just disappear-ing when observed by William Herschel after a century of its description by J. Flamsteed!

Although such extraordinarily prolonged and bright supernovae (η Ceti, P and V605 of Cygnus, and AG of Pegasus) are known to astronomers, they are recorded less frequently than “disappearances.” Let us recollect that the sceptically disposed astronomer K. Himpel, hard as he tried, could not attribute to variable stars 40% of the “losses” of E. Zinner. Let us note that in the iles of the General Catalogue of Variable Stars28 there is a

category of “nonexistent” objects. To all appearances, the enigma of lost stars deserves being studied.

It is amateur astronomers who could here obtain new results. For a search of lost stars, there is no need to peer into telescopes. It is suficient to have access to the Internet’s richest banks of stellar data29. Professional astronomers simply have neither the time nor the wish to investigate cases of lost stars. Instead of studying each case, conclusions are drawn statistically from insigniicant samples. For instance, D. Egret and K.

Fig 3.4


Fabricius26 discovered that the astro-

metrical satellite Hipparcos did not detect 6,663 stars from the objects of the Hipparcos Input Catalogueue. Of that number, only 46 losses were studied and explained. Meanwhile, the remaining 99.3% of the cases are, in a way, terra incognita – or stella incognita – where wonderful discoveries are possible.

Want Peace? Get Ready for WarOf course, the provided data are not proof of military conlicts in space. But they vividly illustrate the admissibil-ity of the arising of the question of real star wars. The policy of nonchalance is dangerous, not only on Earth, but also in space. Hence, military intelligence of the Universe acquires important signiicance.The unknown galaxy, the same as the fa-

miliar Earth, could be inhabited not only by “good guys.” Will not we encounter “bad guys” from the stars one day? USA President R. Reagan, in a 1987 Geneva meeting with M. S. Gorbachev, persist-ently “expressed the idea that if the Earth is threatened by invasion of aliens, the United States and the Soviet Union will unite for repulsing of this attack.”30 It looks as if the American President had a serious attitude to the problem, since he again returned to it on September 21, 1987, in his speech at the 42nd session of the General Assembly of the United Nations31.It is more far-sighted to consider the pos-

sibility of an external threat to the Earth than to carelessly pretend our planet is the only inhabited place among 200 bil-lion stars in the Milky Way Galaxy. What has happened to this cooperative vision between the world leaders of the two major space powers?

Let us recollect the recent war strategies in Iraq and Yugoslavia. First of all, radar installations and antennae of tele- and radio communication were destroyed. In the battleield, any transmitter risks being hit by a self-targeting missile. There is no guarantee that there is a different order in interstellar space.

From this point of view, the bravery with which Earth’s inhabitants send signals to the unknown worlds is amazing. During the last years, this fashion has caught momentum. For instance, several years

ago, one American company started call-ing from its website for people from over the world to send their “photos, pictures, thoughts, hopes, and dreams” to the Flight of Millennium aboard space ship Meeting 200132.As a matter of fact, this is a smart way of collecting money from naïve simple-

tons. Thus, according to a report of the information agency Reuters, for only one transmission to hypothetical humanoids on July 5, 2003, ninety thousand people paid $24.95 each. Here are examples of the messages: “Please, send money. Any money … Meteorites will do. Gold, Moon-stones, space rubbish will pass, too. Mail to the address …”, or “Please, call 24 hours before coming so that we could make your visit unforgettable.”33

Because of elementary considerations of safety, here, on the Earth, it is not ac-

ceptable to give your home address to an unknown, and it is such foolish futility on the grander Galactic scale. Several similar appeals have been sent – un-

known to whom. Nobody gives serious consideration to the possible consequenc-

es. What if such a message is received by a combat cyber, and it responds accord-

ing to the laws of war? Who will suffer in the irst place, an American company, the organiser of the transmission? Not at all – the radio transmissions are from a Ukrainian antenna in Eupatoria.

Before properly learning about the ambi-ent world, the inhabitants of the Earth try to make noise over the whole Galaxy like teenagers on a street. This hardly demonstrates our rationality to our Gal-axy neighbours. From the point of view of any unimaginably ancient and highly developed civilisations of the Galaxy, we are not their peers. Messages from inhabitants of the Earth could appear to them like a kind of a mosquito piping. Will they condescend to a conversation, or will they get busy disinfecting our planet against suspicious small fry? The response could turn out to be an abso-

lutely sterilising spout of antimatter. All the history of the Earth would turn into the following lash of gamma-radiation. Neither do we take into consideration the “hopes and dreams” of the millions of inhabitants of a toilet basin when we shower it with a toxic solution.

References

1. Shkolenko, Y.A. “Contact with ETC and Safety Problems.” Procedures of 16th Readings Devoted to Study of Scientiic Heritage and Development of Ideas of K.E. Tsiolkovsky (Kaluga, Septem-

ber 14-17, 1981). Section “K.E. Tsiolkovsky and Philosophical Problems of Reclamation.” Moscow: K.E.Tsiolkovsky Museum of Astronautics History, 1982, pp. 72-79. (in Russian)2. Laswell, H.D. “Men in Space.” Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1958, Vol. 72, Article 4, pp.180-194.3. Freitas, R.A. “Meta-law and Interstellar Rela-

tions.” Mercury, 1977, Vol. 6, No. 2, pp.15-17.4. Schaefer, B.E. “Novas from Normal Stars.” The Astrophysical Journal, 1989, Vol. 337, No. 2, Pt. 1, pp. 927-933.5. Hudec, R. “Tajemstvi Svetelnich Zablesku z Vesmiru.” Rise Hvezd, 1986, No.3, pp. 46-48.6. Roth, J. “Gamma-ray Bursts: a Growing Enigma.” Sky and Telescope, 1996, Vol. 92, No. 3, pp. 32-34.7. MacRobert, A. “A Better Fix on Gamma-ray Bursts.” Sky and Telescope, 2001, Vol. 102, No. 5, pp.16-17.8. “A New Gamma-ray Burst Surprise.” Sky and Telescope, 2000, Vol. 100, No. 6, p. 26.9. “Bursts of Another Colour.” Sky and Telescope, 2000, Vol. 100, No. 6, p. 26.10. Harris, M.J. “A Search for Linear Alignments of Gamma-ray Burst Sources.” Journal of the British Interplanetary Society, 1990, Vol. 43, No. 12, pp. 551-555.11. “The Deepening Mystery of Cosmic Ray Origin.” Sky and Telescope, 1994, Vol. 87, No. 5, p. 12.12. Semeniuk, I. “Astronomy’s Phantom Foul Balls: Ultrahigh-energy Cosmic Rays.” Sky and Telescope, 2003, Vol. 105, No. 3, p. 32-40.13. “Twin Supernovae.” Sky and Telescope, 1992, Vol. 84, No. 5, p. 493; “Second blast for NGC 664.” Sky and Telescope, 1997, Vol. 93, No. 4, p. 12.14. Hamilton, E. Stellar Kings – Return to the Stars – the Hammer of Valkars. Kiev: Raduga, 1992, p. 67. (in Russian)15. “Who ‘Devours’ Stars in the Milky Way?” Kyiv News, May 8, 1992, No. 10, p. 14. (in Russian)16. Flammarion, K. “Stellar Sky and Its Wonders.” Collection: P.V. Lukovnikov, 1899, pp. 316-318, 645. (in Russian)17. al-Biruni, A.R. “Canon of Mas’uda.” Selected Works. Vol. 5, Part 2. Tashkent: Fan, 1976, p. 319. (in Russian)18. Laplace, P.S. The System of the World. Vol.1. Collection: Obschestvennaya Polsa, 1861, pp. 310-311. (in Russian)19. “Note on the Star B.D. +34o 531.” Harvard College Observatory Bulletin, 28 April 1926, No. 835, p. 4.20. Zinner, E. “Die Vermiten Sterne.” Astrono-

mische Nachrichten, 1936, Bd. 260, Nr. 6218-20, pp.17-80.21. Himpel, K. “Zum Problem der Vermiβten Sterne.” Astronomische Nachrichten, 1942, Bd. 272, pp. 271-284.22. Duerbeck, H.W. “A Reference Catalogueue and Atlas of Galactic Novae.” Space Science Reviews, 1987, Vol. 45, No. 1-2, pp. 1-212.23. Ashbrook, J. “The Missing BD Stars.” Sky and Telescope, 1980, Vol. 59, No. 5, pp. 389-390.24. Urban, S.E.; Corbin, T.E.; Wycoff, G.L. The AC2000: the Astrographic Catalogueue on the Hip-

parcos System. Washington: US Naval Observatory, 1997.25. Turon, C.; Perryman, M.A.C.; et al. “The Hip-


parcos and Tycho Catalogueues.” Celestia 2000, CD-ROM, ESA, 1998.26. Egret, D.; Fabricius, C. “The Tycho Cata-

logueue: Stellar Content.” Proceedings of the ESA Symposium Hipparcos – Venice ’97. July 1997, SP-402, pp. 31-34.27. Lepine, S.; Shara, M.M.; Rich, R.M. “New High Proper Motion Stars from Digitized Sky Sur-vey.” Astronomical Journal, Vol. 124, August 2002, pp. 1190-1212.28. http: //www.sai.msu.su/groups/cluster/gcvs/gcvs/29. Stellar Data Bank SIMBAD: http: //simbad.u-strasbg.fr/sim-id.pl30. Gorbachev, M.S. For a Nuclear Free World, for Humanism of International Relations. Moscow: Izdatelstvo Politicheskoy Literatury, 1987, p. 23. (in Russian)31. Pinоtti, R. “ETI, SETI and Today’s Public.” Space Policy, 1990, Vol. 6, No. 2, pp.161-167.32. http: //www.encounter2001.com/main.shtml33. http: //www.reuters.com/newsArticle.jhtml? type=3Dsciene News&storyID=3D3=039848& from Email=3Dtrue

Arkhipov, Alexey V. (1959-)A Ukrainian radio astronomer and astro-

physicist who has been prominent in the ield of SETA (Search for Extraterrestrial Artifacts), Arkhipov is particularly inter-ested in the possibility of alien artifacts on the Moon and on Earth. Abstracts of two of his recent research activities pro-

vide some insight into his work:Project SAAM (Search for Alien Arti-facts on the Moon) was developed by the author in 1992. The justiications of Lunar SETI, the wording of speciic principles of lunar archaeology and the search for promising areas on the Moon were the irst stage of the project (1992-95). Already obtained results of lunar exploration show that the search for alien artifacts on the Moon is a promising SETI-strategy especially in context of the lunar colonisation plans. The purpose of the second SAAM stage is the search for promising objects on the Moon for archaeological reconnaissance in the future. Computer algorithms are pro-

posed and realised for automatic search for unusual formations on Clementine’s HIRES images.

The author has shown that inds of extra-

terrestrial artifacts are possible on the Earth, even if visits of extraterrestrials to the Earth were not realised. Even without interstellar lights, the spontaneous leakage of interplanetary debris into the interstellar medium is inevitable (by e.g. gravitational interaction with the plan-

ets). That is why I am collecting informa-

tion about promising inds in pre-human layers and among pseudometeorites.Arkhipov was born in Kharkov, East Ukraine. His has a MS in astronomy (Kharkov State University 1981) and a Ph.D. in astrophysics and radio as-

tronomy (Main Astronomical Observa-

tory of Nat. Acad. Sci. of Ukraine, Kyiv, 1998). His dissertation was titled “New approaches to the problem of search for extra-terrestrial intelligence”. Arkhipov’s professional experience includes follow-

ing SETI-related positions: Engineer, Scientiic Researcher, Institute Ra-

diophysics and Electronics, Acad. Sci. Ukrainian SSR (1980-84); Radio Astron-

omy, Nat. Ukraine (1984-). In addition to SETI, he has studied decametric emis-

sions from Jupiter. Arkipov is a member Society Planetary Research (SPSR) SETI Center, Moscow, and the SETI League’s volunteer coordinator for Ukraine.

Selected bibliographyArkhipov, A. V. “Search for artiicial cosmic radio emission,” in Bioastronomy. The Next Steps, pp. 337-342. Dordrecht: Kluwer Aca-

demic Publishers (1988).Arkhipov, A. V. “Alternative search for arti-icial cosmic radio emission,” 40th Congress of the International Astronautical Federation, October 7-12, 1989, Malaga, Spain. Paper IAA-89-649. Paris: IAF (1989).Arkhipov, A. V. “Radio search for alien space probes,” in Bioastronomy. The Search for Extraterrestrial Life: The Exploration Broad-

ens, pp. 244-246. Berlin: Springer-Verlag (1991).Litvinenko, L. N., and Arkhipov, A. V. “Bio-

astronomy in the Ukraine.” Third Decennial

US-USSR Conference on SETI. Santa Cruz, California, August 5-9, 1991. San Francisco: ASP (1993), pp.19-24.Arkhipov, A. V. “On the importance of non-

classical SETI,” The Observatory, 113(1117), 306-307, 1993.Arkhipov, A. V. “Archeological elements of lunar exploration,” Solar System Research, 28(4-5), pp. 467-469, 1994.Arkhipov, A. V. “A Search for Alien Artifacts on the Moon,” in Progress in the Search for Extraterrestrial Life, ASP Conference Series, Vol. 74, 1995. G. Seth Shostak (ed.), pp. 259-264.Arkhipov, A. V., and Graham F. G. “Lunar SETI: a justiication,” in The Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) in the Optical Spectrum II, ed. S. A. Kingsley & G. A. Lemarchand, SPIE Proceedings, 2704, Washington: SPIE, 150-154, 1996. dArkhipov, A. V. “On the possibility of extra-

terrestrial-artefact inds on the Earth,” The Observatory, 116(1132), 175-176, 1996.Arkhipov, A. V. “New arguments for pansper-mia,” The Observatory, 116(1135), 396-397, 1996.Arkhipov, A. V. “Extraterrestrial technogenic component of the meteoroid lux,” Astrophys-

ics and Space Science, 252(1), 67-71, 1997.Arkhipov, A. V. “Earth-Moon system as a collector of alien artefacts,” J. Brit. Interplan. Soc., 51(5), 181-184, 1998.Arkhipov, A. V. “Astroinfect Effect: revised model,” J. Brit. Interplan. Soc., 52(1), 37-40, 1999.

CAPTIONS

Fig. 3.1. Comments of Arthur C. Clarke about a possible “star war” in

galaxy NGC 664 with two supernova stars (author’s archives).

Fig. 3.2. Star, described by Ptolemy in the Almagest, under the number

21 in the constellation Leo, and depicted on the etching of A. Dürer in

1515, absent among the luminaries seen by the naked eye (its place is

shown with a circle on the modern star map). The numbers of stars ac-

cording to Ptolemy are provided in parentheses.

Fig 3.3. Some of the reports about star missings published in scientific

astronomic journals.

Fig. 3.4. The stars of Astrographical Catalogue brighter than the 9th

magnitude, which were repeatedly photographed some 100 years ago,

but have since been lost (crosses); a) distribution of “losses” in the sky,

relative to the plane of the Earth’s orbit (straight horizontal line, to which

asteroids should group); b) “losses” in the sky in galaxy coordinates

(horizontal straight line is the equator line of Milky Way); c) distribution

of regular stars in galaxy coordinates.


How the

Zionists

rewrote the

Christian

Bible (Why Judeo-Christians Sup-port War in the Middle East)C. E. Carlson

The French author, Alexis de Toc-

queville, wrote Democracy in America

when he traveled here in the irst third of the 19th Century. In ringing tones he sang the praises of America’s invulner-able strength and spirit. He attributed its greatness to its citizens’ sense of moral-ity... even with the abundant church at-

tendances he observed in America. De Tocqueville wrote in French and is cred-

ited with this familiar quote: “America

is great because she is good, and if

America ever ceases to be good, she will

cease to be great.”

De Tocqueville could see the power of America, but he could not have known in 1830 that she was soon to be under an attack aimed at its churches and the very sense of morality that he extolled.

First, there was a War Between the States, which scarred the powerful young nation in its strapping youth. A worse attack on America was to commence near the turn of the 20th century. This was the

onset of an attack on American Chris-

tianity that continues unabated against the traditional, Christ-following church. This attack, which author Gordon Ginn calls “The inal Apostasy,” began with a small very wealthy and determined European political movement. It had a dream, and the American churches stood in its way.

The World Zionist movement, as its Jewish founders called themselves, had plans to acquire a homeland for all Jews worldwide, even though most were far from homeless, and many did not want another home. Not any land would do. World Zionists wanted a speciic property that American Christians called “the Holy Land.” But if these Zionists read Democracy in America or any of the journals of any of America’s churches, which no doubt they did, they could not help but know that Jerusalem was not theirs to have. As self-proclaimed Jews, they were, according to the Christian New Testament, the persecutors of Christ and most of his early followers, and the engineers of his cruciixion. America’s traditional churches in the 19th Century would never stand for a Jewish occupa-

tion of Jesus’ homeland.

World Zionist leaders initiated a pro-

gramme to change America and its religious orientation. One of the tools used to accomplish this goal was an obscure and malleable Civil War veteran named Cyrus I. Scoield. A much larger tool was a venerable, world respected European book publisher – The Oxford University Press.

The scheme was to alter the Christian view of Zionism by creating and promot-ing a pro-Zionist subculture within Chris-

tianity. Scoield’s role was to re-write the King James Version of the Bible by inserting Zionist-friendly notes in the margins, between verses and chapters,

and on the bottoms of the pages. The Oxford University Press used Scoield, a pastor by then, as the Editor, prob-

ably because it needed such as man for a front. The revised Bible was called the Scoield Ref-erence Bible, and with limitless advertising and promotion, it became a

best-selling “Bible” in America and has remained so for 90 years.

The Scoield Reference Bible was not to be just another translation, subverting minor passages a little at a time. No, Scoield produced a revolutionary book that radically changed the context of the King James Version. It was designed to create a subculture around a new worship icon, the modern State of Israel, a state that did not yet exist, but which was already on the drawing boards of the committed, well-funded authors of World Zionism.

Scoield’s support came from a move-

ment that took root around the turn of the century, supposedly motivated by disillusionment over what it considered the stagnation of the mainline American churches. Some of these “reformers” were later to serve on Scoield’s Editorial Committee.

Scoield imitated a chain of past heretics and rapturists, most of whose credibility izzled over their faulty end times proph-

esies. His mentor was one John Nelson Darby from Scotland, who was associat-ed with the Plymouth Brethren and who made no less than six evangelical trips to the US selling what is today called “Dar-byism.” It is from Darby that Scoield is thought to have learned his Christian Zionist theology, which he later planted in the footnotes of the Scoield Reference Bible. It is possible that Scoield’s inter-est in Darbyism was shared by Oxford University Press, for Darby was known to Oxford University. (See: A History of

The Plymouth Brethern By William Blair Neatby, M.A.)

The Oxford University Press owned The Scoield Reference Bible from the beginning, as indicated by its copyright, and Scoield stated he received hand-


some royalties from Oxford. Oxford’s advertisers and promoters succeeded in making Scoield’s Bible, with its Chris-

tian Zionist footnotes, a standard for interpreting scripture in Judeo-Christian churches, seminaries, and Bible study groups. It has been published in at least four editions since its introduction in 1908 and, as stated earlier, remains one of the largest selling Bibles ever.

The Scoield Reference Bible and its several clones is all but worshiped in the ranks of celebrity Christians, beginning with the irst media icon, evangelist Billy Graham. Of particular importance to the Zionist penetration of American Chris-

tian churches has been the fast growth of national Bible study organisations, such as Bible Study Fellowship and Precept Ministries. These draw millions of students from not only evangelical funda-

mentalist churches, but also from Catho-

lic and mainline Protestant churches and non-church contacts. These invariably teach forms of “dispensationalism,” which draw their theory, to various de-

grees, from the notes in the Oxford Bible.

Among more traditional churches that

encourage, and in some cases recom-

mend, the use of the Scoield Refer-ence Bible is the huge Southern Baptist Convention of America, whose capture is World Zionism’s crowning achievement. Our report on Southern Baptist Zionism, entitled “The Cause of the Conlict: Fix-

ing Blame.

Scoield, whose work is largely believed to be the product of Darby and others, wisely chose not to change the text of the King James Edition. Instead, he added hundreds of easy-to-read footnotes at the bottom of about half of the pages, and as the Old English grammar of the KJE becomes increasingly dificult for pro-

gressive generations of readers, students become increasingly dependent on the modern language footnotes.

Scoield’s notes weave parts of the Old and New Testaments together as though all were written at the same time by the same people. This is a favourite device of modern dispensationalists who es-

sentially weigh all scripture against the unspoken and preposterous theory that the older it is, the more authoritative. In many cases the Oxford references prove

to be puzzling rabbit trails leading nowhere, simply diversions. Scoield’s borrowed ideas were later popularized under the labels and deinitions that have evolved into common usage today – ”pre-millennialism,” “dispensationalism,” “Judeo-Christianity,” and most recently the highly political movement openly called “Christian Zionism.”

Thanks to the work of a few dedicated researchers, much of the questionable personal history of Cyrus I. Scoield is available. It reveals he was not a Bible scholar as one might expect, but a political animal with the charm and talent for self-promo-

tion of a Bill Clinton. Scoield’s background reveals a criminal history, a deserted wife, a wrecked

family, and a penchant for self-serving lies. He was exactly the sort of man the World Zionists might hire to bend Chris-

tian thought – a controllable man and one capable of carrying the secret to his grave. (See: The Incredible Scoield and His Book by Joseph M. Canield).

Other researchers have examined Scoield’s eschatology and exposed his original work as apostate and heretic to traditional Christian views. Among these is a massive work by Stephen Sizer entitled Christian Zionism, Its History,

Theology and Politics, Christ Church Vicarage, Virginia Water, GU25 4LD, England.

We Hold These Truths is grateful to these dedicated researchers. Our own examination of the Oxford Bible has gone in another direction, focusing not on what Scoield wrote, but on some of the many additions and deletions The Oxford University Press has continued to make to Scoield Reference Bible since his death in 1921. These alterations have further radicalised the Scoield Bible into

a manual for the Christian worship of the State of Israel beyond what Schoield would have dreamed of. This un-Chris-

tian anti-Arab theology has permitted the theft of Palestine and 54 years of death and destruction against the Palestinians, with hardly a complaint from the Judeo-Christian mass media evangelists or most other American church leaders. We thank God for the exceptions.

It is no exaggeration to say that the 1967 Oxford 4th Edition deiies – makes a God of – the State of Israel, a state that did not even exist when Scoield wrote the original footnotes in 1908. This writer believes that, had it not been for mis-

guided anti-Arab race hatred promoted by Christian Zionist leaders in America, neither the Gulf War nor the Israeli war against the Palestinians would have oc-

curred, and a million or more people who have perished would be alive today.

What proof does WHTT have to incrimi-nate World Zionism in a scheme to con-

trol Christianity? For proof we offer the words themselves that were planted in the 1967 Edition, 20 years after the State of Israel was created in 1947, and 46 years after Scoield’s death. The words tell us that those who control The Oxford


Press recreated a Bible to misguide Christians and sell laming Zionism in the churches of America.

There is little reason to believe that Scoield knew or cared much about the Zionist movement, but at some point, he became involved in a close and secret relationship with Samuel Untermeyer, a New York lawyer whose irm still exists today and one of the wealthiest and most powerful World Zionists in America. Untermeyer controlled the unbreakable thread that connected him with Scoield. They shared a password and a com-

mon watering hole – and it appears that Untermeyer may have been the one who provided the money that Scoield himself lacked. Scoield’s success as an interna-

tional Bible editor-without-portfolio and his lavish living in Europe could only have been accomplished with inancial aid and international inluence.

This connection might have remained hidden, were it not for the work of Joseph M. Canield, the author and researcher who discovered clues to the thread in Scoield family papers. But even had the threads connecting Scoield to Untermeyer and Zionism never been exposed, it would still be obvious that that connection was there. It is signii-

cant that Ox-

ford, not Scoield, owned the book, and that after Scoield’s death, Oxford accelerated changes to it. Since the death of its original author and namesake, The Scoield Reference Bible has gone through several editions. Massive pro-Zionist notes were added to the 1967 edition, and some of Scoield’s most signiicant notes from the original editions were removed where they appar-ently failed to further Zionist aims fast enough. Yet this edition retains the title, “The New Scoield Reference Bible, Holy Bible, Editor C.I. Scoield.” It’s anti-Arab, Christian subculture theology has made an enormous contribution to war, turning Christians into participants in genocide against Arabs in the latter half of the 20th century.

The most convincing evidence of the un-

seen Zionist hand that wrote the Scoield notes to the venerable King James Bible

is the content of the notes themselves, for only Zionists could have written them. These notes are the subject of this paper.

Oxford edited the former 1945 Edition of SRB in 1967, at the time of the Six Day War when Israel occupied Palestine. The new footnotes to the King James Bible presumptuously granted the rights to the Palestinians’ land to the State of Israel and speciically denied the Arab Pales-

tinians any such rights at all. One of the most brazen and outrageous of these NEWLY INSERTED footnotes states:

“For a nation to commit the sin of anti-

semitism brings inevitable judgment.” (page 19-20, footnote (3) to Genesis 12:3.) (our emphasis added)

This statement sounds like something from Ariel Sharon, or the Chief Rabbi in Tel Aviv, or Theodore Herzl, the founder of Modern Zionism. But these exact words are found between the covers of the 1967 Edition of the Oxford Bible that is followed by millions of American churchgoers and students and is used by their leaders as a source for their preach-

ing and teaching.

There is

no word for “anti-Semitism” in the New Testament, nor is it

found among the Ten Com-

mandments. “Sin,” this

writer was taught, is a personal concept. It is something done by individuals in conlict with God’s words, not by “na-

tions.” Even Sodom did not sin – its people did. The word “judgment” in the Bible always refers to God’s action. In the Christian New Testament, Jesus promises both judgment and salvation for believing individuals, not for “nations.”

There was also no “State of Israel” when Scoield wrote his original notes in his concocted Scoield Reference Bible in 1908. All references to Israel as a state were added AFTER 1947, when Israel

was granted statehood by edict of the United Nations. The Oxford University Press simply rewrote its version of the Christian Bible in 1967 to make antipa-

thy toward the “State of Israel” a “sin.” Israel is made a god to be worshiped, not merely a “state.” David Ben-Gurion could not have written it better. Perhaps he did write it!

The Oxford 1967 Edition continues on page 19:

“(2) God made an unconditional promise

of blessings through Abram’s seed (a) to

the Nation of Israel to inherit a speciic territory forever”

“(3) There is a promise of blessing upon those individuals and nations who bless

Abram’s descendants, and a curse laid

upon those who persecute the Jews.”

(Page 19, 1967 edition genesis 12:1-3)

This bequeath is joined to an Oxford prophesy that never occurs in the Bible itself:

“It has invariably fared ill with the

people who have persecuted the Jew, well

with those who have protected him.” And

“the future will still more remarkably

prove this principle”.(footnote (3) bot-tom of page19-20Genesis 12:3)

None of these notes appeared in the orig-

inal Scoield Reference Bible or in the 1917 or 1945 editions. The state of Israel DID NOT EXIST in 1945, and according to the best dictionaries of the time, the word “Israel” only referred to a particular man and an ancient tribe, which is con-

sistent with the Bible text. (See “Israel,” Webster’s New International Dictionary 2nd (1950) Edition.)

All of this language, including the prophecy about the future being really bad for those who “persecute the Jews,” relects and furthers the goals of the Anti-Defamation League, which has a stated goal of creating an environment where opposing the State of Israel is considered “anti-Semitism,” and “anti-Semitism” is a “hate crime” punishable by law. This dream has become a reality in the Chris-

tian Zionist churches of America. Only someone with these goals could have written this footnote.

“Christian Zionism may be the most bloodthirsty apostasy in the entire history of Christianity or any other religion.”


The State of Israel’s legal claims to Arab lands are based on the United Nations Partitioning Agreement of 1947, which gave the Jews only a fraction of the land they have since occupied by force. But when this author went to Israel and asked various Israelis where they got the right to occupy Palestine, each invariably said words to the effect that “God gave it to us.” This interpretation of Hebrew scrip-

ture stems from the book of Genesis and is called the “Abrahamic Covenant”. It is repeated several times and begins with God’s promise to a man called Abraham who was eventually to become the grand-

father of a man called “Israel:”

“[2] And I will make of thee a great na-

tion, and I will bless thee, and make thy

name great; and thou shall be a bless-

ing:”

“[3] And I will bless them that bless thee, and curse him that curseth thee:

and in thee shall all families of the earth

be blessed.” (Genesis 12:3, King James Edition.)

It is upon this promise to a single person that modern Israeli Zionists base their claims to what amounts to the entire Mid-East. Its logic is roughly the equivalent of someone claiming to be the heir to the John Paul Getty estate because the great man had once sent a letter to someone’s cousin seven times removed containing the saluta-

tion “wishing you my very best.” In “Sherry’s War,” We Hold These Truths provides a common sense discussion of the Abrahamic Covenant and how millions of Christians are taught to misunderstand it.

It is tempting to engage in academic arguments to show readers the lack of logic in Scoield’s theology, which has led followers of Christ so far astray. It seems all too easy to refute the vari-ous Bible references given in support of Scoield’s strange writings. But we will resist the temptation to do this, because others have already done it quite well, and more importantly because it leads us off our course.

It is also inviting to dig into Scoield’s sordid past as Canield has done, reveal-ing him to be a convicted felon and probable pathological liar, but we leave

that to others, because our interest is not

in Scoield’s life, but in saving the lives of millions of innocent people who are threatened by the continuing Zionist push for perpetual war.

Instead, we will examine the words on their face. The words in these 1967 footnotes are Zionist propaganda that has been tacked onto the text of a Christian Bible. Most of them make no sense, except to support the Zionist State of Israel in its war against the Palestinians and any other wars it may enter into. In this purpose, Zionism has completely succeeded. American Judeo-Christians, more recently labeled “Christian Zion-

ists,” have remained mute during wars upon Israel’s enemies in Palestine, Iraq, Afghanistan, Bosnia and elsewhere. It is past time to stop the spilling of more blood, some of it Christian blood.

Now, for evidence of the intent of the Zionists deception of Christians, let us examine some Scoield’s notes that have been altered or removed by Oxford after his death. In 1908 Scoield wrote in 1908:

“The contrast, ‘I know that ye are Ab-

raham’s seed’ - ‘if ye were Abraham’s children’ is that between the natural and the spiritual posterity of Abraham. The Israelitish people and Ishmaelitish people are the former; all who are ‘of the pre-

cious faith with Abraham,’ whether Jews or gentiles, are the latter (Rom 9, 6-8; Gal, 4-14. See ‘Abrahamic Covenant’ Gen 15, 18, note).” ( Scoield’s 1945 page 1127, note to John 8:39)

Compare that with the Oxford note sub-

stituted in the 1967 Edition:

“8:37 all Jews are natural descendants of Abraham, but are not necessarily his spiritual posterity, cp Rom 9-6-8, Gal 3: 6-14” (Note (1) P1136, Oxford 1967 Edi-tion, note to Jn 8:37.)

How, pray tell, can “all Jews” be “natural descendants of Abraham,” a Chaldean who lived some 3000 years ago? Persons of all races are Jews and new Jews are being converted every day from every race. One might as well say all Luther-ans are the natural descendants of Martin Luther; or that all Baptists come from the loins of John the Baptist. This note could only have been written by an Israeli patriot, for no one else would have a vested interest in promoting this genetic nonsense. Shame on those who accept this racism; it is apostate Christianity.

The original Scoield note was far out of line with traditional Christianity in 1908 and should have been treated as heresy then. Yet Scoield had failed to go far enough for the Zionists. Scoield clearly recognised what the book of Genesis states, that the sons of Ishmael are co-

heirs to Abraham’s ancient promise. Did not Scoield say “the Israelitish people and Ishmaelitish people are...the natural posterity of Abraham”? The Oxford Press simply waited for Scoield to die and changed it as they wished.

And what is it that Scoield said that did not satisfy the Zionists who rewrote the Oxford 1967 Edition?

The answer is an easy one. Most Arab and Islamic scholars consider Arabs in general and the Prophet Mohamed in particular to be direct descendants of Ishmael, Abraham’s irst son and older

half-brother of Isaac, whose son Jacob was later to become known as “Israel.” Many Arabs believe that through Ish-

mael they are co-heirs of to Abraham’s promise, and they correctly believe that present-day Israelis have no biblical right to steal their land. Jewish Talmudic folk-

lore also speaks of Ishmael, so the Zion-

ists apparently felt they had to alter how Christians viewed the two half brothers in order to prevent Christians from siding with the Arabs over the land theft.


The Zionists solved this dilemma by inserting a senseless footnote in the 1967 (Oxford) Scoield Reference Bible which,

in effect, substitutes the word “Jews” for the words “The Israelitish people and Ishmaelitish people,” as Scoield originally wrote it. The Israelitish and Ishmaelitish people lived 3000 years ago, but the Zionists want to claim the Arabs’ part of the presumed birthright right now! Read it again; “all Jews are natural descendants of Abraham, but are not necessarily his spiritual posterity.”

And there is more of such boondogglery in the Oxford bible. On the same page 1137 we ind yet another brand new Zionist-friendly note referring to the New Testament book of John 8:37.

“(2) 8:44 ...That this satanic fatherhood cannot be lim-

ited to the Pharisees is made clear in 1Jn3:8-10” (note SRB 1967 Edition, P1137 to John 8:44)

Let us look at the verse Oxford is trying to soften, wherein Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, who were the Jewish lead-

ers of his day, and to no one else:

“Ye are of your father the devil, and the lust of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the begin-

ning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speak-

est a lie, he speakest of his own; for he is a liar, and the father of it.” (John 8:44 King James Ed.)

Those are plain words. No wonder the Zionists wanted to dilute what Jesus said. Not only did Oxford add a new footnote in 1967, but they inserted no less than four reference cues into the King James sacred text, directing readers to their specious, apostate footnotes. It seems the Zionists cannot deny what Jesus said about Pharisees, but they do not want to bear the burden of being “sons of Satan” all by themselves. Now here’s the text of the verse to which Oxford refers in order to try to solve this problem:

“He that commiteth sin is of the devil;

for the devil sinneth from the beginning. For this purpose the son of god was manifested, that he might destroy the work of the devil.” (1Jn3:8.King James Edition)

Fine, but this verse, spoken by Jesus to His followers in a speech about avoiding sin, in no way supports Oxford’s argu-

ment that Jesus was not talking directly to and about the Pharisee leaders when he called them “Sons of Satan” in John 8:44. It is a different book written at a different time to a different audience. This is typical Christian Zionist diver-sion.

To ind out to whom Jesus is speaking

you must read the rest of John 8, not something from another book. Further-more, John 8:44 is only one of some 77 verses where Jesus confronted the Pharisees by name and in many cases addressed them as “satanic” and as “vipers.” Oxford simply ignores most of these denunciations by Jesus, adding no notes at all, and the Christian Zionists go along without question.

These are a few examples of Zionist perversions of Scripture that have shaped the doctrine of America’s most politi-cally powerful religious subculture, the “Christian Zionists” as Ariel Sharon called them, or the dispensationalists, as intellectual followers call themselves, or the Judeo-Christians as our politically-correct politicians describe themselves. Today’s Mid-East wars are not caused by the predisposition of the peoples, who are no more warlike than any human

tribes. Without the pandering to Jewish and Zionist interests that is carried out by this subculture – the most vocal being the celebrity Christian evangelists – there would be no such wars, for there is not enough support for war outside of organ-

ized Zionist Christianity.

Reverend Stephen Sizer of Christ Church, Christ Church Vicarage, Virginia Water, GU25 4LD, England, is perhaps the most dedicated new scholar writing about the Scoield Bible craze, popularly known as Christian Zionism. He has quipped, “Judging Christianity by look-

ing at the American Evangelists is kind of like judging the British by watching Benny Hill.”

Reverend Sizer’s remark brings to mind another Benny; his name is Benny Hinn, not a British comic, but an American evangelist spouting inlammatory hate-illed words aimed at Muslims everywhere. Hinn was speaking to the applause of an aroused crowd of thou-

sands in the American Airline Center in Dallas when he shocked two Ft. Worth Star Telegram

religious reporters cov-

ering the July 3d event by announcing, “We are on God’s side,” speaking of Palestine. He shouted, “This is not a war between Jews and Arabs.. It is a war between God and the Devil.” Lest there be any doubt about it, Hinn was talking about a blood war in which the Israelis are “God” and the Palestin-

ians are “the Devil.”

Benny Hinn is one of hundreds of ac-

knowledged Christian Zionists who have no problem spouting outright race hatred and who join in unconditional support for Israel without regard for which or how many of Israel’s enemies are killed or crippled. His boldness stems from his knowledge that the vast majority of professing Christians from whom he seeks his lavish support – the Judeo-Christians, or Christian Zionists – do not shrink at his words, because they have been conditioned to accept them, just as Roman citizens learned to accept Chris-

George Bush “heals” a child. No, really.

tian persecution, even burning alive, under Nero. Several evangelists in attendance afirmed their agreement with Hinn – “the line between Christians and Muslims is the difference between good and evil.”

An amazing number of professing Chris-

tians are in agreement with the fanatical likes of Hinn, including Gary Bauer, Ralph Reed, James Dobson and hundreds more. Yet Hinn’s proit-seeking fanati-cism is not as shocking as that of men like Richard Land of the Southern Baptist Convention who occupy the highest posi-tions in the area of conservative religious thought. Land may have stopped short of branding all Muslims as devils, but he at-tacked their leader and Prophet and stated that, according to Baptist Bible interpreta-

tion, the Palestinian people have no legal rights to property in Palestine.

The more politically conservative and libertarian the speaker expressing hatred for Islam, the more shocking the statement sounds. One example is Samuel Blu-

menfeld, a veteran textbook author and advocate of home education. His attack on Islam in a story entitled “Religion and Satanism” in the April 2002 conservative Calvinist Chalcedon Report leaves little room for civil liberties and freedom of thought. He writes, “Islam is a religion ruled by Satan,” and asks, “Can anyone under the inluence of Satan be trusted?” Blumenfeld shows poor judgment and a lack of morality when he allows phrases such as “willing agents of Satan,” “an-

other manifestation of Satanism” and “the willingness of Muslims to believe blatant lies,” to spill from his pen.

How can anyone interpret these words by Land, Hinn, Blumenfeld, and yes, our own President, as anything less than race hatred? Who would make such gener-alised and transparently false statements against any other minority except Mus-

lims?

About 100 million American Christians need to recover their true faith in Christ Jesus, who never denounced any indi-vidual on account of his group. Jesus even tried to save the Pharisees, and only denounced them when they showed themselves to be deceivers. There is not a word in the New Testament that urges any follower of Jesus to murder one child in Iraq or condemn Palestine to death.

Race hatred is a Zionist, not a Christian, strategy.

Christian Zionism may be the most blood-

thirsty apostasy in the entire history of Christianity or any other religion. Shame on its leaders: they have already brought the blood of untold numbers innocent people down upon the spires and prayer benches of America’s churches. WHTT asks every Christian to share this article with pastors and church leaders, especially lay leaders. We ask every Mus-

lim and Jew who reads it to do the same. You might wish to suspend giving money to any organisations that preach Zionist race hatred in any form, especially under the cover of Jesus Christ. And lastly, We Hold These Truths invites your informed comments and questions. We Hold These Truths (WHTT)P.O. Box 14491Scottsdale, AZ 85267, USATel. 480-947-3329

AMAZING SECRETS FROM LOST CIT-

IES

– AND VANISHED TECHNOLOGY!

•Haveyouheardofasimplesecretfromtheancientworldthatjustmighthelpyouincreaseyourpetrolmileageby

50%?

•AndwhatpyramidinChinaisbigenoughtoswallow26EmpireStatebuildings?

•WhomappedNewZealandthousandsofyearsbeforeNewZealandwasdiscovered?

•Whatincredible4,000yearoldstrategywasusedtotrackdownSaddamHussein?

WOULDYOULIKETOKNOW?ArchaeologistJonathanGraystumbleduponsomethingthatshockedhim...awholecacheof“outofplace”itemsthatshouldnotexist.Andtheyweren’tjustinoneplace.Therewasaglobalpatterntothem.Thispatternshowedalostscienceandtechnology.That’swhenheknewsomeonehadtospeakup.Thiscon-tentwasoftremendousvalue.• MACHINERY:DidyouknowthattheEgyptiansboredintograniterockwithdrillsthatturned500timesfasterthanmodernpowerdrills?•ANCIENT AMERICA:DidyouknowthataChinesemappingsurveyofNorthAmericain2200BCdescribedasunriseovertheGrandCanyon,blackopalsandgoldnuggetsinNevada,andsealsfrolickinginSanFranciscoBay?

Thisisthemostamazingarchaeologybookyou’lleverread!

DEADMEN’SSECRETSisanassemblageofastonish-ingdiscoveries…Alostsuperscienceemergesfromthesealoor,jungleanddesertsandsofourplanet…over1,000forgottensecrets.

*ItwillSHOCKyou.*SEEthisworldasyou’veneverseenitbefore.*DISCOVERanswersyouneverhad.*GAINanewenjoyment.*HAVEFACTSatyouringertipstoamazeyourfriends.

Formoreinformationclickhere:http://www.beforeus.comDeadMen’sSecrets,P.O.Box785,Thames,NewZealand

[email protected]


WHAT YOUR DOCTOR ...WILL NEVER TELL YOU

http://www.landrights.com/this_is_life_saving_information.htm

Bicarbonate Lessons in Cancer and General pH ManagementApril 3, 2007By Dr. William ShawInternational Medical Veritas Association

Most of us are going to be surprised to ind out that there is an oncologist in Rome Italy, Dr. Tullio Simoncini, destroying cancer tumours with sodium bicarbonate.[i] Sodium bicarbonate is safe, extremely inexpensive and unstop-

pably effective when it comes to cancer tissues. It’s an irresistible chemical, cya-

nide to cancer cells for it hits the cancer cells with a shock wave of alkalinity, which allows much more oxygen into the cancer cells than they can tolerate. Can-

cer cells cannot survive in the presence of high levels of oxygen. Sodium bicar-bonate is, for all intent and purposes, an instant killer of tumours. Full treatment takes only days, as does another cancer treatment that heats the cancer cells with laser generated heat. (At bottom see com-

bining ph shift with heat.)

The extracellular (interstitial) pH (pHe) of solid tumours is signiicantly more acidic compared to normal tissues. [ii]

Case one: A patient diagnosed with pulmonary neoplasm of the lung,

underwent treatment with sodium bicar-bonate, before submitting to surgery to remove part of the lung. Treatment con-

sisted of sodium bicarbonate administered orally, by aerosol, and IV. After irst treat-ment reduction of nodules and absorp-

tion was evident, and after 8 months was no longer visible at all. Treatments also reduced size of the liver and results were conirmed by both X-ray and CAT scan.

Studies have shown how manipulation of tumour pH with sodium bicarbonate en-

hances some forms of chemotherapy.[iii] Proteins can be modiied both in vivo and in vitro by increases in acidity. In fact pH is the regulatory authority that controls most cellular processes. The pH balance of the human bloodstream is recognised by medical physiology texts as one of the most important biochemical balances in all of human body chemistry. pH is the acronym for “Potential Hydrogen”. In deinition, it is the degree of concentra-

tion of hydrogen ions in a substance or solution. It is measured on a logarithmic scale from 0 to 14. Higher numbers mean a substance is more alkaline in nature and there is a greater potential for absorbing more hydrogen ions. Lower numbers indicate more acidity with less potential for absorbing hydrogen ions.

Our body pH is very important because pH controls the speed of our body’s biochemical reactions. It does this by controlling the speed of enzyme activ-

ity as well as the speed that electricity moves through our body. The higher (more alkaline) the pH of a substance or solution, the more electrical resist-ance that substance or solution holds. Therefore, electricity travels slower with

higher pH. If we say something has an acid pH, we are saying it is hot and fast. Alkaline pH on the other hand, biochemi-cally speaking, is slow and cool. Cancer tissues have a much higher concentration of toxic chemicals, pesticides, etc then do healthy tissues.

In 1973, a study conducted by the Department of Occupational Health at Hebrew University-Hadassah Medical School in Jerusalem found that when cancerous breast tissue is compared with non-cancerous tissue from elsewhere in the same woman’s body, the concentra-

tion of toxic chemicals such as DDT and PCBs was “much increased in the malignant tissue compared to the normal breast and adjacent adipose tissue.”[iv] This should say something to the on-

cologists of the world about chemical etiologies that are going undiagnosed and untreated.

Part of many successful cancer treat-ments include chelation and detoxiica-

tion of heavy metals and a host of toxic chemicals, which are all invading our bodies everyday. It is literally rain-

ing mercury, uranium contamination is increasing, lead we are discovering is even more toxic than anyone ever believed and is even in the bread that we eat, arsenic is in our chicken, the gov-

ernment still wants you to get your yearly mercury lu shot, dentists of course are still using hundreds of tons of mercury exposing patients to internalized toxic waste dumps (mercury vapours from hell), luoride is still put in the water and chlorine is breathed in most showers. This just covers a small slice of the toxic disaster that is the hallmark of life in the

Can Baking Soda Cure Cancer?


21st century. But oncologists have just not been able to understand that cancer patients are suffering from poisoning on a massive scale with all the chemicals scientists have already established cause cancer.

The IMVA recommends alkaline foods and sodium bicarbonate so that the pH of the blood remains high, which in turn means that the blood is capable of carry-

ing more oxygen. This in turn keeps eve-

ry cell in the body at peak eficiency and helps the cell eliminate waste products. Detoxiication and chelation will proceed more easily and safely under slightly alkaline conditions. Increased urinary pH reduces oxidative injury in the kidney so it behooves us to work clinically with bicarbonate.

Patients receiving sodium bicarbonate achieved urine pHs of 6.5 as opposed to 5.6 with those receiving sodium chloride.This alkalinization is theorized to have a protective effect against the forma-

tion of free-radicals that may cause nephropathy.[v]

Dr. Michael Metro

Body ph level changes are intense in the profundity of their biological effects. Even genes directly experience external pH. pH differentially regulates a large number of proteins. Increased oxidative stress, which correlates almost exponen-

tially with ph changes into the acidic, is especially dangerous to the mitochondria, which suffer the greatest under oxida-

tive duress. Epigenetics, which may now have begun eclipsing traditional genetics, commonly describes how factors such as diet and smoking, rather than inheritance inluence how genes behave.

The great advantage of knowing the prime cause of a disease is that it can then be attacked logically and over a broad front.

Dr. Otto Warburg

Dr. Otto Warburg, two times Nobel Prize winner, stated in his book, The Metabo-

lism of Tumours that the primary cause of cancer was the replacement of oxygen in the respiratory cell chemistry by the fermentation of sugar. The growth of

cancer cells is initiated by a fermentation process, which can be triggered only in the absence of oxygen at the cell level. What Warburg was describing was a classic picture of acidic conditions. Just like overworked muscle cells manufac-

ture lactic acid by-products as waste, cancerous cells spill lactic acid and other acidic compounds causing acid pH.

After we just saw how important sulfur is in human health and how useful a basic chemical like sodium thiosulfate can be, we now get a crash course in the power of sodium bicarbonate and the act of instantly turning cancer cells alkaline. Might as well shoot a guided cruise missile at them – so effective, safe, quick and precise is sodium bicarbonate, inexpensive as well. Just a few pen-

nies a day of it will keep cancer further away, keeping it at arms length from ourselves, patients and loved ones. It is something we can use to treat our water with as well, excellent to put in distilled or reverse osmosis water or any water for that matter.

A true understanding of cancer is impossible without understanding why some tissues in the body are dei-

cient in oxygen and therefore prone to cancer. Cancerous tissues are acidic, whereas healthy tissues are alkaline. Water (H2O) decomposes into H+ and OH-. When a solution contains more H+ than OH- then it is said to be acid. When it contains more OH- than H+ then it is said to be alkaline. When oxygen enters an acid solution it can combine with H+ ions to form water. Oxygen helps to neu-

tralise the acid, while at the same time the acid prevents oxygen from reaching the tissues that need it. Acidic tissues are devoid of free ox-

ygen. An alkaline solution is just the

reverse. Two hy-

droxyl ions (OH-) can combine to produce one water molecule and one oxygen atom. In other words, an alkaline solution

can provide oxy-

gen to the tissues.

The pH scale goes from 0 to 14,

with 7 being neutral.Below 7 is acid and above 7 is alkaline. The blood, lymph and cerebral spinal luid in the human body are designed to be slightly alkaline at a pH of 7.4.

At a pH slightly above 7.4 cancer cells become dormant and at pH 8.5 cancer cells will die while healthy cells will live. This has given rise to a variety of treat-ments based on increasing the alkalinity of the tissues such as vegetarian diet, the drinking of fresh fruit and vegetable juices, and dietary supplementation with alkaline minerals such as calcium, potas-

sium, magnesium, cesium and rubidium. But nothing can compare to the instant alkalinising power of sodium bicarbonate for safe and effective treatment of cancer.

Like magnesium chloride or sulfates are excellent emergency medicines, basic chemicals, nutritional in nature, sodium bicarbonate is a nutritional medicine meaning it cannot and will not end up controlled by CODEX. To control bicar-bonate they would have to demand moth-

ers stop making cake with it. We might thus identify sodium bicarbonate as an emergency medicine for cancer with the above supporting approaches working on broader levels to help overall physiology change to a degree where body chemistry is unfavourable for new cancer growth.

Cancer seems to grow slowly in a highly acid environment (because the acids cause it to partially destroy itself) and may actually grow more quickly as your body becomes more alkaline prior to reaching the healthy pH slightly above 7.4 where the cancer becomes dormant. Therefore it is important to get pH above 7.4 quickly. Once one has achieved a pH


above 7.4, it is useful to monitor saliva pH regularly to ensure that the body remains suficiently alkaline.

Earlier and more frequent use of sodium bicarbonate was associated with higher early resuscitability rates and with better long-term neurological outcome. Sodium bicarbonate is beneicial during CPR.[vi]

“The therapeutic treatment of bicarbonate salts can be administered orally, through aerosol, intravenously and through catheter for direct targeting of tumours.” All of Dr. Tullio Simoncini’s treatments with sodium bicarbonate are directed as speciically as possible to the organs involved, for example, vaginally as well as abdominally into the peritoneal space for cervical cancer, through the hepatic artery for liver cancer in order to get the solution as close to the affected area as possible. Sodium bicarbonate adminis-

tered orally, via aerosol or intravenously can achieve positive results in most tu-

mours, including the brain, while others, such as the serious ones of the bones can remain unaffected. Dr. Simoncini, with the help of interventionist radiologists was able to reach those areas

of the body that had previously been inaccessible. This was achieved through positioning appropriate catheters either in cavities for peritoneum and pleura, or in arteries to reach other organs.[vii]

The most effective measure to treat Radiation Treat-ment-induced mucositis in patients with head and neck cancer is frequent oral rinsing with a sodium bicarbonate rinse, to reduce the amount of oral microbial lora.[viii]

Case two: A nine-year-old child is hospitalised and diag-

nosed with Ewing’s Sarcoma on the right humerus. Despite several chemotherapy cycles surgery removed the humeral bone. Growth of three tumour masses continued despite con-

tinued efforts to stop progres-

sion. Sodium bicarbonate salts treatment were then started administered by catheter into the right sub-clavian artery in

order to administer the salts (phleboclysis of 500 cc at ive per cent) directly on the tumoural masses. Of the 3 masses shown by the scographic scan of May 7, 2001, whose size is respectively:a. 6,5 cm b. 4,4 cm c. 2,4 cm

After the sodium bicarbonate salts treat-ment only one tumour was left, with a size of only 1.5 cm, which is most likely residual scarring, as shown by the echog-

raphy of September 10, 2001.

Sodium bicarbonate injection is also indicated in the treatment of metabolic acidosis which may occur in severe renal disease, uncontrolled diabetes, and circulatory insuficiency due to shock or severe dehydration, extracorporeal circulation of blood, cardiac arrest and severe primary lactic acidosis. Sodium bicarbonate is further indicated in the treatment of drug intoxications, including barbiturates. Sodium carbonate has been found effective in treating poisoning or overdose from many chemicals and pharmaceutical drugs by negating the

cardiotoxic and neurotoxic effects. [ix] Sodium bicarbonate is useful in treatingneurological disorders in children.

Knowledge of sodium bicarbonate is important for parents because the rate of childhood cancer is growing exponen-

tially. But parents who resist the radiation burning, cutting and the lethal chemicals are regularly hauled before the courts only to have their children taken away from them. Oncologists are increasingly resorting to the justice system to have children made wards of the courts who then turn them over to medically irre-

sponsible practitioners. It is inexcusable separating a child from his mother and father in the middle of a medical crisis. Adding to the stress by tormenting pa-

tients’ hearts and souls has nothing to do with safe or effective medicine. The na-

ked truth is doctors and medical institu-

tions have not earned the necessary trust for this level of intervention in people’s lives. With patient safety slipping year by year,[x] children are not safe in hospitals, much less so if forced at gunpoint from their parents embrace.

Is Your Doctor Being PAID OFF by the Drug Industry?

According to the results of a national survey, virtually all doctors asked reported some sort of inancial relationship with medically related industries such as pharma-ceutical companies.

The inancial connections ranged from free lunches to payments for consulting and lecturing.

The survey was sent to more than 3,000 practicing anesthesiologists, cardiologists, family practitioners, general surgeons, internists and pediatricians, and just over half responded. Some 94 percent of the respondents acknowledged some kind of relation-ship with the drug industry, although 80 percent of them primarily accepted free food or drug samples.

However, research has shown that even inexpensive gifts can inluence behavior.

In addition, more than one-third of the respondents were paid by the drug industry to travel to professional meetings or attend medical education classes. Family practition-ers said they met an average of 16 times a month with industry reps, the most of any specialty surveyed. However, cardiologists were more than twice as likely as family practitioners to receive direct payments from industry.

Doctors were more likely to receive payments from industry if they were male, had any role in training doctors or developing medical guidelines, or had few uninsured patients or patients on Medicaid.

New England Journal of Medicine, Vol. 356, No. 17, April 26, 2007: 1742-1750 (Free Full-Text Study) Source: www/mercola.comUSA Today April 26, 2007Washington Post April 29, 2007


Chemo‘Therapy’ May Fuel Cancer Spread4-6-7Note: Funny how this story appears not

in the American controlled mainstream

media but in Iran’s Presstv.ir. So, after

how many decades of AMA radiation tor-

ture and chemotherapy toxic poisoning

and suffering has ‘science’ now begun to

‘discover’ and face the obvious? Answer:

close to 100 years. The ‘therapy’ offered

by the medical-pharmaceutical cartel

– and the gigantic proit center called the ‘war on cancer’ (the average cancer

patient generates over half a MILLION

dollars in cancer industry revenue now)

– has to be stopped and replaced with

an enlightened new paradigm of TRUE

healing. And it starts with people learn-

ing to eat healthy and wholesome food

and changing self-destructive lifestyles.

The ‘war’ on cancer is a fraud, a monu-

mental grant-gorging and proit-generat-ing deception which has needlessly led

to the excruciating deaths of hundreds of

millions of people. So much ‘progress’ in

this hoax of a ‘war’ has been made that

cancer now strikes one out of every two

Americans during their lifetime. Sug-

gested reading: The writings of Dr. Alan

Cantwell, MD in the rense.com archives.

Just for fun, read the book Hitler’s War

On Cancer to see an intelligent national

anti-cancer programme. - JR

Treatment may fuel cancer’s spread

Treating cancer with surgery, chemo-

therapy or radiation may sometimes

cause tumours to spread, researchers

say.

Tests in mice show that using the chemo-

therapy drug doxorubicin or radiation both raised levels of TGF-beta, which in turn helped breast cancer tumours spread to the lung.

But using an antibody to block TGF-beta stopped the process, Dr. Carlos Arteaga and colleagues at Vanderbilt University in Tennessee have reported.

“We’ll be looking to see in what propor-tion of patients the serum and tumour TGF-beta goes up, and whether the

increase correlates with the inability of the therapy to eliminate the cancer in the breast,” Arteaga said.

Higher levels of TGF-beta after treat-ment may be a way to predict which patients are likely to have their cancer come back after treatment, Arteaga added.

TGF-beta, however, is not the only element that is having this effect. Many other compounds, including some im-

mune system signaling chemicals, are also associated with tumour spread and growth.

Researchers are also testing drugs that interfere with TGF-beta to see if they improve chances of survival.

http://www.presstv.ir/detail.aspx?id=5148&sectionid=3510210

Cleaning arteries and healing heart problemsSeveral people have asked for this after

they mentioned having heart problems

or clogged arteries. It has been posted

at KeelyNet for years now and my friend

and author Dan Haley was the source.

Check out the patent if you want all the

details or to show your doctor. It’s in-

credible and needs a lot more exposure.

The drug companies aren’t interested

because anyone can buy the pills from

any pharmacy for about $20 for a 2-3 months worth supply.

Here it is!

http://www.keelynet.com/biology/plaque.htm

Cardiovascular Problems - 01/01/98

Note : This ile is NOT to be construed as a recommendation, advice or a prescription for any medical problems. It is simply an anecdote recounted for the entertainment and enjoyment of Keelynet associates. You are responsible for your own actions should you choose

to experiment with the information this ile contains. We recommend you seek assistance, advice or treatment from qualiied medical practitioners if you re-

quire medical attention. At a recent meet-ing with friends, we were talking about various alternative medical treatments. The source of this information says he recently heard about a non-surgical treat-ment for cardiovascular problems.

The late Dr. Linus Pauling and a fellow named Matthias received a patent in 1992 for a method to remove lipopro-

teins (plaque) from the cardiovascular system without requiring surgery. You can view or print the patent on the US Patent Ofice.

Pauling/Matthias Lipoprotein Removal patent on the USPTO serverabstract and basic details - 5,278,189

The recommended dosage was 4 to 6 GRAMS of Lysine to be taken with 4 to 6 GRAMS of vitamin C.

As it was explained to him, one of these substances breaks the lipoprotein from the circulation system walls, the other substance dissolves the lipoproteins so the body can easily remove them.

Note, most vitamins and such are meas-

ured in milligrams and I was assured it was in GRAMS, not Milligrams. This is in line with Dr. Pauling’s long standing recommendation for megadoses (high quantities) of vitamin C.

Both Lysine and Vitamin C (ascorbic acid) can be purchased at any natural food store and most pharmacies in the herb/vitamin section.

The best treatment I had heard of for heart problems was Co-Q-10. It is fairly expensive and must be taken regularly.

If you CHOOSE to experiment with this, please share your observations with us or with other networks so everyone can learn from your experience. Thanks from Jerry Decker

http://www.keelynet.comhttp://www.vanguardsciences.biz


Honey to the rescueBy Sherry StultzMarch 17, 2007

I burned my right arm trying to fry some chicken and had 2nd degree burns scat-tered from my wrist to the top of my arm. It was not the proudest moment. It wasn’t accident in as much as it was sheer stu-

pidity. I realised that about ive minutes after the incident had passed. I was in a hurry to make dinner. The olive oil had gotten too hot and started to smoke, so Ipulled it off the burner and started to fumigate the house. A few minuteshad passed and I decided to go ahead with dinner and tried to lay a piece ofpartially frozen chicken in the way too hot oil.

Moisture hitting hot oil splatters with a vengeance and I was wearing my yoga top, bare arms exposed. The aloe vera I had on hand was not suficient because the skin was turning white. I thought about going to Urgi Care, but the waits are long this time of year and I knew they were going to give me silvadene, which I thought I could buy anyway if I needed it. I recalled a news article where they had been treating nasty wounds with honey in Australia and the Mid-

dle East (see below), especially wounds that would not heal with antibiotics. I hurriedly located a medical study on-line and found out they used honey for burns, too. I then found a site on wiki-how thatexplained how to wrap the burns with honey <http://www.wikihow.com/Treat-a-Burn-Using-Honey>.

Raw honey and plastic wrap were the necessary items and I had both on hand, speciically some raw wildlower honey.

I kept my arm wrapped in honey chang-

ing it every four hours for about 48hours; there was some initial stinging and that scared me; however I read online in the medical study I downloaded that this had happened occasionally during the treatments. The burns never blistered and I slowly weaned off the honey wraps to let everything air out. I am amazed seven days later at how fast it’s healed. Honey has a hydrogen-peroxide-like substance

and it’s viscosity makes it such that it doesn’t stick to your wounds. Wiki-howinstructions were not exact for my situ-

ation. I changed the dressing every four hours because the honey leaks out and there was not enough to keep the wounds covered. I would deinitely recommended evaluating the wound every four hours or so and determine whether or not clean materials and more honey is needed. I still have one burn – the biggest one – that I wrap for four hours each night and two hours during the day. Depending on the size of the wound, you may need to consider continued care. Larger burns are more easily infected and honey can be messy.

Ginger: A new weapon to fight ovarian cancer20.04.2006

URL: http://english.pravda.ru/science/health/79386-ginger-0

Common ginger may be the next weapon in the battle against ovarian cancer, scien-tists have suggested. Laboratory stud-

ies have shown that powdered root ginger could be as effective as chemo-

therapy for treating ovarian cancer.The ovaries are a woman’s reproduc-

tive organs which produce steroid hormones as well as eggs, called ova. Ovarian cancer usually occurs after menopause. In fact, 50% of ovarian tumours occur in women aged 40 to 60 and 40% over age 60. Like other cancers, ovarian cancer is a disease of body cells. Cancerous tumours in the ovaries can not only invade and destroy surrounding normal tissues, their

cells can metastasise, which means they break away and spread to other parts of the body. Generally, it will involve the abdominal cavity. Women who have never had children are twice as likely to develop this cancer as those who have given birth. There are usually no obvious symptoms of ovarian cancer until late in its development. If there is a symptom of ovarian cancer present, it will most likely be an enlarged abdomen caused by the accumulation of luid, according to cancer.med.umich.edu

When research-grade ginger – which is free of additives – was applied to ovarian cancer cells in Petri dishes it proved to be as effective as platinum-based chemo-

therapies for stopping cell growth.

The US scientists behind the research are particularly excited because ginger seems to offer a two-pronged attack on cancer cells: it makes them commit suicide, known as apoptosis, and self-digest, known as autophagy. It offers the hope that when one form of attack starts to fail the other will kick in.

“Most ovarian cancer patients develop recurrent disease that eventually becomes resistant to standard chemotherapy – which is associated with resistance to apoptosis,” said Rebecca Liu, assistant professor of obstetrics and gynaecology at the University of Michigan medical school, where the research was carried out. “If ginger can cause autophagic cell

death in addition to apoptosis, it may circumvent resist-ance to convention-

al chemotherapy.” The scientists

stressed these were preliminary ind-

ings.

Ginger is known to ease nausea, and it is being investigat-ed for use to lessen the side-effects of chemotherapy and

prevent bowel cancer. But the research into its use to treat ovarian cancer is at an early stage, The Guardian reports.

Henry Scowcroft of Cancer Research UK has called for a cautionary approach to

“When research-grade ginger – which is free of additives – was applied to ovarian cancer cells in Petri dishes it proved to be as effective as plati-num-based chemothera-

pies for stopping cell growth.”


the indings.

“This doesn’t mean that people should dash down to the supermarket and stock-

pile ginger, he said. “We still don’t know whether ginger, in any form, can prevent or treat cancers in animals or people. And there is always the possibility that eating lots of ginger or taking ginger supple-

ments might interfere with chemotherapy or be harmful to health.”

Stowcroft admitted after previous re-search a drug made from a chemical found in ginger could be feasible but said much more work was needed before irm conclusions could be drawn, freshinfo.com says.

The researchers do warn however that the results are very preliminary and they plan to test whether they can obtain similar results in animal studies. The researchers say the appeal of ginger was that it would have virtually no side-effects and would be easy to administer as a capsule.

What is ginger?Actually, ginger root is not really a root at all, but a rhizome or underground stem. It’s harvested nearly year-round. Ginger’s earlier harvests – about ive months after planting – are used to process products like ginger syrup and candied ginger. Later harvests are sold as fresh ginger. The longer the ginger remains underground before harvest, the hotter and spicier it gets – and the better it is for use in herbal remedies.

Other beneits of ginger.For thousands of years Asian civilisa-

tions have used ginger medicinally as well as in cooking. It’s said to aid in the remedies of many ailments from motion sickness to athletes foot. Its anti-inlam-

matory properties can lessen the pain of rheumatoid arthritis and many women claim ginger tea helps rid them of men-

strual cramps.

For motion sickness, upset stomachs, colds or headaches, steep about a tea-

spoon of chopped fresh ginger in a cup of boiling water to make a tea. Sip this tea before taking a trip to avoid motion sickness or during or after the journey to calm a queasy stomach.

As a mood enhancer, ginger’s cineole content may help contribute to stress re-

lief. So sipping a cold glass of ginger ale after a hard day at the ofice might be just what the doctor ordered. Just make sure the ginger ale you drink is made with real ginger. Some of today’s sodas are artiicially lavored and will do nothing for you like ginger can.

© 1999-2006. «PRAVDA.Ru».

Cocoa – as important as penicillin?ScienceDaily.com3-13-7

Epicatechin is biochemical found in teas, wine, chocolate and some fruit and vegetables.

Norman Hollenberg, professor of medi-cine at Harvard Medical School, believes that epicatechin is so important that it should be considered a vitamin.

Hollenberg has spent years studying the beneits of cocoa drinking on the Kuna people in Panama. He found that the risk of 4 of the 5 most common killer diseases: stroke, heart failure, cancer and diabetes, is reduced to less then 10% in the Kuna. They can drink up to 40 cups of cocoa a week.

Natural cocoa has high levels of epicate-

chin.

‘If these observations predict the future, then we can say without blushing that they are among the most important observations in the history of medicine,’ Hollenberg says. ‘We all agree that peni-cillin and anaesthesia are enormously important. But epicatechin could poten-

tially get rid of 4 of the 5 most com-

mon diseases in the western world, how important does that make epicatechin?... I would say very important’

Nutrition expert Daniel Fabricant says that Hollenberg’s results, although observational, are so impressive that they may even warrant a rethink of how vitamins are deined. Epicatechin does

not currently meet the criteria. Vitamins are deined as essential to the normal functioning, metabolism, regulation and growth of cells and deiciency is usually linked to disease.

At the moment, the science does not sup-

port epicatechin having an essential role. But, Fabricant, who is vice president scientiic affairs at the Natural Products Association, says: ‘the link between high epicatechin consumption and a decreased risk of killer disease is so striking, it should be investigated further. It may be that these diseases are the result of epicatechin deiciency,’ he says.

Currently, there are only 13 essential vitamins. An increase in the number of vitamins would provide signiicant opportunity for nutritional companies to expand their range of products. Flavanols like epicatechin are removed for com-

mercial cocoas because they tend to have a bitter taste.

http://www.sciencedaily.com/releas-

es/2007/03/070311202024.htm

Lower blood pressure with neck alignmenthttp://www.rense.com/general76/neck.htm

Note - For decades, Chiropractors have been urging people to have their spines checked and straightened to restore proper nerve function to the major organs and the entire neorologicial system of the body. The KEY vertebra in the recovery of full physical health is quite often the atlas. I have personally seen miraculous results from PROPER atlas adjustments in many, many people over a long period of time. This is the FIRST newspaper story I have ever seen in the main stream media which discussess this essential aspect of chiropractic spinal alignment and health. In fact, there are people in mental hospitals and probably hundreds of thousands, or millions, who are on medication – pain and psycho-

tropic – who are suffering from nothing more than a misaligned atlas vertebra. Among many serious problems, an atlas out of alignment can cause a loss of not


only blood circulation to the brain and cause blood pressure issues but it can restrict the low and pressure of cerebro spinal luid. Caution: PROPER atlas adjustments require advanced skill and there are, unfortunately, relatively few chiropractors who are truly competent at PROPERLY adjusting the atlas. It is such a delicate and important adjustment that some chiropractors specialize in only atlas adjustments. Do some research and consult with several chiropractors if you suspect you might have an atlas issue. One easy way to get a quick read is to have someone put an thumb and index inger on each side of the spine at the base of the skull. If there is soreness or pain, you may have an atlas out of place. If so, by all means, visit a good, qualiied chiropractor for a consultation. -ed

By Terri Yablonsky StatSpecial to The Tribune

Published May 8, 2007

A one-time chiropractic adjustment of a misaligned neck vertebra has been shown to signiicantly reduce blood pressure in people with hypertension, according to a pilot study by University of Chicago researchers.

When the vertebra, known as the Atlas, or C1, was manipulated in 25 people with high blood pressure, both their systolic and diastolic readings decreased signiicantly, equal to taking two blood-pressure drugs at once.

High blood pressure, or hypertension, is deined in an adult as a systolic pres-

sure of 140 or higher and/or a diastolic pressure of 90 or higher. The mean blood pressure of those who had the adjustment was 147 systolic before adjustment and 129.8 systolic after. The mean diastolic reading was 92.5 before adjustment and 82.3 after.

For years anecdotal reports have linked blood pressure and neck pain, according to the study’s lead author, Dr. George Bakris, director of the hypertension cent-er at the University of Chicago Medical Center. He and his team decided to put the hypothesis to the test after he was approached by family practitioner Dr. Bruce Bell of Barrington, who has been interested in this phenomenon for years.

The Atlas vertebra, which lies high in the neck, is not anchored like other verte-

brae, so it easily slips out of alignment. It relies solely on muscles and ligaments to stay in place. The vertebra also can become displaced without pain and often goes undetected and untreated.

Problem long recognised“Even back in the 1960s and ‘70s, neuro-

surgeons and some specialized chiro-

practors knew that things change when you realign C1,” Bakris said. “But there has not been the rigour of the scientiic method applied to see what’s going on. We wanted to ind out if this effect lasts longer than a week or two.”

Enough chiropractic specialists were aware of the phenomenon to limit their practice to manual alignment of C1. They make up the National Upper Cervical Chiropractic Association. It was a Chica-

go member of the association, Marshall Dickholtz Sr., to whom patients with high blood pressure and misaligned C1 were sent for the study. Half the patients received a tailor-made adjustment; half received a “sham intervention.” Patients were assessed after the alignment as well as at the end of eight weeks.

“We were shocked to ind out that we got more than double what we expected in blood pressure reduction,” Bakris said. Patients did not need to resume taking blood pressure medicine. The effect lasted for months.

[email protected] © 2007, Chicago Tribune

Complete story at:http://www.chicagotribune.com/features/health/chi-0705041135may08,1,1678537.story

Essential oils “combat superbug” Tests of new machine at a hospital have found it could be effective in the battle against the superbug MRSA.

Consultants at Wythenshawe Hospital found that using a vapouriser to spray es-

sential oils into the atmosphere killed off micro-organisms.

Airborne bacterial counts dropped by 90% and infections were reduced in a nine-month trial at the burns unit.

The recipe of oils used in the machine was reined by microbiologists at Man-

chester Metropolitan University.

Scent Technologies, the Wigan-based company which makes the machine, developed the device to mask smells on wards but found it had a beneicial effect on infections.

The study was started after the recipe of oils was modiied by the university team, in conjunction with Wythenshawe consultant Ken Dunn.

It has to be in conjunction with every-

thing else - it can’t just be a machine on a ward Bev Hurst, MRSA campaigner

“Many people will be aware that there are decades of experience with the use of essential oils to control infection,” said Mr Dunn.

“I think the novelty of this is putting the two researched technologies together and being able to affect a really surpris-

ingly large area of the ward with a single machine.”

There were no MRSA infections in the burns unit while the machine was being used with the recipe of oils.

In the inal two months the natural essence blend was removed from the machines and MRSA levels in the air increased - and there was an MRSA outbreak in the ward. – BBC


http://www.newswithviews.com/Howen-

stine/james58.htm#_ftn2 http://psychdata.blogspot.com/

By Dr. James Howenstine, MD.May 1, 2007NewsWithViews.com

When you look below the surface at psy-

chiatry what you uncover is so ludicrous it is dificult to believe that it is really true.

Prominent psychiatrists from all over the world gather annually for a meet-ing at which new diseases are invented. There are no objective indings that establish the diagnosis of these diseases. These new diseases are included in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of

Mental Diseases. Potential new diseases are discussed at these meetings and new diseases are voted in or out by a show of hands.[1] Among the new diseases are social anxiety disorder (everyone who is uncomfortable in a social setting has this disease) and mathematics disease (anyone who has struggled over a math problem has this disease). Gender iden-

tity disorder, passive-aggressive disorder, disorder of written expression and sexual disorder are other examples of invented diseases that will follow the individuals tagged with these ridiculous diagnoses the remainder of their lives. Naturally all these phony diseases have a psychoactive drug which supposedly ameliorates this disease.

This would be laughable were it not for the fact that it has serious consequences. When a child is diagnosed with depres-

sion that child is often placed on a potent SSRI drug. The manufacturer of one of the leading SSRI drug knew for many years that the drug caused loss of the ability to control violent behavior, thus increasing violence toward self (suicide) and others (mass murders). This informa-

tion was covered up because it would have hurt sales of the drug. Nearly every teen involved in the Columbine and Red

Lake mass murders was taking an SSRI drug. There is a fundamental law in a nation more concerned about sales of drugs than the welfare of its children.

An annoyed teacher is allowed to make a diagnosis of Hyperactive Disease. Hyperactive children are routinely given the very addictive drug Ritalin. In the US more than 1,500,000 children are taking Ritalin, a drug known to cause zombie-like behaviour, suppressed appetite, weight loss, serious addiction problems, retarded growth, paranoid symptoms, auditory and visual hallucinations and insomnia. Public schools get inancial rewards from the government for increas-

ing the number of students taking Ritalin and the number of children completing vaccine programmes. Fol-lowing a nutritious diet restricted in sugar content and colourants but re-

plete with vitamins and minerals goes a long way toward eliminating most cases of hyperactivity.

What is “Teen Screen”?Big Pharma has formulated a programme that will eventually enable all citizens to be placed on psychoactive drugs. (Does this sound like Orwell’s 1984?) Just as the indications for dangerous statin drugs get liberalised annually so that more persons qualify to be placed on statin drugs, there are other programmes stead-

ily being used to increase the number of children and adults taking unsafe psychoactive drugs for bogus psychiatric diagnosis.

One such programme is Teen Screen.[2] Without parental knowledge, children are given questionnaires to ill out. The goal of Teen Screen is to do a “suicide survey” on every teen in the USA. This has to be a marketing tool by the phar-

maceutical industry to increase the number of people using their products. The actual number of teen suicides is quite low (less than 50 yearly out of 4,000,000 students in the state of Florida), about equal to the number of persons struck by lightning. These children will often be placed on SSRI type drugs

which actually do increase the risk of

suicide. Among questions asked to 9 year olds and older are these:

• Have you ever felt very nervous when you have to do things in front of people? • Have you ever worried before you were going to play a sport or game or do some other activity? • In the last 3 months have you thought of killing yourself? • Are you still thinking about killing yourself? • Have you ever tried to kill yourself?

Because there are no valid objective tests to establish a psy-

chiatric diagnosis the evaluating psychiatrist has to decide which disorder label an individual patient best its into. Psychiatrists have been forced to admit that

drug therapies do not cure any of their disorders. Therefore when one drug fails to help a bogus disease the dose must be increased and then a second dangerous drug may need to be added. This danger-ous process is all often in the pursuit of a bogus disease.

Infectious Diseases Frequently Cause Psychiatric SymptomsThis lack of any scientiic method in diag-

nosing and treating patients often makes psychiatrists a danger to patients visiting them. Very few psychiatrists are aware that infectious diseases often cause psychiatric symptoms. Infections that are well known to cause psychiatric symptoms include pneumonia, urinary tract infection, sepsis, malaria, Legionaires Disease, syphilis, Chlamydia, typhoid fever, diphtheria, HIV, rheumatic fever and herpes.

“There is a fundamental law in a nation more concerned about sales of drugs than the welfare of its children.”

Is Psychiatry Unscientific And Dangerous? Yes.


Lyme Disease caused by the Borrelia

burgdori spirochete can mimic every disease in the Diagnostic Manual of Psychiatric Diseases. The ordinary psychiatrist is very unlikely to consider the possibility of bacterial, parasitic, fungi, yeast, mycoplasma infection when a patient has weakness, fatigue and depression. Yet these symptoms may appear when the infectious organisms release neurotoxins that interfere with hypothalamic function resulting in hy-

pothyroidism and adrenal insuficiency. Mothers who have infection with Herpes Simplex Type 2 virus are 6 times more likely to have a child who later becomes schizophrenic, than mothers without Herpes 2 infections. Acute infection with Toxoplasma Gondi can produce personal-ity changes and psychosis including delu-

sions and auditory hallucinations.

Johns Hopkins virologist Robert Yolken and psychiatry Professor Dr. E. Fuller Torrey believe that toxoplasmosis is one of several infectious agents that cause most cases of schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. Mental patients were found to have a 53.8% incidence of parasitic infections in a 2 year study conducted in the University of Ancona, Italy involv-

ing 238 inpatient residents in 4 Italian psychiatric institutions.

In addition to the infections mimicking schizophrenia or maternal infections dur-ing pregnancy that predispose children to become schizophrenic, there are many other patients with symptoms compatible with schizophrenia. What are the factors producing these symptoms?

SchizophreniaThe generally accepted conventional medical concept about schizophrenia is that the disease is caused by exces-

sive levels of dopamine and that by decreasing the levels of dopamine you improve patients with schizophrenia. The evidence for high levels of dopamine is poor[3] and Parkinson’s Disease-like symptoms appear when patients are treated for dopamine excess. Since Par-kinson’s Disease is known to stem from a dopamine deiciency, it is probable that drugs provoking these symptoms are creating a lack of dopamine, not correct-ing an excess of dopamine.

Genetics must play a role in schizophre-

nia because 50% of patients have a fam-

ily member with the illness. There are four genetic disorders seen with greater than normal frequency in schizophrenic patients. All four of these genetic defects cause a higher than normal exposure to adrenochrome (an adrenaline metabolite) or an abnormal sensitivity to the adverse effects of adrenochrome. One of the genetic advantages of schizophrenia is an unusual resistance to developing cancer particularly lung cancer.

There has been a striking rise in the frequency of schizophrenia since the industrial revolution. The prevalence of insanity has risen sevenfold between mid 18th century and mid 20th century. Ge-

netic disease cannot occur in epidemics. Therefore, industrial societies must have factors that increase the body’s produc-

tion of adrenochrome or provoke the body to create adrenochrome. Three such factors are stress, excess sugar consump-

tion and increased exposure to allergenic substances.

Adrenochrome has hallucinogenic properties and is a potent neurotoxin that damages the thyroid gland by antagonis-

ing the hormone triiodothyronine. Chron-

ic schizophrenics have permanent thyroid gland damage. Adrenochrome creates many free radicals, which produce oxida-

tive stress. This eventually wears out the antioxidant defence system producing deiciencies of glutathione peroxidase, superoxide desmutase, and catalase.

Assuming that adrenochrome produces schizophrenia, eight valuable therapies are suggested. Allergic reactions to the environment cause over-oxidation of adrenaline. Therefore, measures to decrease allergic reactions from environ-

mental stressors will be beneicial.

Genetic and environmental screening can improve selection of therapies that are likely to be helpful. Allergy testing to correct allergies decreases adrenochrome production. A low sugar diet blocks the insulin spikes caused by excess sugar. Absence of these spikes prevents the subsequent adrenaline release caused by low blood sugar values. Schizophrenics oxidise the released adrenaline from hy-

poglycemia and have worse symptoms.

Medical therapies using medication that quickly reduce the damaging impact of adrenochrome are valuable. High dosage of niacin or niacinamide, vitamin B1, ribolavin B2, and ubiquinone (CoQ 10) all lower excessive adrenochrome levels with niacin seeming to be the most effec-

tive.

The adrenochrome antagonist, triidothy-

ronine, is quite effective in treating schizophrenia particularly when used in the irst six months of illness. All 80 schizophrenics with less than six months of symptoms who were given 120 to 1200 mg of desiccated thyroid for 100 days recovered[4] unless they stopped the thyroid therapy. Schizophrenics are very resistant to thyroid medication and must be treated with high dosages.

Eating foods that contain tryptophan, which is converted into serotonin, is worthwhile because serotonin antago-

nises adrenochrome. Such foods include beans, cod, pork, soybeans, and cheese. Be certain these foods do not cause al-lergy.

All possible efforts to repair the anti-oxidant defence system are worthy. Glutathione can be given intravenously and n-acetyl cysteine raises glutathione levels.

Schizophrenics with MTHFR C677TT genetic dysfunction have excessive levels of homocysteine and lack of methionine. These defects can be repaired with folic acid, vitamin B12, pyridoxine, zinc, and trimethylglycine. Homocysteine acceler-ates brain aging and plays an important role in causing arteriosclerosis.

Brain atrophy may develop in chronic schizophrenia. These patients have low levels of glutathione peroxidase. Sup-

plementation with the four substances needed by the body to create glutath-

ione peroxidase (selenium, cysteine, glutamine, and tryptophan along with intravenous glutathione) can be of great value. The ish oil (eicosapentaenoic acid) also is able to reverse brain atrophy and should be given.

The eighth vital step to help schizophren-

ics is restoration of their self worth by helping them gain employment, respect and compassion. All this material about


schizophrenia is from University of Brit-ish Columbia History Professor Harold Foster’s valuable book, What Really

Causes Schizophrenia? A free copy of this book can be downloaded from www.hdfoster.com.

Causes Of Depression.Ten percent of persons visiting physi-cians in the USA suffer from depression. Many persons with depression have either undiagnosed hypothyroidism, are lacking omega 3 fatty acids in their diet, or are deicient in vitamin D. The RDA for vitamin D, at 400 IU daily, is set far below needed levels. Everyone probably needs more than 800 IU daily, and per-sons with depression or living far from the equator may beneit from 1200 IU or more daily. Correction of any of these three common conditions may eliminate the depression.

Countries with the highest intake of ish have the lowest incidence of depression. Less than 1% of Japanese, who aver-

age 140 pounds of ish annually, have depression whereas 6% of persons in New Zealand are depressed where they eat only forty pounds of ish annually. Fish contain abundant omega 3 fatty acids. Countries with higher average ish consumption also have lower rates of homicide, bipolar disorder, depression, and suicide.

The Future For Psychiatry?My hope is that many persons will be able to avoid the use of the dangerous, poorly researched drugs provided by the pharmaceutical industry for use in psy-

chiatric conditions. Safe effective natural therapies are available to treat schizo-

phrenia and depression. Natural therapies will never become widely used because of the pharmaceutical industry’s control over the media and their full support by U.S. government agencies(FDA, NIH,).

Psychiatry is a complete fraud and the problems caused by the drugs used (gastrointestinal bleeding, tardive dyski-

nesia, etc.) by these practitioners have, as usual, been covered up or ignored. Making money for drug companies has taken precedence over careful scien-

tiic research searching for truth in the interests of piling up bigger proits for an enormously wealthy industry.

At this time psychiatry is a very valuable asset for the pharmaceutical industry. Psychiatrists are busy writing prescrip-

tions for drugs all day long. The pros-

pects for the future are even brighter, as more and more Americans of all age brackets are recruited by programmes aimed at having every living man, woman and child taking a psychoactive drug daily.

Why do the insurance companies pay for worthless pharmaceutical prescriptions while refusing to pay for curative natural therapies? Why should Big Pharma bother to waste money doing careful scientiic research when lawed danger-ous drugs are not exposed by a watchdog media and there is no government agency the least bit concerned about the health of

Effects of Roundup

on human

embryonic cells

Professor Seralini’s group (1), in the Uni-versity of Caen, France, just published a study on the previously unknown toxic effects of Roundup on human embryonic cells. (May 2007)

Roundup is the major herbicide in use worldwide, including on GMOs for food and feed. The embryonic cells are from a line cultivated in the laboratory and their use does not necessitate embryo destruc-

tion. The group wanted to conirm and detail the understanding of the effects already observed on placental cells, as published by Seralini’s group in 2005.

Following comparison, it appears that embryonic cells are far more sensitive. The deleterious results of Roundup are noticed at very week doses (the product sold in stores is diluted up to 10,000 times). Sensitivity is conirmed in particular for the disruption of sexual hormones at non toxic levels, especially on fresh placental extracts. The maximal

active dilutions correspond to less than the residues in discussion to be author-ised in GMO feed in the United States.

It is evidenced that the herbicide Round-

up, as sold on the market, is far more toxic than the product which is known and approved to be its active ingredient: glyphosate. The gaps in European legis-

lation to study the effects of mixtures and hormonal disruptions are underlined.

This work may be of help in better un-

derstating the problems of miscarriages, premature births or sexual malformations of babies, in particular in agricultural workers’ families.

The paper published on line irst (1) on the website of the journal « Archives of Envi-ronmental Contamina-

tion and Toxicology » directed by Dr. Doerge from the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in USA, will appear in the July 2007 issue.

This work is funded by

the Human Earth Foundation, the Denis Guichard Foundation, the CRIIGEN and the Regional Council of Basse-Nor-mandie.

Contact : Pr Gilles-Eric Séralini, Bio-

chemistry, Institute of Biology, Univer-sity of Caen,Esplanade de la Paix, 14032 Caen, France. Telephone: 33(0)2-31-56-56-84. Fax: 33(0)2-31-56-53-20. Corinne Lepage President of CRIIGEN. E-mail: [email protected].(1) Time and Dose-Dependent Effects of Roundup on Human Embryonic and Pla-

cental Cells by Nora Benachour, Herbert Sipahutar, Safa Moslemi, Celine Gasnier, Carine Travert, Gilles-Eric Seralini.(http://www.springerlink.com/content/


Reich of the Black SunNazi Secret Weapons and the Cold War Allied Legend

by Joseph P Farrell

Adventures Unlimited Press, One Adventure Place, Kempton Illinois 60946, USA

ISBN 1-931882-39-8

www.adventuresunlimitedpress.com

Reviewed by Michael Vincent

Browsing through my local library shelves I came upon Joseph P Farrell’s obviously self-published work on the history of the German secret weapons programmes dur-ing WW2 and immediately after.

Farrell, a physi-cist, presents one of the most astounding claims of mod-ern history. He believes the two atomic bombs detonated over Hiroshima and Nagasaki were of German manufacture! Seems incredible? I thought so at irst until I read the evidence Farrell amasses to sub-stantiate his claim. Farrell quotes Sir Roy Fedden, a British special-ist sent to Germany to investigate the Reich’s weapons research at the end of the war…

“… I have seen enough of their designs and production plans to realise that if they had managed to prolong the war some months longer, we would have been confronted with a set of entirely new and deadly developments in air warfare”.

Not only had the Germans pro-duced the world’s irst operational jet ighters, the Me262 and the

He162, but in early 1945 were on the verge of deploying the irst heat seeking anti-aircraft guided missile. Had they managed to do so in any quantity, the Allied air superiority over Europe, in the closing stages of the war, would have vanished almost overnight.

In early 1944, a lone Junkers 390 – an aircraft every bit as advanced as the American B29 ‘ Super-fortress’, lew from Bordeaux in Southern France to within 12 miles of New York, photographed the target and returned undetec-ted by the Americans. What pos-sible purpose could such a light have, if not to deliver a weapon capable of removing the United States from the war? And note the target. Not the political capital of the U.S, but the inancial hub of the western economies.

Seemingly more incredible is the claim that Germany detonated the world’s irst nuclear weapon near Ludwigslust, south of Lubeck on the Baltic Coast, in early October 1944. This test was later reported to allied intelli-gence by a German scientist lying from Lubeck who had observed the lash from the detonation and experienced the turbulence caused by the blast wave. The test was also witnessed by one Luigi Romersa, an oficial observer for the Italian Government, on the island of Rugen, close to Lubeck on the night of 11-12th October 1944. The British Government appears to conirm the German nuclear weapons programme with an arti-cle published on August 11, 1945, in the London Daily Telegraph, soon after the surrender of Japan. The article claims that Britain had expected a nuclear attack on a

British city during 1944 and had made signiicant preparations in an attempt to deal with the result-ing damage.

But why didn’t the Germans deploy such a weapon when by late 1944 it was clear they were going to lose the war? On Wednes-day October 11, 1944, when the bomb was detonated, the Berlin telephone exchange system, one of the most advanced in the world at that time, fell silent for 60 hours. It appears the Germans had discovered the problems of ‘electromagnetic pulse’ (EMP), something not understood by the bomb makers at that time. This EMP blast so disrupted communi-cations within Germany that there appears to have been an immedi-ate decision not to use such weap-ons unless they could be detonated well away from Germany. To this end it appears specialised subma-rines were being developed for the purpose as an alternative to air dropped weapons should the V2 programme not be ready on time.

We can now under-stand why German conventional weap-ons production inex-plicably remained at relatively low levels until early 1944 after the Allied invasion of Normandy. Germany had been undertak-ing research into the atomic bomb since before the war. The resources required for the programme

were so vast that the rationing of strategic materials was inevitable. In April, 1944, Hitler made the fol-lowing claim to a gathering of the Axis elite…

“We have invisible aircraft, subma-rines, colossal tanks and cannon, unbelievably powerful rock

Reviews Edited by Katherine Smith

“The article claims that Britain had expected a nuclear attack on a British city during 1944 and had made signif-icant preparations in an attempt to deal with the resulting damage.”


ets, and a bomb with a working that will astonish the whole world. The enemy knows this, and besieges and attempts to destroy us. But we will answer this destruction with a storm and that without unleashing a bacteriological war, for which we are also prepared… all my words are the purest truth. That you will see!”

It is interesting to note Robert Op-penheimer (the U.S. Manhattan Project director) stated in the mid-dle of May, 1945, that the earliest an atom bomb could be ready was November 1945. Yet America was able to overcome all fusing problems and shortages of issile material a mere two months after the German surrender.

In their work Das Geheimnis, p89, Mayer and Mehner ask the pivotal question.

“ That the Germans were work-ing on an atom bomb no one may any longer question, but that they possessed a team that was work-ing on the destruction of the world is an unbelievable concept. This could only mean that there was a weapon system that possessed enormous range and degree of eficiency that lay beyond that of nuclear weapons technology… If such an ultimate weapon has already been in existence for more than ifty years, then it is a legiti-mate question to ask what today’s military really possess?”

Just as importantly, I would argue, is how did they get it?

The question of what happened to leading German researchers and their political masters has only been partially answered. We all know of Von Braun’s V2 rocket team from Peenemunde being moved to the US and eventually coming under the control of NASA. But what about all the other projects, what happened to them?

Farrell goes some way towards an-swering this in Reich of the Black Sun and in doing so points to a global elite military-industrial struc-ture that has been in place for more than a century. It has been managed by the elite of Europe and America since inception and its survival and continuity should be no surprise to anyone. Hence, recent Russian rev-elations that German Chancellor An-gela Merkel is the daughter of Adolf Hitler should come as no surprise.

Farrell makes an excellent case for the survival of the Nazi leadership and it’s relocation out of Germany immediately after the war. Here he follows a well-trodden path leading to I.G Farben, Krupp and the US and British bankers and crime families linked to funding the activities of the Third Reich and beyond. Those who might be tempted to believe the Third Reich came to a sudden halt on May 8th, 1945 will be forced to rethink their position after reading this book.

I recommend this book to anyone interested in not only what has hap-pened in our recent past, but what is about to happen.

The Field: The Quest for the Secret Force of the Universe

Lynne McTaggartElement Pub Co.2001$13.95 (US)London, 357 pages

If you’ve had personal ex-perience with phenomena often labeled “paranor-mal” such as telepathy, pre-cognition, psychokinesis or the heal-ing powers of prayer – only to have your experiences dismissed as “impossible” – then you will enjoy this book.

The Field recounts the evidence of scientiic investigations that sug-gest that the materialistic scien-tiic paradigm that has dominated Western thought since the age of “Enlightenment” – is at best incom-plete. Accordingly, a new paradigm is being coaxed into life by the dili-gent work of hundreds of dedicated scientists around the world. In this new worldview matter is viewed as basically an illusion created by luctuations in a vast energy ield from which all phenomena are both created and in which they are all connected.

If you think that this new paradigm sounds more “new age” than “sci-

entiic” by the normal meaning of the term “scientiic”, you’d be right. Indeed, the metaphysical aspects of this new scientiic paradigm have been the subject of discussion within both the scientiic and lay communities for quite some time. This being said, readers who have their intellect irmly grounded in scientiic materialism or atheis-tic rationalism need not fear that this book constitutes wishy-washy thinking or religious or “New Age” drivel; the vast majority of the text describes the multitude of scientiic discoveries which herald the dawn of a new scientiic paradigm. These discoveries have the potential to revolutionise popular consciousness and facilitate the actuation of true human potential.

Lynne McTaggart explains that “this book got started eight years ago, when in the course of my work [as an editor of Britain’s most popular health newsletters What Doctors Don’t Tell You and Proof ] I kept bumping up against miracles. Not miracles in the ordinary sense of the term, where the seas part or loaves of bread exponentially multiply but miracles nonetheless in their utter violation of the way we think the world works. The miracles that I came across had to do with hard scientiic evidence concerning methods of healing that lout every notion that we have about our own biology.”

It was McTaggart’s discovery that there were well-conducted stud-ies demonstrating the eficacy of homoeopathy, spiritual healing and acupuncture; however the mecha-nism by which these therapies worked was unknown. The explana-tions offered in alternative health circles – that some sort of “subtle energy” was involved sounded a bit wooly – and as McTaggart writes: “left the debunker in me dissatis-ied.”

Thus started her quest to deine the nature of the energy involved in these healing therapies; a task at which McTaggart succeeded admi-rably.

Most fascinating for me are the doc-umented cases of health effects – in plants, animals and humans – medi-ated by “the ield”. One experiment involved a healer laying hands upon one of two identical containers of salt water before seeds were placed


in each container. The batch of seeds which were in the container that the healer had treated grew taller than the control group that had only salty water which inhib-ited their growth and no healing treatment.

(In case you were wondering wheth-er the opposite applied; whether human energy can also affect plants negatively, a subsequent experi-ment showed that this could indeed occur. In this study psychiatric patients were asked to hold con-tainers of water. The water from a container which was held by a man being treated for psychotic depres-sion – the most depressed patient in the study group – was found to sup-press the growth of seeds watered with it.)

McTaggart writes of this experi-ment:

“This may be a good explanation why some people have green ingers and others can get nothing to grow.”

Subsequent experiments by Dr Bernard Grad, a biologist at McGill University, Montreal, showed that water that had been treated by a healer had “minor shifts in its molecular structure and decreased hydrogen bonding between the molecules similar to what happens when water is exposed to magnets.” A number of other scientists later conirmed Grad’s indings.

Having established that healers could boost plant growth, Grad moved on to studying the effects of healing on animals, demonstrat-ing that animals with skin wounds experienced faster recoveries from healing intervention. In other labo-ratory animal studies, amyloidosis, tumours and laboratory-induced goiter were healed.

The logical extension of this work was to see whether healing could be scientiically proven to help people with serious illnesses.

The most impressive study of this type was conducted by psychiatrists Elisabeth Targ and Fred Sicher who studied the effects of distance healing in a group of men who were seriously ill with AIDS.

During the double-blind trial the healers never met their patients. The patients didn’t know whether

or not they were receiving distance healing – or were in a carefully matched control group. The healers in the study included Christian and Buddhist healers, a Jewish Kab-balist healer, a Qi Gong Master, a Lakota Sioux Shaman among many others. Then only thing that the healers had in common was prior success in healing – with an average of 117 distance healings each. The results of the trial were impressive with patients who had received the distance healings experiencing im-proved mood and improved general health with less need for doctor’s visits or hospitalisation than the control group.

Distance healing isn’t the only “distance” phenomenon detailed in this book: remote viewing is dis-cussed in detail in the chapter “The Extended Eye”. For readers who are unfamiliar with the concept, remote viewing is the practice of using the human mind to view a location or object that cannot be seen with the eyes – either because it is too far away to be seen or because it is concealed in an opaque container. It may sound fanciful but during the 1970s, remote viewing was the sub-ject of intensive research by the CIA desperate to gain an edge in the Cold War – and concerned that the USSR was using parapsychology break-throughs and talented psychics to spy on the USA.

One of the interesting things about this particular chapter is that ordinary people who hadn’t previ-ously exhibited any exceptional ESP abilities were successfully trained in remote viewing. Researchers based at Stanford University were able to rule out a theory that the phenom-ena was caused by extremely low frequency electromagnetic waves produced by the human brain by taking volunteers deep underwater in a submarine to a depth known to block transmission of ELF waves – and still the remote viewers were successful. Having eliminated ELF waves from the list of possibilities, it was concluded that (you guessed it) “the ield” must be the mediator of this extraordinary ability.

Space constraints prevent me from detailing further examples of para-digm shattering research succinctly (and often beautifully) summarised in this book.

Behind the DictatorsDr L.A Lehman, 194279 Pages$19.95 (mail order, includes p/h

Available fromPatriotic DistributorsPO Box 4110Christchurch, New Zealand

First pub-lished dur-ing World War II, Dr Lehman’s book will be an eye-opener to anyone unaware of the political machina-tions of the Ro-man Catholic Church. Dr Lehman writes as an insider on the subject, having studied theology in Ireland before completing his studies at the University of Propaganda Fide in Rome, where he was ordained as a Catholic Priest in 1921.

The book examines the support given to the European Fascist movements prior to – and during – WWII by the Papacy. Lehman contends that a weakened Roman Catholic Church has remained determined to regain the spiritual and temporal dominion that was its exclusive enjoyment prior to the Protestant reformation. He claims that the Roman Catholic hi-erarchy never accepted the legiti-macy of other Christian beliefs and has been working diligently behind the scenes to effect a counter-ref-ormation. With this long-term aim, the Roman Catholic hierarchy welcomed as natural allies the new European dictators who were Catholic or came from Catholic families, including Hitler himself. So close were the Nazis with the upper echelons of the Catholic Church that the Vatican was the irst state to recognise Hitler’s re-gime, and signed a Concordat with the Nazis in July 1933.

When the Nazis later invaded Denmark and Norway – Protestant countries – President Roosevelt’s peace ambassador asked that Pope Pius XII condemn the Nazi inva-


sions. The Pope refused to do so.

Both Nazism and the Holy See desired a system of government in which the general population was subservient to a hierarchy of exalted individuals. Freedom of thought was an anathema to both systems, each of which regarded the population as undeserving of any individual rights which might conlict with the goals of the state. (This infringement on individual liberties extended right down to very personal choices affect-ing individuals and families. In Nazi Germany, healthy women who were regard-ed as good Ger-man stock were unable to access either birth con-trol or abortions and were there-by compelled to bear child after child after child after child for the Reich.)

Nazism and Roman Catholi-cism were both anti-semitic. Within the Catho-lic Church, the powerful Jesuit Brethren even discriminated against those of its own members whose family background was Jewish, even though the indi-vidual concerned had converted to Catholicism.

Democracy itself was abhorrent to both the upper echelons of Ro-man Catholic Church as well as the Nazis and the Roman Catholic Church aligned itself comfortably alongside similarly repressive gov-ernments in the 1920s and 1930s.

As early as 1929 Mussolini and Pope Pius XII signed a Concordat that restored the sovereignty of the Pope over the Vatican and al-lied the Italian Fascists with the Papacy. As if this weren’t enough, the Vatican received 750 million lire in cash and 1 billion in Fascist government stock. Catholicism was proclaimed the sole religion of Italy and the Catholic Church was given full control over education in the country.

Why were these beneits granted to the Catholic Church? Lehman

suggests that it is because the Roman Catholic hierarchy had inanced Mussolini’s rise to power. Later when Mussolini’s troops de-parted for Ethiopia, the Pope gave them sacred amulets.

Spanish Fascist Generalissimo Franco was similarly favoured by Pope Pius who sent his blessings to Franco in the Spanish Civil War. He also presented Franco’s troops with victory medals after they succeeded in ushering in a Fascist Spanish state.

Indeed, so close was the relationship between Catholi-cism and Fascism that, of the dictators and their quislings in occupied Europe during WWII, all but two were Catholic.

Perhaps readers familiar with the history of Nazi Ger-many are thinking, “Hang on a minute, weren’t Catholics in Germany perse-cuted under the Nazi regime?”

Lehman says the persecution of some individual Catholics during Hitler’s Reich suited the Catholic hierarchy perfectly as it allowed liberal Catholics – whose views were despised by the Holy See – to be eliminated. The fact that some high-proile Catholics were vic-timised by the Nazis also provided useful camoulage of the Papacy’s support for fascism. The Catholic Centre Party was similarly de-stroyed; dissolved by Pope Pius XII because it provided unwelcome competition for the Nazi Party be-fore to their plans for dictatorship were inally realised. Moreover, Lehman adds, participation of or-dinary Catholics in parliamentary politics had given them the idea that democracy was a valid institu-tion – and the higher levels of the Catholic Church now realised that their lay members’ involvement in the democratic government of their country had begun to threaten the authority of the Church.

Dr Lehman’s book was irst pub-lished in 1942 and revised editions reprinted until 1946, with a com-mentary added by engineer Leopold

Mannareg – who adds an interest-ing perspective on the antagonism between the USSR and the Vatican. Behind the Dictators is history written by people who lived through it, which gives it a freshness and im-mediacy that many research-based histories lack.

In addition to a close examination of Catholic and Fascist collaboration during, before and after WWII, Dr Lehman also discusses the religio-political situation prior to WWI which was similarly full of intrigue. It is not dificult to see why Lehman became disillusioned with the Cath-olic Church once he learned about the power plays made by the Papacy which have been so immensely de-structive of human life. It is notable that he does not make one criticism of ordinary Catholics, for whom their religion is a matter of devotion to God, rather than a craven desire for temporal power. He expresses admiration for German Catholic Priests of conscience who resisted the Nazis’ fascist agenda, risking imprisonment and worse.

Behind the Dictators is a very good history, cautioning us about how the quest for absolute temporal power may be disguised by a front of be-nevolent spiritual succour.

9/11 TRUTH • WHAT YOUR DOCTOR WILL NEVER TELL YOU UNCENSORED HISTORY • FORBIDDEN SCIENCE • TECHNOLOGY •

MEDIA • HARD NEWS • SUPPRESSED ARCHAEOLOGY

Issue 7: March - May 2007 Price: $NZ 9.90 $A 7.95 $US 5.95

Image:

Deesillustration.com

Can Airport X-Rays Cause Cancer?

Vitamins Outlawed

The Facts About Vaccine Damage

Strangest UFO Story – Ever?

Top 10 Ghost Pix

The Wonderful Levitation Machine

Electric Car Built for $12

AND LOTS MORE

•

••

•

••

•

•

“So close were the Nazis with the up-per echelons of the Catholic Church that the Vatican was the irst state to recognise Hit-ler’s regime, and signed a Concordat with the Nazis in July 1933.”

Now you can own this BIG A2-size classic David Dees

poster of the cover of UNCeNSoRed #7. Just send

$10 to UNCENSORED POSTER, PO BOX 44-128,

AUCKLAND 1246.


Author unknown5-14-7

The Omnivore’s Dilemma by Michael Pollan is a fascinating book that details the changing eating habits of Americans. I can’t recommend it highly enough. It explains how, over the last 30 years, we have become a nation that eats vast quantities of corn much more so than Mexicans, the original “corn people.”

Most folks assume that a chicken nugget is just a piece of fried chicken, right? Wrong! Did you know, for example, that a McDonald’s Chicken McNugget is 56% corn?

What else is in a McDonald’s Chicken McNugget? Besides corn, and to a lesser extent, chicken, The Omnivore’s Di-

lemma describes all of the thirty-eight ingredients that make up a McNugget one of which I’ll bet you’ll never guess. During this part of the book, the author has just ordered a meal from McDonald’s with his family and taken one of the lyers available at McDonald’s called “A Full Serving of Nutrition Facts: Choose the Best Meal for You.”

These two paragraphs are taken directly from The Omnivore’s Dilemma:

“The ingredients listed in the lyer sug-

gest a lot of thought goes into a nugget, that and a lot of corn. Of the thirty-eight ingredients it takes to make a McNugget, I counted thirteen that can be derived from corn: the corn-fed chicken itself; modiied cornstarch (to bind the pul-verised chicken meat); mono-, tri-, and diglycerides (emulsiiers, which keep the fats and water from separating); dextrose; lecithin (another emulsiier); chicken

broth (to restore some of the lavor that processing leeches out); yellow corn lour and more modiied cornstarch (for the batter); cornstarch (a iller); vegetable shortening; partially hydrogenated corn oil; and citric acid as a preservative. A couple of other plants take part in the nugget: There’s some wheat in the batter, and on any given day the hydrogenated oil could come from soybeans, canola, or cotton rather than corn, depending on the market price and availability.

According to the handout, McNuggets also contain several completely synthetic ingredients, quasiedible substances that ultimately come not from a corn or soy-

bean ield but form a petroleum reinery or chemical plant. These chemicals are what make modern processed food pos-

sible, by keeping the organic materials in them from going bad or looking strange after months in the freezer or on the road. Listed irst are the “leavening agents”: sodium aluminum phos-

phate, mono-cal-cium phosphate, sodium acid pyro-

phosphate, and cal-cium lactate. These are antioxidants added to keep the various animal and vegetable fats involved in a nug-

get from turning rancid. Then there are “anti-foam-

ing agents” like dimethylpolysi-loxene, added to the cooking oil to keep the starches

from binding to air mol-ecules, so as to produce foam during the fry. The problem is evidently grave enough to warrant adding a toxic chemi-cal to the food: According to the Handbook of Food Addi-tives, dimethylpolysiloxene is a suspected carcinogen and an established mutagen, tumourigen, and reproductive effector; it’s also lammable.

But perhaps the most alarm-

ing ingredient in a Chicken McNugget is tertiary butyl-

hydroquinone, or TBHQ, an antioxidant derived from petroleum that is either sprayed directly on the nugget or the inside of the box it comes in to “help preserve freshness.” According to A Con-

sumer’s Dictionary of Food Additives,

TBHQ is a form of butane (i.e. lighter luid) the FDA allows processors to use sparingly in our food: It can comprise no more than 0.02 percent of the oil in a nugget. Which is probably just as well, considering that ingesting a single gram of TBHQ can cause “nausea, vomiting, ringing in the ears, delirium, a sense of suffocation, and collapse.” Ingesting ive grams of TBHQ can kill.”

Bet you never thought that was in your chicken McNuggets!

http://www.rense.com

So What’s Really In A McDonald’s Chicken McNugget? – Chicken McPoison!


March 8th 2007

EAU CLAIRE, Wis. — Attempts to do a movie stunt landed one man in the hospital with burned geni-tals and another facing criminal charges. The men were trying to do a stunt from one of the “Jack-ass” movies, in which a character lights his genitals on ire.

Jared W. Anderson, 20, suffered serious burns to his hands and genitals, according to the criminal complaint. Randell D. Peterson, 43, who sprayed lighter luid on Anderson and lit him on ire, was charged with felony battery and irst-degree reckless endan-germent Tuesday in Eau Claire County Court.

Witnesses told police that Ander-son, who was drunk, volunteered to do the stunt Sunday after watching the movie, the complaint said.

According to the complaint:

Anderson pulled down his pants and let Peterson spray him with lighter luid. When the ire didn’t catch, Peterson sprayed more lighter luid on Anderson, splash-ing some on his clothing. He tried again to light the ire, catching Anderson’s genitals, hands and clothes.

Anderson ran into the bathroom, jumped into the tub and put the lames out. Other guests took him to Luther Hospital, and eventually he was treated at the Regions Hos-pital Burn Unit in St. Paul, Minn., for second-degree burns.

Anderson told police who were called to the hospital that he didn’t want anyone to get in trouble be-cause of the stunt.

Peterson was freed on a $2,000 signature bond. He has a hearing scheduled April 16. If convicted, he faces up to 10 years in prison.

(Ed Note: Obviously these people had not read the book advertised on this page.)

Endpapers: Now designed to make you feel superior!

Man Burns Genitals in ‘Jackass’ Stunt

‘I snorted dad’ – Stones’ guitarist

April 3rd 2007

Keith Richards’ fond-ness for putting illegal substances in his arm and up his nose is leg-endary, but the Rolling Stones guitarist outdid himself on one occasion — he snorted his fa-ther’s ashes mixed with cocaine, he says in the new issue of the British

music magazine NME.“He was cremated and I couldn’t resist grinding him up with a little bit of blow. My dad wouldn’t have cared,” Richards said, according to the Associated Press report. “... It went down pretty well, and I’m still alive.” Bert Richards died in 2002 at age 84. His 63-year-old son at-tributes his death-defy-

ing lifestyle to luck. Last April Richards fell out of tree while vacationing in Fiji and underwent brain surgery. (In July he said, “I feel totally normal whatever that means.”) “I was No. 1 on the ‘who’s likely to die’ list for 10 years. I mean, I was really disappointed when I fell off the list,” Richards told NME.


Had it up to here with mainstream media?

Please send me a subscription to UNCeNSoRed for [ ] issues at only $NZ9.90 per issue (minimum 4 issues – $NZ39.60); postage included (within NZ)• START MY SUBSCRIPTION WITH ISSUE #______ • Please send me back issue #6 [ ]...# 5 [ ]... # 4 [ ]... # 3 [ ] # 2 [ ] ... #1 [ ] (NOTE: Issue #1 and Issue #3 are on CD ONLY!! PRICE: $12 EACH (including P/H in New Zealand.) Overseas please add $NZ5 for P/H • Overseas subscriptions (hardcopy) are $NZ100 per year (4 issues), via air mail. Australian subscriptions are $NZ80 per year. ALL overseas subs (on CD) are $60 per year (4 issues. Price includes air mail postage).[ ] BULK ORDERS: Please send me _______copies of Issue 7 (current issue) @ only $6 each (10 or more copies only, includes p/h to NZ) Overseas bulk orders, please enquire for rates.[ ] I enclose FULL PAYMENT of $__________ (Please make cheques out to UNCENSORED PUBLICATIONS LTD) [ ] CREDIT CARD ORDER: [ ]Visa [ ] MC

NUMBER ON CARD: _____________/______________/______________/_______________/ EXP. DATE:___________

Name on Card: ...................................................................Your name..............................................

Address..............................................................................................................

City/Town...............................................................Postal Code........................COUNTRY.................................................................

Clip and mail to: UNCeNSoRed

PO Box 44-128Auckland 1246New Zealand

Tired of being talked down to – like you’re a child being lectured? We were,

too. That’s why we started UNCeNSoRed almost two years ago.

We just couldn’t stand the fact that people were getting only the news and

analysis that the big corporations want us to see and hear. We just didn’t want

to be “dumbed down” any more.

So we decided to do something about it – and have published many of the most

important stories that mainstream has ignored ... or censored.

• We were the irst magazine in NZ to break the story of 9/11 being an inside job, and that the US, the UK and Australia are morphing into military dictatorships.

• We have published the evidence that mammograms, sunscreen and airport

X-rays may cause cancer ... We have shown that NASA has been lying about

life on Mars (we published European Space Agency pictures of forests, running

surface water and possible under-

ground artiicial structures) ... We even published the real Roswell story. With the

REAL pix from 1947.

• Each issue details advances being

made in “free energy” technologies;

we have published some of the most

astonishing archaeological discoveries

ever – such as the ancient Egyptian

hieroglyphics found in Australia – as well

as a 25,000 year old carving found in

Auckland.

In this era of increasing censorship,

UNCeNSoRed is totally committed to

freedom of thought, inquiry, freedom of

the press. See for yourself what you’ve

Break the consensual reality trance!

Documents

Issue 8: June - September 2007 Price: $NZ 9.90 $A 7.95 $US 5• 56 Is Angela Merkel Hitler’s Daughter? • 58 Man-made Global Warming “Absurd” • 60 UNCENSORED REPORTER: Clare